SWIFT ENERGY CO
S-3/A, 1996-11-04
CRUDE PETROLEUM & NATURAL GAS
Previous: SOLV EX CORP, PRE 14A, 1996-11-04
Next: U S ENERGY SYSTEMS INC, SB-2/A, 1996-11-04



<PAGE>   1
 
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 4, 1996
 
                                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 333-14785
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                             ---------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
    
 
                                    FORM S-3
 
            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                             ---------------------
 
                              SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY
                           (Exact name of Registrant)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                               <C>
              TEXAS                              1311                           74-2073055
     (State of incorporation)        (Primary Standard Industrial            (I.R.S. Employer
                                     Classification Code Number)           Identification No.)
</TABLE>
 
                            A. EARL SWIFT, PRESIDENT
                              SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY
                       16825 NORTHCHASE DRIVE, SUITE 400
                              HOUSTON, TEXAS 77060
                                 (713) 874-2700
 
        (Address and telephone number of Registrant's executive offices
          and name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
 
                                   Copies to:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
                 DONALD W. BRODSKY                                CHRISTINE LAFOLLETTE
                  JUDY G. GECHMAN                                    THOMAS P. MASON
  JENKENS & GILCHRIST, A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION                ANDREWS & KURTH L.L.P.
         1100 LOUISIANA STREET, SUITE 1800                      4200 TEXAS COMMERCE TOWER
               HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002                               HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002
                  (713) 951-3300                                     (713) 220-4200
</TABLE>
    
 
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: From time
to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
    If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following
box.  [ ]
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box.  [ ]
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  [ ]
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  [ ]
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.
                             ---------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TITLE OF EACH CLASS                                         PROPOSED MAXIMUM    PROPOSED MAXIMUM
OF SECURITIES TO BE                       AMOUNT TO BE       OFFERING PRICE        AGGREGATE           AMOUNT OF
REGISTERED                                 REGISTERED           PER NOTE         OFFERING PRICE     REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
<S>                                      <C>                     <C>            <C>                     <C>
  % Convertible Subordinated Notes due
  2006................................   $115,000,000(1)          100%          $115,000,000(1)         $34,849
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   
Common Stock, $.01 par value per
  share...............................         (2)                (2)                 (2)                 (3)
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
(1) Includes $15,000,000 principal amount of Notes issuable upon exercise of the
    Underwriters' over-allotment option.
 
(2) Such indeterminate number of shares as may be issued upon conversion of the
    Notes.
 
(3) No additional consideration will be received for the Common Stock and
    therefore no registration fee is required pursuant to Rule 457(i).
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "1933 ACT") OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2
 
                              SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY
 
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                     PURSUANT TO REGULATION S-K ITEM 501(B)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            FORM S-3 ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION               LOCATION/CAPTION IN PROSPECTUS      
            --------------------------------               ------------------------------      
<C>   <S>                                            <C>
  1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and
      Outside Front Cover Pages of Prospectus......  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus
  2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of   Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages
      Prospectus...................................  of Prospectus
  3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio
      of Earnings to Fixed Charges.................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
  4.  Use of Proceeds..............................  Use of Proceeds
  5.  Determination of Offering Price..............  Not Applicable
  6.  Dilution.....................................  Not Applicable
  7.  Selling Security Holders.....................  Not Applicable
  8.  Plan of Distribution.........................  Underwriting
  9.  Description of Securities to be Registered...  Description of Notes
 10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.......  Not Applicable
 11.  Material Changes.............................  Not Applicable
 12.  Incorporation of Certain Information by        Incorporation of Certain Information by
      Reference....................................  Reference
 13.  Disclosure of Commission Position on
      Indemnification for Securities Act
      Liabilities..................................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3
 
***************************************************************************
*                                                                         *
*  Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A  *
*  registration statement relating to these securities has been filed     *
*  with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not  *
*  be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the        *
*  registration statement becomes effective. This Prospectus shall not    *
*  constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy     *
*  nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any State in which  *
*  such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to            *
*  registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such    *
*  State.                                                                 *
*                                                                         *
***************************************************************************

 
                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION,
   
                                NOVEMBER 4, 1996
    

PROSPECTUS
 
$100,000,000                                                              [LOGO]
SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY
      % CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2006
 
   
The      % Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the "Notes") of Swift Energy
Company (the "Company" or "Swift") offered hereby will mature on           ,
2006. Interest on the Notes will accrue from           , 1996 and is payable on
          and           of each year commencing           , 1997. The Notes are
convertible at the option of the holder at any time after 90 days following the
date of original issuance thereof and prior to the close of business on the last
trading day prior to the maturity date, unless previously redeemed or
repurchased, into shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
(the "Common Stock"), at a conversion price of $       per share (equivalent to
a conversion rate of           shares per $1,000 principal amount of Notes),
subject to certain adjustments. The Company's Common Stock is listed on the New
York Stock Exchange and the Pacific Stock Exchange under the symbol "SFY." On
November 1, 1996 the last reported sale price of the Company's Common Stock on
the New York Stock Exchange was $25.875 per share.
    
 
   
The Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at
any time on or after           , 1999 at the redemption prices set forth herein
together with accrued and unpaid interest. The Notes do not provide for any
sinking fund. Upon the occurrence of a Designated Event (as defined herein),
each holder of the Notes may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion
of such holder's Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, together with
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase. See "Description
of Notes."
    
 
The Notes will constitute unsecured subordinated obligations of the Company and
will rank pari passu in right of payment to the Company's other subordinated
indebtedness, if any. The Notes and the Company's obligations with respect
thereto (including the Company's obligation to repurchase Notes upon the
occurrence of a Designated Event) will be subordinated in right of payment to
all Senior Debt (as defined herein) of the Company. See "Description of
Notes -- Subordination of Notes" and "Capitalization."
 
   
Application has been made to list the Notes on the New York Stock Exchange.
    
 
   
SEE RISK FACTORS COMMENCING ON PAGE 11 OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR A DESCRIPTION OF
CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION WITH AN INVESTMENT IN
THE NOTES.
    
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS TO WHICH IT RELATES. ANY REPRESENTATION
TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PRICE TO              UNDERWRITING        PROCEEDS TO
                                                  PUBLIC(1)               DISCOUNT         COMPANY(1)(2)
<S>                                       <C>                      <C>                    <C>
Per Note...............................   $                        $                      $
Total(3)...............................   $                        $                      $
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from the date of issuance.
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $      .
(3) The Company has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable within 30
    days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an additional
    $15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes at the Price to Public, less
    Underwriting Discount, to cover over-allotments, if any. If the Underwriters
    exercise such option in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting
    Discount and Proceeds to Company will be $      , $      and $      ,
    respectively. See "Underwriting."
 
The Notes are offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the Underwriters, to
prior sale and to the Underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in
part and to withdraw, cancel or modify the offer without notice. It is expected
that delivery of the Notes will be made at the office of Salomon Brothers Inc,
Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York, or through the facilities of The
Depository Trust Company, on or about           , 1996.
 
SALOMON BROTHERS INC

                    OPPENHEIMER & CO., INC.

                                       PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED

                                                              SOUTHCOAST CAPITAL
                                                                 CORPORATION
The date of this Prospectus is November   , 1996.
<PAGE>   4
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (of which this Prospectus is
a part) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
securities offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information
set forth in the Registration Statement or the exhibits thereto, to which
reference is made concerning the contents of such exhibits. Reference to each
such exhibit qualifies all information related thereto.
 
     The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and accordingly files reports, proxy
statements and other information ("Reports") with the Commission. The
Registration Statement, the exhibits thereto and the Reports, can be inspected
and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at
450 5th Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the following
regional offices of the Commission: 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York,
New York 10048 and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite
1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661, at prescribed rates. Reports concerning the
Company can also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange,
Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005 and the Pacific Stock Exchange
Incorporated, 115 Sansome Street, 8th Floor, San Francisco, California 94104. In
addition, such materials filed electronically by the Company with the Commission
are available at the Commission's World Wide Web site at http://www.sec.gov.
 
     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES OR THE
COMMON STOCK AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, THE
PACIFIC STOCK EXCHANGE OR OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
   
                                 DEFINED TERMS
 
     The following defined terms have the indicated meanings when used in this
Prospectus: 

     "BCF" means billion cubic feet of natural gas; 

     "BCFE" means billion cubic feet of natural gas equivalent; see "-- Mcfe;"

     "BBL" means barrel or barrels of oil; 
     "MBBL" means thousand barrels of oil; 
     "MCF" means thousand cubic feet of natural gas; 
     "MCFE" means thousand cubic feet of natural gas equivalent,
which is determined using the ratio of one barrel of oil, condensate or natural
gas liquids to six Mcf of natural gas; 

     "MCFEPD" means Mcfe per day; 
     "MMCF" means million cubic feet of natural gas; 
     "MMCFE" means million cubic feet of natural gas equivalent, which is 
determined using the ratio of one barrel of oil, condensate or natural gas 
liquids to six Mcf of natural gas; 

     "MMBBL" means million barrels of oil; 

     "MMBTU" means million British Thermal Units, which is a heating 
equivalent measure for natural gas, as opposed to Mcf, which is strictly a 
measure of natural gas volumes; typically prices quoted for natural gas are
designated as prices per MMBtu, the same basis on which natural gas is
contracted for sale; 

     "PV-10 VALUE" means the estimated future net revenue to be
generated from the production of proved reserves discounted to present value
using an annual discount rate of 10%; these amounts are calculated net of
estimated production costs and future development costs, using prices and costs
in effect as of a certain date, without escalation and without giving effect to
non-property related expenses such as general and administrative expenses, debt
service, future income tax expense or depreciation, depletion and amortization;
see "Risk Factors -- Uncertainty of Estimates of Reserves and Future Net
Revenues;" and 

     "RESERVE REPLACEMENT COST" means, with respect to proved reserves, a 
three-year average (unless otherwise indicated) calculated by dividing total
acquisition, exploration and development costs incurred during the period
(exclusive of future development costs) by net reserves added during the period
(excluding revisions).
    
        
                                        2
<PAGE>   5
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and Consolidated Financial Statements, including the notes thereto,
and other financial information included or incorporated by reference, appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. Prospective investors should carefully consider
the factors set forth under "Risk Factors." Unless the context otherwise
requires, references to the "Company" or "Swift" refer to Swift Energy Company
and its consolidated subsidiaries. Unless otherwise indicated, all information
in this Prospectus assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment
option. Defined terms used herein to describe quantities of oil and gas and
other matters are explained under "Defined Terms" on page 2 above. The Company's
principal executive offices are located at 16825 Northchase Drive, Suite 400,
Houston, Texas 77060, and its telephone number is (713) 874-2700.
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
     Swift Energy Company is engaged in the exploration, development,
acquisition and production of oil and gas properties with a primary focus on
U.S. onshore natural gas reserves. As of December 31, 1995, the Company had
interests in over 4,000 oil and gas wells located in 15 states, with over 85% of
its proved reserve base concentrated in Texas. At the same date, the Company had
estimated proved reserves of 176 Bcfe, approximately 80% of which were natural
gas, and operated 767 wells representing 86% of its proved reserve base.
    
 
   
     The Company's primary focus is exploration and development drilling on its
core areas, the AWP Olmos Field located in South Texas and the Texas Austin
Chalk trend. The AWP Olmos Field is characterized by long-lived reserves, while
the Austin Chalk trend is characterized by more short-lived reserves with high
initial production and rapid decline rates. These fields accounted for
approximately 67% and 6%, respectively, of the Company's proved reserves as of
December 31, 1995, and approximately 61% and 16%, respectively, of the Company's
production for the nine months ended September 30, 1996. The Company has
substantially accelerated its drilling activities during the last several years,
drilling 16, 42 and 76 net wells in 1994, 1995 and the first nine months of
1996, respectively, primarily in these areas. The Company has also doubled its
undeveloped acreage position in both the AWP Olmos Field and the Austin Chalk
trend during 1996 and currently has an inventory of over 360 and 65 potential
well locations in these two areas, respectively. The Company has budgeted
capital expenditures of over $134.0 million for the remaining three months of
1996 and for 1997, of which approximately $90.0 million is targeted for these
two fields. The Company is also actively pursuing exploratory and development
drilling opportunities in other basins in Texas, Louisiana and Wyoming. As a
complement to these domestic activities, the Company is participating in several
high potential international projects, with limited capital exposure to the
Company in New Zealand, Russia and Venezuela.
    
 
   
     The Company has increased its proved reserves from 41 Bcfe at year-end 1990
to 176 Bcfe at year-end 1995, primarily from additions through the drillbit,
which has resulted in the replacement of 516% of production during the same
five-year period. In 1995, the Company increased its proved reserves by 70%,
resulting in the replacement of 827% of 1995 production. Over the 1991 through
1995 period, reserve replacement costs have averaged $0.63 per Mcfe, a level
which the Company believes is lower than comparable industry averages. As a
result of increased drilling activity, average daily production increased to
57,875 Mcfepd in September 1996, an increase of 98% over average daily
production of 29,300 Mcfepd in September 1995. Due to economies of scale and
geographic concentration, general and administrative expenses and production
costs have fallen from $1.19 and $0.63 per Mcfe in 1990 to $0.34 and $0.42 per
Mcfe, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 1996. The
combination of increased production and decreased operating costs per Mcfe has
resulted in average annual growth in net cash provided by operating activities
of 24% per year from year-end 1990 to year-end 1995. For the nine months ended
    
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   6
   
September 30, 1996, net cash provided by operating activities increased by 208%
over the same period in 1995 to $26.4 million due to these same production and
operating cost factors.
    

BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
     The Company intends to continue to increase its reserves, cash flows and
underlying net asset value through a balanced growth strategy that includes an
aggressive drilling program, exploitation of advanced technologies and strategic
acquisitions.
 
     Key elements of the Company's strategy include the following:
 
   
     Aggressive Drilling Program. The Company believes that future reserve
growth will result from a combination of drilling wells on proved undeveloped
acreage in its core areas, step-out and exploratory drilling on the Company's
substantial inventory of undeveloped acreage and exploration efforts in selected
areas outside the Company's core fields. In 1995, the Company drilled 39 net
development wells and 4 net exploration wells, including 38 net development
wells in the Company's AWP Olmos Field and Austin Chalk trend core areas. During
this period, the Company had drilling success rates of 96% for development wells
and 50% for exploratory wells. The Company expects to drill a total of 162 gross
(122 net) wells in 1996, 102 which have been drilled as of September 30, 1996
for a capital cost of $42.4 million to the Company. For 1997, the Company plans
to drill approximately 161 gross wells at an expected capital cost of $86
million to the Company. The Company anticipates that drilling activity in the
AWP Olmos Field will represent 85% of the Company's 1996 drilling budget and 75%
of the Company's 1997 drilling budget. Exploratory drilling is based on a
"controlled risk" approach focusing on regions where the exploration objective
would allow the Company to utilize its technological or geological expertise and
which are in close proximity to known producing horizons. The Company also
reduces its overall risk exposure with respect to exploration and development
activities by entering into joint development agreements with industry partners
to share capital exposure for any individual well. As an example of this
strategy, the Company has active joint development projects with Union Pacific
Resources Company ("UPRC"), Chesapeake Energy Corporation ("Chesapeake") and
Snyder Oil Corporation ("Snyder") in the Austin Chalk trend, under which the
Company serves as operator of a majority of the wells on these properties.
    
 
     Exploitation of advanced technologies. To minimize the risks associated
with exploration and development drilling and to enhance operating efficiency,
the Company has devoted considerable resources to developing advanced
technological expertise. These technologies include 2-D and 3-D seismic
analysis, AVO (amplitude versus offset) studies and detailed formation depletion
studies. The Company has also attained substantial expertise in horizontal well
technology, having participated in 28 such wells in the Austin Chalk trend, 27
of which have been successful. Additionally, the Company uses innovative
fracturing methods, coiled tubing technology and computer telemetry to monitor
well performance in the AWP Olmos Field. As a result of these technologies, the
Company has enhanced its production yields while reducing its costs per Mcfe.
 
   
     Strategic acquisitions. The Company is continuously reviewing acquisition
opportunities, including opportunities to acquire substantial undeveloped
acreage for future drilling activities. The Company targets properties in close
proximity to the Company's current reserves, where such reserves can be
increased through development drilling and where improved operating efficiencies
can be achieved. Using these criteria, the Company employs a disciplined,
market-driven approach to acquisitions that can result in varying levels of
annual spending on acquisitions. The Company has substantial experience in
making such acquisitions, having purchased approximately $465.0 million of
producing oil and natural gas properties on behalf of itself and its
co-investors in 122 separate transactions since 1979.
    
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   7
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
Securities Offered.........  $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of     %
                             Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the
                             "Notes"), excluding $15,000,000 aggregate principal
                             amount of Notes subject to the Underwriters'
                             over-allotment option.
 
Maturity...................  The Notes will mature on             , 2006 unless
                             earlier redeemed, repurchased or converted.
 
Payment of Interest........  Interest on the Notes at the rate of     % per
                             annum is payable semi-annually on           and
                                       of each year commencing             ,
                             1997.
 
   
Conversion Right...........  The Notes are convertible into shares of the
                             Company's Common Stock at the option of the holder
                             at any time after 90 days following the date of
                             original issuance thereof and prior to the close of
                             business on the last trading day prior to the
                             maturity date, unless previously redeemed or
                             repurchased, at a conversion price of $
                             per share, subject to certain adjustments. See
                             "Description of Notes -- Conversion."
    
 
Redemption at the Option of
  the Company..............  On or after             , 1999, the Company may,
                             upon at least 15 days notice, redeem the Notes in
                             whole or in part at the redemption prices set forth
                             herein, together with accrued and unpaid interest
                             thereon. See "Description of Notes -- Optional
                             Redemption."
 
   
Repurchase Upon Occurrence
  of a Designated Event....  The Notes are required to be repurchased at 101% of
                             their principal amount, together with accrued and
                             unpaid interest thereon, at the option of the
                             holder upon the occurrence of a Designated Event
                             (as defined herein). Any future credit agreements
                             or other agreements relating to indebtedness
                             (including Senior Debt) to which the Company
                             becomes a party may contain restrictions on the
                             repurchase of Notes. In the event a Designated
                             Event occurs at a time when the Company is
                             prohibited from repurchasing Notes, the Company's
                             failure to repurchase tendered Notes would
                             constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture
                             (as defined herein), which may, in turn, constitute
                             a further default under existing debt instruments
                             and may constitute a default under the terms of
                             other indebtedness that the Company may enter into
                             from time to time. In such circumstances, the
                             subordination provisions in the Indenture would
                             likely restrict payments to the holders of Notes.
                             See "Description of Notes -- Repurchase at the
                             Option of Holders" and "Risk Factors -- Limitation
                             on Repurchase of Notes Upon the Occurrence of a
                             Designated Event."
    
 
Ranking....................  The Notes will be unsecured obligations of the
                             Company, will be subordinated in right of payment
                             to all existing and future Senior Debt of the
                             Company and will rank pari passu with all other
                             subordinated indebtedness of the Company, if any.
                             See "Description of Notes -- Subordination of
                             Notes."
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   8
 
Use of Proceeds............  From the estimated net proceeds of $     million,
                             the Company intends to repay in full all of its
                             outstanding indebtedness under its existing credit
                             facilities ($17.2 million at September 30, 1996).
                             The remaining net proceeds will be added to working
                             capital to fund the Company's development and
                             exploration drilling projects and possibly to
                             acquire oil and gas properties, or for other
                             general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
   
Listing....................  Application has been made to list the Notes on the
                             New York Stock Exchange.
    
 
Common Stock...............  15,091,384 shares of Common Stock were outstanding
                             on September 30, 1996. The Common Stock is traded
                             on the New York Stock Exchange and the Pacific
                             Stock Exchange under the symbol "SFY."
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   9
 
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following tables, which have been derived from the Company's audited
financial statements, set forth selected historical financial information for
the Company and should be read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" herein. The financial data for
the nine-month periods ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 were derived from the
unaudited financial statements of the Company that, in management's opinion,
include all adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, except
as disclosed below) necessary to present fairly the results for such periods.
The operating results for such periods are not necessarily indicative of the
operating results to be expected for a full fiscal year, and none of the data
presented below are necessarily indicative of future results.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          
                                        NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                           SEPTEMBER 30,          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        ------------------    --------------------------------
                                         1996       1995       1995        1994         1993
                                        -------    -------    -------    --------      -------
                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
  Revenues............................  $39,179    $19,872    $28,931    $ 25,375      $24,133
  Costs and expenses:
     General and administrative, net
       of reimbursement...............    4,601      3,970      5,256       5,198        5,065
     Depreciation, depletion, and
       amortization...................   11,314      6,138      8,839       7,905        7,301
     Oil and gas production...........    5,749      5,101      6,826       5,639        4,540
     Interest expense, net............      294      1,283      1,115       1,795          598
                                        -------    -------    -------     -------      -------
  Income before income taxes..........   17,221      3,380      6,895       4,838        6,629
  Provision for income taxes..........    5,818        859      1,982       1,112        1,732
                                        -------    -------    -------     -------      -------
  Income before cumulative effect of
     change in accounting principle...   11,403      2,521      4,913       3,726        4,897
  Cumulative effect of change in
     accounting principle.............       --         --         --     (16,773)(1)       --
                                        -------    -------    -------     -------      -------
  Net income (loss)...................  $11,403    $ 2,521    $ 4,913    $(13,047)(1)  $ 4,897
                                        =======    =======    =======     =======      =======
  Per share data:
     Income before cumulative effect
       of change in accounting
       principle......................  $  0.87    $  0.32    $  0.54    $   0.56(1)   $  0.74
                                        =======    =======    =======     =======      =======
     Net income (loss)................  $  0.87    $  0.32    $  0.54    $  (1.96)(1)  $  0.74
                                        =======    =======    =======     =======      =======
  Weighted average shares
     outstanding......................   13,140      7,995      9,123       6,644        6,588
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
  EBITDA(2)...........................  $28,829    $10,802    $16,849    $ 14,538      $14,527
  Net cash provided by operating
     activities.......................   26,351      8,547     14,376      10,395        7,238
  Capital expenditures................   55,996     21,076     40,033      34,531       24,229
  Ratio of earnings to fixed
     charges(3)
     Historical.......................     18.0x       2.0x       3.1x        2.6x         6.8x
     Pro forma(4).....................      5.5x        --        2.1x         --           --
</TABLE>
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                                   ---------------------------
                                                                    ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED(5)
                                                                   --------     --------------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital................................................  $ (5,999)       $ 71,831
  Total assets...................................................   192,861         272,691
  Long-term debt:
     Bank borrowings.............................................    17,170              --
        % Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006................        --         100,000
  Stockholders' equity...........................................   134,342         134,342
</TABLE>
 
                                               (See footnotes on following page)
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   10
 
- ---------------
 
   
(1) Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted a new method of accounting
    for earned interests with respect to the limited partnerships for which it
    serves as general partner, whereby earned interests are no longer recognized
    as income. The effect of the change in 1994 was to increase income before
    cumulative effect of change in accounting principle by approximately
    $1,047,000 or $.16 per share. The cumulative effect of this change in
    accounting principle resulted in an adjustment of $16,772,698, or a loss of
    $2.52 per share (after reduction for income taxes of $8,640,481), in the
    first quarter of 1994, to apply the new method retroactively, thereby
    reducing net income in 1994. The Company believes the change in policy
    results in financial statements that better reflect its current business
    focus and that are more comparable to current practices in the oil and gas
    exploration and production business. See "Management's Discussion and
    Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- General" and
    Note 2 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
   
(2) EBITDA is defined for this purpose as income (loss) before taking into
    consideration the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle and
    net interest expense, income taxes and depreciation, depletion, and
    amortization. EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to earnings
    (losses) as an indicator of the Company's financial performance or to cash
    flows as a measure of liquidity, but rather to provide additional
    information related to debt service capability.
    
 
   
(3) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, fixed
    charges include interest expense and that portion of non-capitalized rental
    expense deemed to be the equivalent of interest. Earnings represents income
    before income taxes from continuing operations before fixed charges.
    
 
   
(4) Pro forma for the offering and for the application of a portion of the net
    proceeds of the offering to repay $17.2 million of existing indebtedness.
    See "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
   
(5) As adjusted to give effect to the sale by the Company of the     %
    Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006 offered hereby and the application
    of the net proceeds as described under "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   11
 
                          RESERVE AND PRODUCTION DATA
 
   
     The following table sets forth certain summary information as of December
31, 1995 with respect to estimates prepared by the Company, and audited by H.J.
Gruy and Associates, Inc., independent petroleum engineers ("Gruy"), of the
Company's proved oil and gas reserves, the future net revenues therefrom and
their PV-10 Value. Estimates are based upon weighted average prices of $18.07
per Bbl of oil and $2.41 per Mcf of natural gas at December 31, 1995, holding
prices constant throughout the life of the properties in accordance with
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. This information is based
upon numerous assumptions and is subject to change due to numerous factors. See
"Business and Properties -- Properties and -- Oil and Gas Reserves" and "Risk
Factors -- Uncertainty of Estimates of Reserves and Future Net Revenues."
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                       ----------------------
                                                                        PROVED        TOTAL
                                                                       DEVELOPED      PROVED
                                                                       ---------     --------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>           <C>
ESTIMATED NET PROVED RESERVES:
  Oil and condensate (MBbl)..........................................      3,313        5,422
  Natural gas (MMcf).................................................     81,532      143,568
  Total reserves (MMcfe).............................................    101,411      176,099
  Future net revenues................................................  $ 162,723     $281,647
  PV-10 Value........................................................  $  85,537     $147,038
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               
                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                               SEPTEMBER 30,  
                                             -----------------       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   ----------------------------
                                              1996       1995       1995       1994       1993
                                             ------     ------     ------     ------     ------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
PRODUCTION:
  Oil (MBbl)...............................     459        394        545        467        324
  Natural gas (MMcf)(1)....................  10,833      5,482      7,914      6,799      5,422
  Gas equivalents (MMcfe)..................  13,589      7,846     11,187      9,601      7,369
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SALES PRICES:
  Oil (per Bbl)............................  $18.96     $15.61     $15.66     $14.35     $15.10
  Natural gas (per Mcf)(2).................    2.31       1.65       1.77       1.93       1.96
SELECTED DATA PER MCFE:
  Production costs.........................  $ 0.42     $ 0.65     $ 0.61     $ 0.59     $ 0.62
  Depreciation, depletion, and
     amortization..........................    0.83       0.78       0.79       0.82       0.99
  General and administrative(3)............    0.34       0.51       0.47       0.54       0.69
  Reserve replacement cost(4)..............     N/A        N/A       0.61       0.79       0.70
WELLS DRILLED:
  Gross....................................     102         46         76         44         34
  Net......................................      76         24         42         16          9
TOTAL RESERVES (MMCFE) ADDED BY:
  Exploration and development..............     N/A        N/A     72,425     24,804     13,502
  Acquisitions.............................     N/A        N/A      5,692     12,879     26,469
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
   
(1) Natural gas production for 1995, 1994, 1993, and the nine-month periods
    ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 includes 1,211, 1,358, 1,581, 868 and 917
    MMcf, respectively, delivered under a volumetric production payment pursuant
    to which the Company is obligated to deliver certain monthly quantities of
    natural gas. Future volumes associated with the volumetric production
    payment are not included in the Company's estimate of net reserves. See
    "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations -- General" and Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
                                         (Footnotes continued on following page)
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   12
 
(2) The above natural gas prices reflect the high BTU content of the natural gas
    produced from the Company's AWP Olmos and Austin Chalk properties. Gas is
    sold on the basis of price per MMBtu, which measures the heating equivalent
    of such gas. The prices per Mcf above (Mcf being strictly a physical measure
    of natural gas volumes) are therefore higher than the prices which would be
    paid for natural gas with a lower Btu content.
 
(3) Net of reimbursements.
 
(4) Calculated for a three-year period ending with the year presented by
    dividing total acquisition, exploration and development costs (excluding
    future development costs) incurred during such period by net reserves added
    during the period (excluding revisions).
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   13
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, the
following factors should be considered carefully in evaluating an investment in
the Notes offered hereby. The statements contained herein that are not
historical facts are forward-looking statements as that term is defined in
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and therefore
involve a number of risks and uncertainties. The actual results of the future
events described in such forward-looking statements in this Prospectus,
including those regarding the Company's financial results, levels of oil and gas
production or revenue, capital expenditures and capital resource activities
could differ materially from those estimated, anticipated or projected. Among
the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially are: general
economic conditions, competition and government regulations, fluctuations in oil
and natural gas prices and the factors set forth in "Risk Factors" below, as
well as the risks and uncertainties set forth from time to time in the Company's
other public reports filed with the Commission and incorporated by reference
herein.
 
SUBORDINATION AND ABSENCE OF FINANCIAL COVENANTS
 
     The Notes are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future
Senior Debt of the Company. "Senior Debt" is defined under the heading
"Description of Notes -- Subordination of Notes." As a result of such
subordination, in the event of any insolvency, liquidation or reorganization of
the Company or upon acceleration of the Notes due to an Event of Default, the
assets of the Company will be available to pay obligations on the Notes and any
other subordinated indebtedness of the Company only after all Senior Debt has
been paid in full, and there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay
amounts due on any or all of the Notes or any other subordinated indebtedness of
the Company then outstanding. The Indenture does not prohibit or limit the
incurrence of Senior Debt or the incurrence of other indebtedness and other
liabilities by the Company or its subsidiaries. As of September 30, 1996, the
Company had approximately $17.2 million of indebtedness outstanding that would
have constituted Senior Debt. It is anticipated that, immediately after the
application of the net proceeds from this offering, the Company will have no
Senior Debt outstanding; however, any future borrowings under the Company's
existing credit facilities will constitute Senior Debt, and other indebtedness
incurred by the Company in the future may constitute Senior Debt. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
     The Indenture does not contain any financial performance covenants.
Consequently, the Company is not required under the Indenture to meet any
financial tests such as those that measure the Company's working capital,
interest coverage, fixed charge coverage or net worth in order to maintain
compliance with the terms of the Indenture. See "Description of
Notes -- Repurchase at the Option of Holders."
 
LIMITATION ON REPURCHASE OF NOTES UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF A DESIGNATED EVENT
 
     Upon the occurrence of a Designated Event, each holder of Notes may require
the Company to repurchase all or a portion of such holder's Notes at 101% of
their principal amount. If a Designated Event were to occur, there can be no
assurance that the Company would have sufficient financial resources, or would
be able to arrange financing, to pay the repurchase price for all Notes tendered
by the holders thereof. Any future credit agreements or other agreements
relating to indebtedness (including Senior Debt) to which the Company becomes a
party may contain restrictions on the repurchase of Notes. In the event a
Designated Event occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from
repurchasing the Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to
repurchase the Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain
such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such consent or refinance such
borrowings, the Company would remain prohibited from repurchasing Notes. In such
case, the Company's failure to repurchase tendered Notes would constitute an
Event of Default under the Indenture which may, in turn, constitute a further
default under certain of the Company's existing debt instruments and may
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   14
 
constitute a default under the terms of other indebtedness that the Company may
incur from time to time. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in
the Indenture would likely prohibit payments to holders of Notes. See
"Description of Notes -- Repurchase at the Option of Holders."
 
VOLATILITY OF OIL AND GAS PRICES AND MARKETS
 
     The Company's profitability is substantially dependent on prevailing prices
for oil and natural gas. The amounts of and price obtainable for the Company's
oil and gas production will be affected by market factors beyond the Company's
control. Such factors include the extent of domestic production, the level of
imports of foreign oil and gas, the general level of market demand on a
regional, national and worldwide basis, domestic and foreign economic conditions
that determine levels of industrial production, political events in foreign
oil-producing regions and variations in governmental regulations and tax laws or
the imposition of new governmental requirements upon the oil and gas industry.
Prices for oil and gas are subject to wide fluctuation in response to relatively
minor changes in supply of and demand for oil and gas, market uncertainty and a
variety of additional factors that are beyond the control of the Company. In
addition, the marketability of the Company's production depends in part upon the
availability, proximity and capacity of gathering systems, pipelines and
processing facilities. A substantial and prolonged decline in oil and gas prices
could have a material adverse effect upon the Company.
 
     The Company currently emphasizes the exploration and development of natural
gas reserves. See "Business and Properties -- General." As a result of changes
in recent years in the natural gas market regulatory structure and volatility in
the market price for natural gas, most producers and purchasers are unwilling to
enter into long-term purchase and sale contracts. Accordingly, most of the
Company's gas production is sold on the "spot market," where producers and
purchasers negotiate sales on a short-term (usually a 30-day) basis.
Accordingly, the stability of the Company's future revenues is vulnerable to
short-term fluctuations in the price of natural gas. See "-- Effect of Price
Risk Management."
 
   
     Under Commission regulations, applicable to entities which account for
their investments in oil an gas properties using the full-cost accounting rules,
on a quarterly basis the Company confirms that the PV-10 Value of its proved
reserves (plus certain amounts for unproved properties) exceeds the capitalized
costs of oil and gas properties carried on its balance sheet. This test must be
performed using oil and gas prices at the end of the applicable period, rather
than historical amounts or averages calculated over longer periods. Thus, while
the Company has never been required to write down its asset base, and at
December 31, 1995 there was a substantial excess of reserves over capitalized
costs under the "ceiling test," declines in oil and gas prices, if sustained,
could require a writedown of the value of the Company's oil and gas properties
unless at the same time the Company had sufficient net additional reserves to
offset the effect of any such decline in oil and gas prices. It is possible that
such a writedown could be required even if there were only a temporary decline
in prices. Although any such writedown would not affect cash flow from operating
activities, it would constitute a charge to earnings.
    
 
REPLACEMENT AND EXPANSION OF RESERVES
 
     The Company's success will be largely dependent on its ability to replace
and expand its oil and gas reserves through the acquisition of producing
properties and the exploration for and development of oil and gas reserves, both
of which involve substantial risks. Without successful drilling or acquisition
ventures, the Company will be unable to replace the reserves being depleted by
production, and its assets and revenues including the reserves will decline.
There can be no assurance that the Company's acquisition and exploration and
development activities will result in the replacement of, or additions to, the
Company's reserves. Successful acquisition of producing properties generally
requires accurate assessments of recoverable reserves, future oil and gas prices
and operating costs, potential environmental and other liabilities and other
factors. Such assessments are necessarily inexact, and as estimates, their
accuracy is inherently uncertain.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   15
 
FUTURE CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
 
   
     The Company makes and will continue to make substantial capital
expenditures to further explore and develop its properties and to acquire
additional oil and gas properties. These expenditures are currently anticipated
to be $134.0 million for the remaining three months of 1996 and for 1997.
Proceeds from this offering and, to the extent available, cash flows from
operations will be used to fund these expenditures. The Company may also seek
additional capital from traditional reserve base borrowings, equity and debt
offerings, joint ventures and other sources. Furthermore, the Company may seek
to raise capital through production payment financing and vendor financing. The
Company's ability to access additional capital will depend on its continued
success in exploring for and developing its reserves and the status of the
capital markets at the time such capital is sought. Accordingly, there can be no
assurance that capital will be available to the Company from any source or that,
if available, it will be on terms acceptable to the Company. Should sufficient
capital not be available, the exploration and development of the Company's
properties could be delayed and, accordingly, the implementation of the
Company's business strategy would be adversely affected.
    
 
UNCERTAINTY OF ESTIMATES OF RESERVES AND FUTURE NET REVENUES
 
     Estimates of the Company's proved developed oil and gas reserves and future
net revenues therefrom appearing elsewhere herein are based on reserve reports
audited by independent petroleum engineers. The estimation of reserves requires
substantial judgment on the part of the petroleum engineers, resulting in
imprecise determinations, particularly with respect to new discoveries.
Estimates of proved undeveloped reserves, which comprise a significant portion
of the Company's total reserves, are by their nature less certain. The accuracy
of any reserve estimate depends on the quality of available data as well as
engineering and geological interpretation and judgment. Actual future
production, oil and gas prices, revenues, taxes, capital expenditures, operating
expenses, geologic success and quantities of recoverable oil and gas resources
may vary substantially from those assumed in the estimates, may result in
revisions to such estimates and could materially affect the estimated quantities
and related PV-10 Value of reserves set forth in this Prospectus. The estimates
of future net revenues reflect oil and gas prices as of the date of estimation,
without escalation, except where changes in prices were fixed under existing
contracts. There can be no assurance, however, that such prices will be realized
or that the estimated production volumes will be produced during the periods
indicated. Future performance that deviates significantly from the reserve
reports could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business and
Properties -- Properties and -- Oil and Gas Reserves."

   
     The estimates of future net revenues and their present values assume that
some portion of the limited partnerships in which the Company owns interests
will achieve payout status. At payout, the Company's percentage ownership of the
limited partnerships' reserves increases. The primary assumptions utilized for
purposes of such estimates consist of (i) the continuation of oil and gas prices
realized by the partnerships at year-end 1995 through the life of the properties
owned by the partnerships and (ii) the continued ownership of such properties.
Only three of the limited partnerships in which the Company owns an interest had
achieved payout status at the date of this Prospectus and achievement of payout
status for the remaining partnerships will depend not only upon prices at which
future production is sold, but also upon whether individual properties are sold
prior to depletion and the prices received in such sales. See "-- Volatility of
Oil and Gas Prices and Markets" and "Business and Properties -- Partnerships."
    
 
EXPLORATION AND DEVELOPMENT RISKS
 
     Exploration and development of oil and gas reserves involve a high degree
of risk that no commercial production will be obtained or that the production
will be insufficient to recover drilling and completion costs. The cost of
drilling, completing and operating wells is often uncertain. The Company's
drilling operations may be curtailed, delayed or canceled as a result of
numerous
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   16
 
factors, including title problems, weather conditions, compliance with
governmental requirements and shortages or delays in the delivery of equipment.
Furthermore, completion of a well does not assure a profit on the investment or
a recovery of drilling, completion and operating costs. See "Business and
Properties -- Exploration and Development Drilling Activities."
 
OPERATING HAZARDS AND UNINSURED RISKS
 
     In addition to the substantial risk that wells drilled will not be
productive, hazards such as unusual or unexpected geologic formations,
pressures, downhole fires, mechanical failures, blowouts, cratering, explosions,
uncontrollable flow of oil, gas or well fluids, pollution and other
environmental risks are inherent in oil and gas exploration and production.
These hazards could result in substantial losses to the Company due to injury
and loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment,
pollution and other environmental damage and suspension of operations. The
Company carries insurance which it believes is in accordance with customary
industry practices, but, as is common in the oil and gas industry, the Company
does not fully insure against all risks associated with its business either
because such insurance is not available or because the cost thereof is
considered prohibitive.
 
EFFECT OF PRICE RISK MANAGEMENT
 
   
     To the extent that price floors or caps are purchased for a portion of the
Company's production but are not needed, or to the extent that future sales are
made at prices below ultimate future market prices, funds so spent will have
been lost or income realized from sale of production may be reduced. Therefore,
the Company intends to expend only limited amounts to hedge pricing risks. See
"Business and Properties -- Price Risk Management."
    
 
RISKS OF PURCHASING INTERESTS IN OIL AND GAS PROPERTIES
 
     Although the Company emphasizes reserve growth through drilling, it expects
to make acquisitions of oil and gas properties from time to time. The Company
generally focuses most of its title and valuation efforts on the more
significant properties. It is generally not feasible for the Company to review
in-depth every property it purchases and all records with respect to such
properties. However, even an in-depth review of properties and records may not
necessarily reveal existing or potential problems, nor will it permit a buyer to
become familiar enough with the properties to assess fully their deficiencies
and capabilities. Evaluation of future recoverable reserves of oil, gas and
natural gas liquids, which is an integral part of the property selection
process, is a process that depends upon evaluation of existing geological,
engineering and production data, some or all of which may prove to be unreliable
or not indicative of future performance. See "-- Uncertainty of Estimates of
Reserves and Future Net Revenues." To the extent the seller does not operate the
properties, obtaining access to properties and records may be more difficult.
Even when problems are identified, the seller may not be willing or financially
able to give contractual protection against such problems, and the Company may
decide to assume environmental and other liabilities in connection with acquired
properties. See "Business and Properties -- Oil and Gas Acreage."
 
FOREIGN ACTIVITIES
 
   
     In the last several years, the Company has undertaken exploration and
development activities in Russia and New Zealand. The Company is also pursuing
development opportunities in Venezuela. In Russia, the Company has entered into
several agreements with a Russian joint stock company to develop and produce
reserves in two fields in Western Siberia under which the Company is entitled to
receive a minimum 5% net profits interest in the properties. In July 1996, the
Company entered into a partnership agreement which provides for the Company to
contribute its rights under these agreements to the partnership and for the
partners to share equally revenues and costs of developing the project, along
with the Russian company. The partnership is to be funded upon
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   17
   
fulfillment of certain conditions and completion of certain further arrangements
with the Russian company. The Company is also performing certain seismic work on
136,500 acres in two adjacent onshore areas located in New Zealand pursuant to
Exploration Permits which provide for certain work to be performed in stages
through the year 2001. In addition, the Company is pursuing several cooperative
ventures in Venezuela. The Company's investment in these projects was
approximately $11.2 million at September 30, 1996. Russia has experienced and
continues to experience social, political and economic instability, and all of
the Company's operations overseas are subject to various additional risks. There
can be no assurance that future developments in these regions, over which the
Company has no control, will not impair the Company's operations in these
regions or result in a loss of part or all of the Company's investment.
    
 
COMPETITION
 
     The Company operates in a highly competitive environment. The Company
competes with major integrated and independent energy companies for the
acquisition of desirable oil and natural gas properties, as well as for the
equipment and labor required to develop and operate such properties. Many of
these competitors have financial and other resources substantially greater than
those of the Company. See "Business and Properties -- Competition."
 
GOVERNMENTAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION
 
     The production of oil and natural gas is subject to regulation under a wide
range of United States federal and state statutes, rules, orders and
regulations. State and federal statutes and regulations require permits for
drilling, reworking and recompletion operations, drilling bonds and reports
concerning operations. Most states in which the Company owns and operates
properties have regulations governing conservation matters, including provisions
for the unitization or pooling of oil and natural gas properties, the
establishment of maximum rates of production from oil and natural gas wells and
the regulation of the spacing, plugging and abandonment of wells. Many states
also restrict production to the market demand for oil and natural gas and
several states have indicated interest in revising applicable regulations in
light of the persistent oversupply and low prices for oil and natural gas
production. These regulations may limit the rate at which oil and natural gas
could otherwise be produced from the Company's properties. Some states have also
enacted statutes prescribing ceiling prices for natural gas sold within the
state. See "Business and Properties -- Regulations."
 
     Various federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the
protection of the environment may affect the Company's operations and costs. In
particular, the Company's production operations and its use of facilities for
treating, processing or otherwise handling hydrocarbons and wastes therefrom are
subject to stringent environmental regulation. Although compliance with these
regulations increases the cost of Company operations, such compliance has not
had a material effect on the Company's capital expenditures, earnings or
competitive position. Environmental regulations have historically been subject
to frequent change by regulatory authorities and the Company is unable to
predict the ongoing cost of complying with these laws and regulations or the
future impact of such regulations on its operations. A significant discharge of
hydrocarbons into the environment could, to the extent such event is not
insured, subject the Company to substantial expense. See "Business and
Properties -- Regulations -- Environmental Regulations."
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
     The Company depends, and will continue to depend in the foreseeable future,
on the services of its officers and key employees with extensive experience and
expertise in evaluating and analyzing producing oil and gas properties and
drilling prospects, maximizing production from oil and gas properties and
marketing oil and gas production. The ability of the Company to retain its
officers and key employees is important to the continued success and growth of
the Company. The loss of key personnel could have a material adverse effect on
the Company. See "Management."
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   18
 
LIABILITY AS GENERAL PARTNER; CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
   
     The Company serves as the managing general partner of 103 limited
partnerships, which had invested over $478.0 million in oil and gas activities
at September 30, 1996. These limited partnerships had less than $8.0 million of
indebtedness at September 30, 1996, virtually all of which is owed to the
Company. However, the Company remains contingently liable for their obligations
as general partner, including responsibility for their day-to-day operations,
and liabilities which cannot be repaid from partnership assets or insurance
proceeds. In the future, the Company might be exposed to litigation in
connection with partnership activities, or find it necessary to advance funds on
behalf of certain partnerships to protect the value of their oil and gas
properties. Conversely, the Company might be prohibited from acquiring certain
property interests if to do so would conflict with the interests of limited
partnerships which it manages. See "Business and Properties -- Partnerships."
    
 
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NOTES
 
     There is currently no public trading market for the Notes. Application has
been made to list the Notes on the New York Stock Exchange, but there can be no
assurance that an active trading market will develop for the Notes, or that
holders of the Notes will be able to sell their Notes on acceptable terms. The
Underwriters have indicated that they intend to make a market in the Notes;
however, they are not obligated to do so, and any such market-making may be
discontinued at any time without notice. The Notes may trade at a discount from
the initial public offering price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the
market price for similar securities, the market price for the Common Stock and
other factors. In addition, prices for the Common Stock will be determined by
the market and may be influenced by many factors, including the financial and
operating performance of the Company, investor perceptions of the Company, the
depth and liquidity of the market for the Company's Common Stock, oil and gas
prices and general economic conditions. Although the Common Stock is currently
traded on the New York Stock Exchange and the Pacific Stock Exchange, there can
be no assurance that the Common Stock will continue to be traded on any active
trading market in the future.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   19
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Notes offered hereby
will be approximately $     million, ($     million assuming exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option), after deducting estimated underwriting
discount and expenses of the offering payable by the Company. From these
proceeds, the Company intends to repay in full all of its borrowings under the
credit facilities described below, which amount was $17.2 million at September
30, 1996. The remaining net proceeds will be used to fund exploratory and
development drilling projects during the remainder of 1996 and 1997, and
possibly to acquire oil and gas properties, or for other general corporate
purposes. The allocation of the Company's net proceeds from this offering,
together with other available capital, among these categories of anticipated
expenditures is discretionary and will depend upon future events that cannot be
predicted, including the actual results and costs of future exploratory and
development drilling and other activities, the availability and cost of oil and
gas properties meeting the Company's acquisition criteria, the Company's net
cash flows from operating activities and other matters beyond the control of the
Company.
    
 
     The Company has two credit facilities. The first facility is a $100.0
million revolving line of credit which currently has a borrowing base of $30.0
million. For balances up to $17.5 million, this facility bears interest at
either the lead bank's base rate or at the London Interbank Offered Rate
("LIBOR") plus 1%. For balances between $17.5 million and $26.25 million, the
Company has the option to incur interest at the lead bank's base rate plus 0.25%
or at LIBOR plus 1.25%. For amounts in excess of $26.25 million, the LIBOR
option is set at LIBOR plus 1.5%. The outstanding amount under this facility at
September 30, 1996 was $17.0 million, all of which was bearing interest under
the LIBOR rate option at rates ranging from 6.5620% to 6.8125%. Such funds were
borrowed primarily to finance the Company's working capital and capital
expenditures needs. The Company's other credit facility is a $7.0 million
revolving line of credit bearing interest at the bank's base rate less 0.25%. At
September 30, 1996, $170,000 was outstanding under this facility, bearing
interest at 8%. Both of these credit facilities extend through September 30,
1999. The $7.0 million credit facility is the Company's only secured facility.
 
     Until net proceeds of the offering are utilized for purposes described
above, they will be invested in interest bearing bank accounts, U.S. government
securities, other investment grade debt securities and other short-term
investments.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   20
 
                PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Common Stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange and the Pacific
Stock Exchange under the symbol "SFY." At September 30, 1996, the Company had
approximately 532 stockholders of record. The following table sets forth the
range of high and low quarterly closing sales prices for the Common Stock of the
Company as reported by the New York Stock Exchange for the periods indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          HIGH         LOW
                                                                         -------     -------
<S>                                                                      <C>         <C>
1996
  Fourth Quarter (Through November 1, 1996)............................. $26.625     $23.750
  Third Quarter.........................................................  24.875      17.500
  Second Quarter........................................................  18.125      13.000
  First Quarter.........................................................  14.125      10.875
1995
  Fourth Quarter........................................................  12.625       7.750
  Third Quarter.........................................................   9.625       8.250
  Second Quarter........................................................  10.125       8.500
  First Quarter.........................................................   9.875       8.000
1994
  Fourth Quarter........................................................  11.375       9.500
  Third Quarter.........................................................  10.500       9.250
  Second Quarter........................................................  10.125       9.000
  First Quarter.........................................................  11.250       8.500
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The above prices for the first three quarters of 1994 have been revised to
reflect a 10% Common Stock dividend declared and paid in September 1994. On
November 1, 1996, the last reported sale price for the Common Stock on the New
York Stock Exchange was $25.875 per share.
    
 
     Since the Company's inception, no cash dividends have been declared on its
Common Stock, and the Company does not expect to declare cash dividends in the
foreseeable future. The Company currently intends to continue a policy of using
retained earnings for expansion of its business. Under its current credit
arrangements, the Company may not declare cash dividends on its Common Stock
that exceed $2.0 million in any fiscal year.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   21
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
     The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company at
September 30, 1996, and as adjusted to reflect the sale by the Company of the
Notes offered hereby and the application of the net proceeds as described under
"Use of Proceeds." This information should be read in conjunction with the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" presented elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                                       ---------------------
                                                                                       AS
                                                                        ACTUAL      ADJUSTED
                                                                       --------     --------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>
Cash and cash equivalents............................................  $  1,986     $ 79,816
                                                                       ========     ========
Long-term debt, including current portion
  Bank borrowings(1).................................................  $ 17,170     $     --
     % Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006.......................        --      100,000
Stockholders' equity
  Preferred Stock -- $.01 par value; 5,000,000 authorized shares; no
     shares issued and outstanding...................................        --           --
  Common Stock -- $.01 par value; 35,000,000 authorized shares;
     15,091,384 issued and outstanding shares(2).....................       151          151
  Additional paid-in capital.........................................   100,702      100,702
  Retained earnings..................................................    33,489       33,489
                                                                       --------     --------
          Total stockholders' equity.................................   134,342      134,342
                                                                       --------     --------
          Total capitalization.......................................  $151,512     $234,342
                                                                       ========     ========
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
(1) See Note 4 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements for additional
    information concerning the Company's bank borrowings.
 
(2) Excludes (a) 1,232,646 shares issuable upon exercise of employee and
    director stock options outstanding as of September 30, 1996 and (b) 41,250
    shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted to other
    individuals outstanding as of September 30, 1996.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   22
 
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following selected consolidated financial data of the Company for each
of the five years in the period ended December 31, 1995, are derived from the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been audited. The
selected consolidated financial data for the nine-month periods ended September
30, 1996 and 1995 are unaudited, and, in the opinion of management, include all
adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring adjustments, except as
disclosed below) necessary for a fair presentation of the results for such
interim periods. Results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative
of results to be expected for the entire year. The selected consolidated
financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto included elsewhere
herein.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                
                                                 NINE MONTHS    
                                             ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             --------------------    ------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1996        1995        1995        1994          1993        1992          1991
                                             --------    --------    --------    --------      --------    --------      --------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues:
  Oil and gas sales........................  $ 33,733    $ 15,208    $ 22,528    $ 19,802      $ 15,536    $ 12,420      $  8,362
  Earned interests and fees(1).............       616         339         590         702         4,072       2,716         2,232
  Supervision fees.........................     3,277       2,838       3,839       3,751         3,719       3,444         3,363
  Interest income..........................        35         132         212          48           202         113           192
  Other, net...............................     1,518       1,355       1,762       1,072           604         516           541
                                             --------    --------    --------    --------      --------    --------      --------
        Total revenues.....................    39,179      19,872      28,931      25,375        24,133      19,209        14,690
                                             --------    --------    --------    --------      --------    --------      --------
Costs and expenses:
  General and administrative, net of
    reimbursement..........................     4,601       3,970       5,256       5,198         5,065       4,977         4,656
  Depreciation, depletion, and
    amortization...........................    11,314       6,138       8,839       7,905         7,301       4,906         3,843
  Oil and gas production...................     5,749       5,101       6,826       5,639         4,540       3,934         2,442
  Interest expense, net....................       294       1,283       1,115       1,795           598          76            --
  Other expenses...........................        --          --          --          --            --         628            --
                                             --------    --------    --------    --------      --------    --------      --------
        Total costs and expenses...........    21,958      16,492      22,036      20,537        17,504      14,521        10,941
                                             --------    --------    --------    --------      --------    --------      --------
Income before income taxes.................    17,221       3,380       6,895       4,838         6,629       4,688         3,749
Provision for income taxes.................     5,818         859       1,982       1,112         1,732       1,518         1,236
                                             --------    --------    --------    --------      --------    --------      --------
Income before cumulative effect of change
  in accounting principle..................    11,403       2,521       4,913       3,726         4,897       3,170         2,513
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
  principle................................        --          --          --     (16,773)(1)        --         915(2)         --
                                             --------    --------    --------    --------      --------    --------      --------
Net income (loss)..........................  $ 11,403    $  2,521    $  4,913    $(13,047)     $  4,897    $  4,085      $  2,513
                                             ========    ========    ========    ========      ========    ========      ========
Per share data:
  Primary:
    Income before cumulative effect of
      change in accounting principle.......  $   0.87    $   0.32    $   0.54    $   0.56      $   0.74    $   0.52      $   0.47
    Cumulative effect of change in
      accounting principle.................        --          --          --       (2.52)(1)        --        0.15(2)         --
                                             --------    --------    --------    --------      --------    --------      --------
    Net income (loss)......................  $   0.87    $   0.32    $   0.54    $  (1.96)     $   0.74    $   0.67      $   0.47
                                             ========    ========    ========    ========      ========    ========      ========
  Fully diluted:
    Income before cumulative effect of
      change in accounting principle.......  $   0.87    $   0.32    $   0.54    $   0.56      $   0.70    $   0.52      $   0.47
    Cumulative effect of change in
      accounting principle.................        --          --          --       (2.52)(1)        --        0.15(2)         --
                                             --------    --------    --------    --------      --------    --------      --------
    Net income (loss)......................  $   0.87    $   0.32    $   0.54    $  (1.96)     $   0.70    $   0.67      $   0.47
                                             ========    ========    ========    ========      ========    ========      ========
Weighted average shares outstanding(3).....    13,140       7,995       9,123       6,644         6,588       6,135         5,363
</TABLE>
    
 
                                             (Table continued on following page)
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   23
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                
                                                 NINE MONTHS    
                                             ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             --------------------    ------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1996        1995        1995        1994          1993        1992          1991
                                             --------    --------    --------    --------      --------    --------      --------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(4)..................................  $ 28,829    $ 10,802    $ 16,849    $ 14,538      $ 14,527    $ 10,585      $  7,592
Net cash provided by operating
  activities...............................    26,351       8,547      14,376      10,395         7,238       6,349         5,912
Capital expenditures.......................    55,996      21,076      40,033      34,531        24,229      34,401         7,985
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)
  Historical...............................      18.0x        2.0x        3.1x        2.6x          6.8x        7.5x         10.3x
  Pro forma(6).............................       5.5x         --         2.1x         --            --          --            --
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital............................  $ (5,999)   $ 19,259    $  3,247    $(13,137)     $  9,742    $  2,953      $ (2,992)
Total assets...............................   192,861     156,980     175,253     135,673       160,893     100,243       101,422
Long-term debt:
  Bank borrowings..........................    17,170          --          --      27,229         2,650          --        23,380
  6 1/2% Convertible Subordinated
    Debentures due 2003(7).................        --      28,750      28,750      28,750        28,750          --            --
Stockholders' equity.......................   134,342      90,960      93,346      42,127        54,466      49,281        38,660
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
   
(1) Effective January 1, 1994, the Company adopted a new method of accounting
    for earned interests with respect to the limited partnerships for which it
    serves as general partner, whereby earned interests are no longer recognized
    as income. The effect of the change in 1994 was to increase income before
    cumulative effect of change in accounting principle by approximately
    $1,047,000 or $.16 per share. The cumulative effect of this change in
    accounting principle resulted in an adjustment of $16,772,698, or a loss of
    $2.52 per share (after reduction for income taxes of $8,640,481), in the
    first quarter of 1994, to apply the new method retroactively, thereby
    reducing net income in 1994. The Company believes the change in policy
    results in financial statements that better reflect its current business
    focus and that are more comparable to current practices in the oil and gas
    exploration and production business. See "Management's Discussion and
    Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- General" and
    Note 2 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
(2) In the fourth quarter of 1992, the Company elected to adopt SFAS No. 109,
    effective beginning January 1, 1992. The cumulative effect of this change
    resulted in an increase in net income of $915,000 or $.16 per share in 1992.
    The effect of this change on income tax expense (exclusive of cumulative
    effect adjustment) for the year ended December 31, 1992 was not material.
 
(3) Amounts have been retroactively restated in all periods presented to give
    recognition for an equivalent change in capital structure as a result of a
    10% stock dividend in September 1994. See Note 7 to the Company's
    Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
   
(4) EBITDA is defined for this purpose as income (loss) before taking into
    consideration the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle and
    net interest expense, income taxes and depreciation, depletion, and
    amortization. EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to earnings
    (losses) as an indicator of the Company's financial performance or to cash
    flows as a measure of liquidity, but rather to provide additional
    information related to debt service capability.
    
 
   
(5) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, fixed
    charges include interest expense and that portion of non-capitalized rental
    expense deemed to be the equivalent of interest. Earnings represents income
    before income taxes from continuing operations before fixed charges.
    
 
(6) Pro forma for the offering and for the application of a portion of the net
    proceeds of the offering to repay $17.2 million of existing indebtedness.
    See "Use of Proceeds."
 
(7) The $28,750,000 principal amount of 6 1/2% Convertible Subordinated
    Debentures due 2003 was converted on August 6, 1996 into 2,343,108 shares of
    the Company's Common Stock.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   24
 
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto and the Selected
Consolidated Financial Data included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
GENERAL
 
   
     The Company was formed in 1979 and, from 1985 to 1991, grew primarily
through the acquisition of producing properties funded through limited
partnership financing. Commencing in 1991, the Company began to re-emphasize the
addition of reserves through exploration and development drilling activity while
significantly reducing its reliance on limited partnership financing. This
emphasis on exploration and development drilling has led to additions of
increasing quantities of reserves in each of 1994, 1995, and the first nine
months of 1996.
    
 
   
     The Company's revenue is primarily comprised of oil and gas sales
attributable to properties in which the Company owns a direct or indirect
interest. Additionally, prior to 1994, the Company recorded earned interests and
fees from limited partnerships and joint ventures. Effective January 1, 1994,
the Company changed its revenue recognition policy for earned interests. The
cumulative effect in 1994 of this change in accounting principle resulted in a
one-time accounting adjustment of $16.8 million, or a loss of $2.52 per share
(after reduction for income taxes of $8.6 million), from applying the new method
retroactively. Earned interests represented revenues in the form of interests in
proved developed oil and gas properties conveyed to limited partnerships and
joint ventures formed in connection with the Company's organization and
management of limited partnerships and joint ventures, representing the
difference between the Company's capital contributions to each limited
partnership or joint venture and its earned revenue interest in the limited
partnership's or venture's properties (based upon the expected levels of cash
distributions to the limited partners or joint venturers). Under the Company's
current method of accounting such amounts will not be recognized as income,
thereby reducing the Company's investment in oil and gas property. The Company
believes the change in policy results in financial statements that better
reflect its business focus and that are more comparable to prevalent practices
in the oil and gas exploration and production industry.
    
 
   
     In May 1992, the Company purchased interests in certain wells from the
Manville Corporation for $14.3 million using funds provided by the Company's
sale of a volumetric production payment in these properties to a subsidiary of
Enron Corp. Net proceeds from the sale of the production payment of
approximately $13.8 million were recorded as deferred revenues. Deliveries under
the volumetric production payment are recorded as oil and gas sales revenues
which are offset by a corresponding reduction of deferred revenues. Under this
arrangement, the Company is required to deliver a fixed quantity of hydrocarbons
produced from the properties over specified periods through October 2000.
Volumes remaining to be delivered under the volumetric production payment
(approximately 4.1 Bcf and 3.3 Bcf at December 31, 1995 and September 30, 1996,
respectively) are not included in the Company's proved reserves. Under the
volumetric production payment, hydrocarbons produced in excess of the amount
required to be delivered are sold by the Company for its own account.
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
  Comparison of Nine Months Ended September 30, 1996 and 1995
    
 
   
     Revenues. The Company's revenues increased 97% during the first nine months
of 1996 from the comparative period in 1995, due primarily to the increase in
oil and gas sales.
    
 
   
     Oil and Gas Sales. Oil and gas sales increased 122% to $33.7 million in the
first three quarters of 1996, compared to $15.2 million for the comparative
period in 1995. The 98% increase in natural
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   25
   
gas production and the 17% increase in oil production were primarily the result
of production from recent drilling activity, most notably from the Company's two
primary development areas, the AWP Olmos Field and the Austin Chalk trend. The
Company's net sales volume (including the volumetric production payment) in the
first nine months of 1996 increased by 73% or 5.7 Bcf over volumes in the
comparable 1995 period. Oil and gas sales were also aided by a 21% and 40%
increase in prices received for oil and gas, respectively, between the two
periods. Average prices for oil increased from $15.61 per Bbl in the nine-month
period of 1995, to $18.96 per Bbl in the comparable 1996 period, while average
gas prices increased from $1.65 per Mcf in the 1995 period, to $2.31 per Mcf in
the comparable 1996 period.
    
 
   
     Revenues from oil and gas sales comprised 86% and 77%, respectively, of
total revenues for the first nine months of 1996 and 1995. The majority of these
revenues were derived from the sale of the Company's gas production. The Company
expects oil and gas sales to continue to increase as a direct consequence of the
addition of oil and gas reserves through the Company's active drilling programs.
    
 
   
     Supervision Fees. Supervision fees increased 15%, having grown from $2.8
million in the first nine months of 1995 to $3.3 million in the first nine
months of 1996. This increase is primarily due to the annual escalation in April
in well overhead rates, and the increase in drilling activity by the Company,
which in turn increases the drilling well overhead portion of such fees.
    
 
   
     Costs and Expenses. General and administrative expenses for the first nine
months of 1996 increased approximately $630,000 or 16% when compared to the same
period in 1995. However, the Company's general and administrative expenses per
Mcfe produced decreased by 33% from $0.51 per Mcfe produced for the first nine
months of 1995 to $0.34 per Mcfe produced for the comparable period in 1996. A
majority of the companies in the oil and gas industry treat supervision fees as
a reduction of their general and administrative expenses. If the Company were to
follow this practice, these expenses net of supervision fees would have
decreased to $0.14 per Mcfe produced for the first nine months of 1995 and to
$0.10 per Mcfe produced for the same period in 1996.
    
 
   
     Depreciation, depletion, and amortization ("DD&A") increased 84%
(approximately $5.2 million) for the first nine months of 1996, primarily due to
the Company's reserve additions and the associated costs thereof and the related
sale of increased quantities of oil and gas therefrom. The Company's DD&A rate
per Mcfe of production has increased from $0.78 per Mcfe produced in the 1995
period to $0.83 per Mcfe produced in the 1996 period, reflecting variations in
the per unit cost of reserve additions.
    
 
   
     The Company's production costs per Mcfe decreased from $0.65 per Mcfe
produced in the 1995 period to $0.42 per Mcfe produced in the 1996 period.
However, due to the increase in production volumes, oil and gas production costs
increased 13% (approximately $650,000) in the first nine months of 1996 when
compared to the first nine months of 1995. As discussed above, the Company's
increase in production is primarily through its drilling activities in the AWP
Olmos Field and Austin Chalk trend where the Company already has an established
operating base. The increase in production costs is partially offset by an
exemption in these same fields from the 7.5% Texas severance tax applicable to
gas production from certain natural gas wells certified to be in tight
formations or to be deep wells by the Texas Railroad Commission. Additionally,
commencing September 1, 1996, certain wells certified as "high cost gas" wells
will be entitled to a reduction of severance tax based upon a formula amount.
Therefore, the increase in drilling activity and production has not been
accompanied by a proportionate increase in operating costs. This tax exemption
has had a positive impact on the Company's production costs during 1995 and
1996, although under the new rules, the proportionate amount of the exemption
may be reduced in future periods.
    
 
   
     Interest expense in the first nine months of 1996 on the 6 1/2% Convertible
Subordinated Debentures due 2003, including amortization of debt issuance costs,
totaled $994,000 ($1.5 million in the 1995 period), while interest expense on
the credit facilities, including commitment fees,
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   26
   
totaled $790,000 ($1.6 million in the 1995 period) for a total interest expense
of $1.8 million (of which $1.5 million was capitalized). In the first nine
months of 1995, these costs totaled $3.1 million (of which $1.8 million was
capitalized). The Company capitalizes that portion of interest related to its
exploration, partnership, and foreign business development activities. The
decrease in interest expense in 1996 is attributable to the decrease in the
average balance under the Company's credit lines necessary to finance the
Company's capital expenditures as discussed below, as well as incurring only six
months of interest in 1996, instead of nine months of interest in 1995, on the
6 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2003 which were converted into
Common Stock in the third quarter of 1996.
    
 
   
     Net Income. Net income of $11.4 million and earnings per share of $0.87 for
the first nine months of 1996 were 352% and 172% higher, respectively than net
income of $2.5 million and earnings per share of $0.32 in the same period for
1995. This increase in net income primarily reflected the effect of a 122%
increase in oil and gas sales revenues as a result of a 98% increase in natural
gas production, a 17% increase in crude oil production and product price
improvements. The lower percentage increase in earnings per share reflects a 64%
increase in weighted average shares outstanding for the period, as a result of
the sale of 5.75 million shares of Common Stock in the third quarter of 1995,
and the conversion of the 6 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2003
into 2.34 million shares of Common Stock in the third quarter of 1996.
    
 
  Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
 
     Revenues. The Company's revenues in 1995 increased by 14% over revenues in
1994, and by 5% in 1994 over 1993 revenues, principally due to increases in oil
and gas sales. Revenues for 1993 included recognition of earned interests,
discussed above, amounting to $3.3 million. On a pro forma basis, after
considering the retroactive application of the Company's change in accounting
for earned interests, revenues for 1993 would have been reduced 14% to $20.8
million.
 
     Oil and Gas Sales. The increase in oil and gas sales for 1995 was primarily
the result of production from exploratory and developmental wells drilled in
late 1994 and in 1995. In 1995, the Company's additions to reserves from
drilling were approximately 13 times its additions to reserves from producing
property acquisitions. In 1994, reserves added through drilling were
approximately double the additions to reserves from producing property
acquisitions. As a percentage of total revenues, oil and gas sales have risen
from 64% of total revenues in 1993 to 78% of total revenues in 1995.
 
     The Company's net sales volumes in 1995 (including the volumetric
production payment associated with each year's production) increased by 17% (1.6
Bcfe) over net sales volumes in 1994, while 1994 net sales volumes increased by
30% (2.2 Bcfe) over net sales volumes in 1993. Oil and gas sales in 1995
increased by 14% ($2.7 million) over 1994, while in 1994 oil and gas sales
increased by 27% ($4.3 million) over oil and gas sales in 1993. Average prices
for oil dropped from $15.10 per Bbl in 1993, to $14.35 per Bbl in 1994, but
recovered to $15.66 per Bbl in 1995, while average gas prices decreased from
$1.96 per Mcf in 1993, to $1.93 per Mcf in 1994, and to $1.77 per Mcf in 1995.
 
   
     Increased 1995 oil and gas sales were attributable to the sale of
production from properties owned by the Company for its own account, which
includes production derived from (i) producing properties acquired for its own
account in 1994 and (ii) wells placed into production in 1994 and 1995 through
exploratory and development drilling (the largest primary contributor to the
Company's increased oil and gas sales in 1995). In 1995, oil and gas sales,
exclusive of both the Company's interests in partnerships and in sales delivered
under the volumetric production payment, were $10.8 million (5.3 Bcfe) compared
to similar oil and gas sales in 1994 of $7.0 million (3.2 Bcfe), an increase
between years of $3.8 million (2.1 Bcfe). These same sales in 1993 were $2.2
million (0.9 Bcfe). These sales have comprised 48%, 35% and 14% of total oil and
gas sales for the respective years 1995, 1994 and 1993.
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   27
 
     The Company's oil and gas sales derived through the Company's interest in
partnerships were $7.6 million (3.8 Bcfe) in 1995, $8.7 million (4.2 Bcfe) in
1994 and $8.8 million (4.0 Bcfe) in 1993. As a percentage of total oil and gas
sales, revenues from these interests have comprised 34%, 44% and 57% of the
total for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
     The final major source of the Company's oil and gas sales is the sale of
production from the properties acquired from Manville Corporation in May 1992.
The Company records the entire amount of hydrocarbons sold as revenue, which was
$4.1 million (18% of total oil and gas sales revenue) from 2.1 Bcfe sold in
1995, of which 44% was a non-cash amortization of deferred revenues associated
with the volumetric production payment, while the remaining 56% equals cash
proceeds from sale of oil and excess gas for the Company's account. For 1994,
the Company recorded $4.1 million of revenue (21% of total oil and gas sales
revenue) from the sale of 2.1 Bcfe, of which 49% was non-cash amortization of
deferred revenues and 51% cash proceeds from the sale of oil and excess gas. For
1993, the Company recorded $4.6 million of revenue (29% of total oil and gas
sales) from the sale of 2.4 Bcfe, of which 51% was non-cash amortization of
deferred revenues and 49% cash proceeds from sale of oil and excess gas.
 
     Supervision Fees. Supervision fees continue to increase slightly, having
grown from $3.72 million in 1993 to $3.75 million in 1994 to $3.84 million in
1995, due to the change in properties operated by the Company, the annual
escalation in well overhead rates and the increase in drilling activity by the
Company, which in turn increases the drilling well overhead portion of such
fees.
 
     Costs and Expenses. General and administrative expenses increased 3% from
1993 to 1994 and 1% from 1994 to 1995. However, the Company's general and
administrative expenses per Mcfe produced decreased from $0.69 per Mcfe in 1993,
to $0.54 per Mcfe produced in 1994 (a 22% decrease), to $0.47 per Mcfe produced
in 1995 (a 13% decrease). Also, if the Company's supervision fees were treated
as a reduction of its general and administrative expenses, these expenses net of
supervision fees would have decreased to $0.18 per Mcfe produced in 1993, $0.15
per Mcfe produced in 1994 and to $0.13 per Mcfe produced in 1995.
 
   
     Depreciation, depletion, and amortization (DD&A) has steadily increased,
primarily due to the Company's reserve additions and the associated costs
thereof and the related sale of increased quantities of oil and gas therefrom.
The Company's DD&A rate per Mcfe of production has, however, decreased from
$0.99 in 1993, to $0.82 in 1994, to $0.79 in 1995, reflecting variations in the
per unit cost of reserve additions.
    
 
     The 24% increase in oil and gas production costs from 1993 to 1994 and the
21% increase from 1994 to 1995 also relates to the growth in the Company's
production volumes. The 1995 increase was also affected by certain one-time
remedial well expenses. The Company's production costs were $0.62 per Mcfe
produced in 1993, $0.59 per Mcfe produced in 1994 and $0.61 per Mcfe produced in
1995.
 
     Interest expense in 1995 on the 6 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures
due 2003, including amortization of debt issuance costs, totaled $2.0 million
($2.0 million in 1994 and $984,000 in 1993), while interest expense on the
credit facilities, including commitment fees, totaled $1.7 million ($1.7 million
in 1994 and $599,000 in 1993) for a total interest expense of $3.7 million (of
which $2.5 million was capitalized). The 1994 total was $3.7 million (of which
$1.9 million was capitalized), while the 1993 total was $1.6 million (of which
$986,000 was capitalized). The Company capitalizes that portion of interest
related to its exploration, partnership and foreign business development
activities. The lower amount of interest expense in 1993 was attributable to a
smaller average balance under the Company's credit lines necessary to finance
the Company's capital expenditures, as well as paying only six months of
interest on the 6 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2003.
 
     Net Income (Loss). Net income of $4.9 million and earnings per share of
$0.54 for 1995 were 32% higher and 4% lower, respectively than "Income before
cumulative effect of change in
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   28
 
accounting principle" of $3.7 million and earnings per share of $0.56 in 1994.
The increase in net income was primarily due to an increase in production
volumes and the related oil and gas sales therefrom. The 1995 decrease in
earnings per share reflects a 37% increase in weighted average shares
outstanding for the period, as a result of the sale of 5,750,000 shares of
Common Stock in the third quarter of 1995. The Company's consolidated effective
tax rate was 26%, 23% and 29% in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
     Net loss for 1994 of $13.0 million included a cumulative effect of a change
in accounting principle (see Note 2 to the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements) of $16.8 million. Income before cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle for 1994 was 24% less than net income for 1993.
 
     On a pro forma basis, after considering the retroactive application of the
Company's change in accounting for earned interests, net income would have been
$3.7 million and $4.3 million for 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     In 1991, the Company's strategy shifted toward increased reliance on
exploration and development activities, and the Company has significantly
expanded reserves added through these efforts. Previously, the Company relied on
limited partnership capital as its principal financing vehicle to fund its
acquisitions of producing properties. As a result of this shift in strategy, the
Company has reduced its reliance on cash flows generated from, and capital
raised through, limited partnerships. Supplemental cash and working capital are
provided through internally generated cash flows and debt and equity financing.
 
   
     During the first half of 1995, the Company used a combination of bank
financing, internally generated cash flows and partnership financing to fund its
operations. In the third quarter of 1995, the Company realized $45.7 million in
net proceeds from an offering of Common Stock that provided sufficient capital
to repay its bank financing and finance its capital expenditures for the second
half of 1995. During the first nine months of 1996, the Company relied upon
internally generated cash flows and bank borrowings to fund its capital
expenditures. Described below are the major elements of the Company's liquidity
and capital resources:
    
 
   
     Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities. For the nine-month period ended
September 30, 1996, net cash provided by operating activities increased
significantly (208%) to $26.4 million compared to $8.5 million during the first
nine months of 1995. In 1995, 1994 and 1993, the Company generated net cash from
operating activities of $14.4 million, $10.4 million and $7.2 million,
respectively. These increases were primarily due to increased production volumes
and higher product prices, as discussed above. During 1995, the Company also had
a $689,000 increase in other revenues and a $680,000 decrease in interest
expense, partially offset by a $1.2 million increase in oil and gas production
costs. The 1994 increase of $3.2 million in net cash provided by operating
activities was primarily due to the cash flows from oil and gas sales, which
increased $4.6 million (35%), exclusive of the non-cash amortization of deferred
revenues associated with the Company's volumetric production payment, partially
offset by a $1.1 million increase in oil and gas production costs and a $1.2
million increase in interest expense.
    
 
     Working Capital. The Company's working capital increased significantly from
a deficit of $13.1 million at December 31, 1994, to $3.2 million at December 31,
1995. This increase is primarily the result of the net proceeds from the 1995
Common Stock offering.
 
   
     The Company's working capital has decreased over the last nine months, from
$3.2 million at December 31, 1995, to a working capital deficit of $6.0 million
at September 30, 1996. The decrease is primarily the result of the Company's
capital expenditures as described below.
    
 
   
     Since year-end 1995, the Company's receivable account from limited
partnerships decreased significantly due to (a) receipt of approximately $7.8
million generated from property sales
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   29
   
proceeds realized by these partnerships and (b) an increase in oil and gas
prices received by these partnerships. Both increased the cash flows of these
partnerships, thus allowing them to reduce their balances owed to the Company.
    
 
   
     Due to the nature of the Company's business highlighted above, the
individual components of working capital fluctuate considerably from period to
period. The Company incurs significant working capital requirements in
connection with its role as operator at September 30, 1996 of approximately 800
wells, its accelerated drilling program and the management of affiliated
partnerships. In this capacity, the Company is responsible for certain
day-to-day cash management, including the collection and disbursement of oil and
gas revenues and related expenses.
    
 
   
     Capital Expenditures. Capital expenditures for property, plant and
equipment during the first nine months of 1996 were $56.0 million. These capital
expenditures included: (a) $42.4 million of drilling costs, both exploratory and
developmental; (b) $9.2 million of prospect costs (principally prospect
leasehold, seismic and geological costs of unproved prospects for the Company's
account); (c) $3.0 million invested in foreign business opportunities in Russia
(approximately $2.4 million), in Venezuela (approximately $300,000) and in New
Zealand (approximately $300,000), as described in Note 9 to the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements included herein; and (d) $1.4 million spent
for computer equipment and furniture and fixtures. In the remaining three months
of 1996, the Company expects capital expenditures to be approximately $25.0
million, including investments in all areas in which investments were made
during the first nine months of the year as described above, with a particular
focus on exploration and development drilling. The Company currently plans to
participate in the drilling of 162 gross wells this year, compared to 76 wells
in 1995. Through September 30, 1996, the Company had participated in drilling 6
exploratory and 96 development wells with 4 exploratory successes and 92
development successes. The steady growth in the Company's unproved property
account which is not being amortized is indicative of the shift to a focus on
drilling activity, as the Company acquires prospect acreage. During the first
nine months of 1996, this account also reflects $3.0 million of capital
expenditures made in relation to the Company's foreign business opportunities,
as described above.
    
 
     The Company's capital expenditures were approximately $40.0 million, $34.5
million and $24.2 million for 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively. Including the
Company's general partner capital contribution to drilling partnerships formed
in 1995 ($3.2 million). Approximately $23.6 million (59%) of the 1995 capital
expenditures was spent on developmental drilling (primarily in the AWP Olmos
Field and the Austin Chalk trend) and $2.3 million (6%) was spent on exploratory
drilling. The Company expended approximately $6.4 million (16%) for prospect
costs, principally prospect leasehold, seismic and geological costs of unproven
prospects for the Company's account. The Company funded approximately $2.1
million (5%) for the Company's general partner capital contribution to the
partnerships formed under its SDI offering. The Company also purchased
approximately $500,000 (1%) of limited partner interests in previously formed
partnerships. In its foreign activities, as described in Note 9 to the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company invested $2.8 million (7%),
$300,000 (1%), and $200,000 (1%), respectively in its Russia, Venezuela and New
Zealand initiatives. Finally, the Company spent the remaining amounts (4%) on
fixed assets (primarily for computer equipment) and other additions.
 
     The net proceeds of the offering, after repayment of the Company's
outstanding indebtedness, will be added to working capital to fund the Company's
development and exploration drilling projects and possibly to acquire oil and
gas properties, or for other general corporate purposes. The Company believes
that the proceeds of this offering and anticipated internally generated cash
flows (expected to increase as the Company's production base increases as a
result of its accelerated drilling program) will be sufficient to finance the
costs associated with its currently budgeted capital expenditures of over $134.0
million for the remaining three months of 1996 and for 1997. Further liquidity
needs may also be met by its existing credit facilities.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   30
 
     1995 Stock Offering. During the third quarter of 1995, the Company sold
5.75 million shares of Common Stock in a public offering at $8.50 per share,
with net proceeds of $45.7 million. Net proceeds from the offering were used to
repay outstanding indebtedness, and the remainder of the proceeds have been used
to finance the Company's exploration and development activities and to acquire
producing oil and gas properties, including limited partnership interests.
 
   
     Other Financing Activities. On June 30, 1993, the Company issued the 6 1/2%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2003 in the amount of $28.8 million in a
public offering. Proceeds of the offering were used primarily to acquire
producing oil and gas properties and to finance the Company's expanding
exploration and development programs. As described in Note 5 to the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements included herein, in August 1996 the 6 1/2%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2003 were converted by their holders
into 2.34 million shares of the Company's Common Stock following the Company's
July 1996 announcement that the 6 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due
2003 would be redeemed in August 1996 unless earlier converted. As a result of
this conversion, the Company's stockholders' equity increased approximately
$27.65 million.
    
 
   
     Credit Facilities. Recently, the Company's credit facilities have been used
to fund a portion of the Company's exploration and development activities.
Formerly, the Company established credit facilities which were used principally
to finance the Company's purchase of producing oil and gas properties on an
interim basis pending transfer of the properties to newly formed partnerships
and joint ventures and to provide working capital. These credit facilities
consist of a $100.0 million unsecured revolving line of credit with a $30.0
million borrowing base and a $7.0 million secured revolving line of credit. The
principal terms and restrictions of these credit facilities are described in
Note 4 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.
    
 
   
     At September 30, 1996, the Company had $17.2 million outstanding under
these borrowing arrangements used, along with internally generated cash flows of
$26.4 million, principally to fund the Company's capital expenditures in the
first nine months of 1996, and to a lesser extent, to provide working capital.
At December 31, 1995, the Company had no outstanding balances under these
borrowing arrangements, as these borrowings were repaid with proceeds from the
Company's 1995 stock offering.
    
 
   
     Partnership Programs. Between 1991 and 1995, the Company offered interests
in oil and gas production partnerships under its Swift Depositary Interests
("SDI") offering, and since late 1993 has offered private partnerships formed to
drill for oil and gas. The SDI program concluded at the end of 1995.
    
 
   
     At September 30, 1996, limited partnership formation and marketing costs
(which under the current drilling partnership offerings are borne by the Company
as part of the Company's general partner contribution) amounted to $768,000, a
decrease of $91,000, when compared with the December 31, 1995 balance.
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   31
 
                            BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES
 
GENERAL
 
   
     The Company is engaged in the exploration, development, acquisition and
production of oil and gas properties with a primary focus on U.S. onshore
natural gas reserves. As of December 31, 1995, the Company had interests in over
4,000 oil and gas wells located in 15 states, with over 85% of its proved
reserve base concentrated in Texas. At the same date, the Company had estimated
proved reserves of 176 Bcfe, approximately 80% of which were natural gas, and
operated 767 wells representing 86% of its proved reserve base.
    
 
   
     The Company's primary focus is exploration and development drilling on its
core areas, the AWP Olmos Field located in South Texas and the Texas Austin
Chalk trend. The AWP Olmos Field is characterized by long-lived reserves, while
the Austin Chalk trend is characterized by more short-lived reserves with high
initial production and rapid decline rates. These fields accounted for
approximately 67% and 6%, respectively, of the Company's proved reserves as of
December 31, 1995, and approximately 61% and 16%, respectively, of the Company's
production for the nine months ended September 30, 1996. The Company has
substantially accelerated its drilling activities during the last several years,
drilling 16, 42 and 76 net wells in 1994, 1995 and the first nine months of
1996, respectively, primarily in these areas. The Company has also doubled its
undeveloped acreage position in both the AWP Olmos Field and the Austin Chalk
trend during 1996 and currently has an inventory of over 360 and 65 potential
well locations in these two areas, respectively. The Company has budgeted
capital expenditures of over $134.0 million for the remaining three months of
1996 and for 1997, of which approximately $90.0 million is targeted for these
two fields. The Company is also actively pursuing exploratory and development
drilling opportunities in other basins in Texas, Louisiana and Wyoming. As a
complement to these domestic activities, the Company is participating in several
high potential international projects, with limited capital exposure to the
Company in New Zealand, Russia and Venezuela.
    
 
   
     The Company has increased its proved reserves from 41 Bcfe at year-end 1990
to 176 Bcfe at year-end 1995, primarily from additions through the drillbit,
which has resulted in the replacement of 516% of production during the same
five-year period. In 1995, the Company increased its proved reserves by 70%,
resulting in the replacement of 827% of 1995 production. Over the 1991 through
1995 period, reserve replacement costs have averaged $0.63 per Mcfe, a level
which the Company believes is lower than comparable industry averages. As a
result of increased drilling activity, average daily production increased to
57,875 Mcfepd in September 1996, an increase of 98% over average daily
production of 29,300 Mcfepd in September 1995. Due to economies of scale and
geographic concentration, general and administrative expenses and production
costs have fallen from $1.19 and $0.63 per Mcfe in 1990 to $0.34 and $0.42 per
Mcfe, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 1996. The
combination of increased production and decreased operating costs per Mcfe has
resulted in average annual growth in net cash provided by operating activities
of 24% per year from year-end 1990 to year-end 1995. For the nine months ended
September 30, 1996, net cash provided by operating activities increased by 208%
over the same period in 1995 to $26.4 million due to these same production and
operating cost factors.
    
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
     The Company intends to continue to increase its reserves, cash flows and
underlying net asset value through a balanced growth strategy that includes an
aggressive drilling program, exploitation of advanced technologies and strategic
acquisitions.
 
     Key elements of the Company's strategy include the following:
 
   
     Aggressive Drilling Program. The Company believes that future reserve
growth will result from a combination of drilling wells on proved undeveloped
acreage in its core areas, step-out and exploratory drilling on the Company's
substantial inventory of undeveloped acreage and exploration
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   32
   
efforts in selected areas outside the Company's core fields. In 1995, the
Company drilled 39 net development wells and 4 net exploration wells, including
38 net development wells in the Company's AWP Olmos Field and Austin Chalk trend
core areas. During this period, the Company had drilling success rates of 96%
for development wells and 50% for exploratory wells. The Company expects to
drill a total of 162 gross (122 net) wells in 1996, 102 which have been drilled
as of September 30, 1996 for a capital cost of $42.4 million to the Company. For
1997, the Company plans to drill approximately 161 gross wells at an expected
capital cost of $86 million to the Company. The Company anticipates that
drilling activity in the AWP Olmos Field will represent 85% of the Company's
1996 drilling budget and 75% of the Company's 1997 drilling budget. Exploratory
drilling is based on a "controlled risk" approach focusing on regions where the
exploration objective would allow the Company to utilize its technological or
geological expertise and which are in close proximity to known producing
horizons. The Company also reduces its overall risk exposure with respect to
exploration and development activities by entering into joint ventures with
industry partners to share capital exposure for any individual well. As an
example of this strategy, the Company has active joint venture development
projects with UPRC, Chesapeake and Snyder in the Austin Chalk trend, under which
the Company serves as operator of a majority of the wells on these properties.
    
 
   
     Exploitation of advanced technologies. To minimize the risks associated
with exploration and development drilling and to enhance operating efficiency,
the Company has devoted considerable resources to developing advanced
technological expertise. These technologies include 2-D and 3-D seismic
analysis, AVO (amplitude versus offset) studies and detailed formation depletion
studies. The Company has also attained substantial expertise in horizontal well
technology, having participated in 28 such wells in the Austin Chalk trend, 27
of which have been successful. Additionally, the Company uses innovative
fracturing methods, coiled tubing technology and computer telemetry to monitor
well performance in the AWP Olmos Field. As a result of these technologies, the
Company has enhanced its production yields while reducing its costs per Mcfe.
    
 
   
     Strategic acquisitions. The Company is continuously reviewing acquisition
opportunities, including opportunities to acquire substantial undeveloped
acreage for future drilling activities. The Company targets properties in close
proximity to the Company's current reserves, where such reserves can be
increased through development drilling and where improved operating efficiencies
can be achieved. Using these criteria, the Company employs a disciplined,
market-driven approach to acquisitions that can result in varying levels of
annual spending on acquisitions. The Company has substantial experience in
making such acquisitions, having purchased approximately $465.0 million of
producing oil and natural gas properties on behalf of itself and its
co-investors in 122 separate transactions since 1979.
    
 
PROPERTIES
 
  Major Properties
 
     The Company's proved reserves are geographically concentrated, with
approximately 73% of the Company's proved reserves at December 31, 1995,
attributable to its two largest properties, the AWP Olmos Field and the Austin
Chalk trend.
 
   
     AWP Olmos Field. The Company's most significant property is located in the
AWP Olmos Field in South Texas. The Company has extensive expertise in the AWP
Olmos Field and a long history of experience with low-permeability tight-sand
formations typical of this field. Since acquiring its first AWP Olmos Field
acreage in 1988, the Company has made detailed studies of drainage patterns in
the formation and has introduced innovations in fracture design and
implementation methods and coiled tubing technology that substantially reduce
overall costs and improve recoveries.
    
 
   
     The AWP Olmos Field represented approximately 67% of the Company's proved
reserves at December 31, 1995 and approximately 31% of the Company's 1995
production and 61% of production for the first nine months of 1996. At September
30, 1996, the Company owned interests
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   33
 
   
in, and was the operator of approximately 200 wells producing natural gas from
the Olmos Sand Formation at a depth of approximately 10,000 feet. The Company
has engaged in extensive fracturing operations to increase the permeability of
the formation and flow of gas from the wells. In addition, the Company has used
coiled tubing velocity strings in several wells to improve production rates and
a system of BJ Services Inc. by which the Company is capable of monitoring
fracturing operations from its Houston headquarters through direct computer
access to the field.
    
 
   
     During 1995 and the first nine months of 1996, the Company drilled 121 (120
successful) development wells in this field. During the latter portion of 1996,
the Company has utilized six drilling rigs in continuous operation in the AWP
Olmos Field area, with each rig drilling approximately two wells per month. The
average working interest owned by the Company or entities managed by the Company
in this field range from 40% to 100%. During 1996, the Company acquired an
additional 18,000 net acres in this area and has drilled 12 wells on the
newly-acquired acreage. These acquisitions have tripled the amount of acreage
that the Company has under lease and quadrupled the amount of developed acreage
on which there is current production. The Company anticipates continuing its
acquisition of acreage in this area in the future. The Company has identified
more than 360 potential drilling locations on its current acreage position, and
the Company anticipates drilling approximately 210 additional wells in this
field through 1998.
    
 
   
     Austin Chalk Trend. At September 30, 1996, the Company owned drilling and
production rights to over 58,000 acres in the Austin Chalk trend containing
substantial proved undeveloped reserves. The Giddings Field in the Austin Chalk
trend in Fayette County, Texas, represented approximately 6% of the Company's
proved reserves at December 31, 1995. Production from this field constituted 18%
of oil and gas production in 1995 and 16% of production during the first nine
months of 1996. The wells in the Giddings Field are all horizontally produced
natural gas wells that deliver high initial flow rates and strong initial cash
flows which decline rapidly. The Company believes these reserves complement its
long-lived reserves in the AWP Olmos Field. Since 1992, the Company has
participated in 28 horizontal wells in the Giddings Field with a 96% success
rate, including 9 and 7 successful development wells drilled in 1995 and 1996,
respectively. The Company believes its success is attributable to its ability to
identify hydrocarbon-bearing fractures, relying on its expertise in seismic data
analysis, and its ability to drill and operate horizontal wells.
    
 
   
     Substantial portions of its property interests in the Austin Chalk trend
have been acquired through joint development arrangements, including agreements
with Chesapeake and UPRC, two of the most active participants in exploration of
the Austin Chalk trend. The joint development arrangement with Chesapeake began
in 1993 and covers approximately 8,800 acres in which the Company currently has
an average working interest of 25%. In September 1995, the Company entered into
a joint development agreement with UPRC providing for an area of mutual interest
covering 19,500 acres and pursuant to which UPRC and the Company alternate
serving as operator of any wells drilled on the acreage. During 1996, the
Company purchased UPRC's interest in 6,500 acres, and the joint development
arrangement now covers a 10,000 acre block in which the Company expects to have
an average working interest of 30% to 35% based on certain assumptions relating
to elections to participants with respect to the drilling of various wells. The
Company has identified 25 potential drilling locations on the Fayette County
acreage and anticipates drilling 10 to 12 wells on this acreage during 1997.
    
 
   
     The most recent joint development arrangement with Snyder covers 29,000 net
acres in Walker County, Texas in which the Company purchased a 56% interest and
will serve as operator. It is anticipated that the first well on this acreage
will commence drilling in November 1996. The Company has identified up to 40
potential well locations on the Walker County property. Future operations will
be defined by the results of the two initial wells drilled.
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   34
 
PROVED RESERVE AND PRODUCTION DATA
 
   
     The following presentation of the Company's proved reserves at December 31,
1995, the percentage of such reserves comprised of natural gas and its 1995
production, is broken down by the Company's two core properties and by state for
the remainder of its properties.
    
 
                         THE COMPANY'S PROVED RESERVES
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        PROVED RESERVES (BCFE)        PERCENT OF   PERCENT                 PERCENT OF
                                    -------------------------------   COMPANY'S    NATURAL     PERCENT     1995 TOTAL
              REGION                DEVELOPED   UNDEVELOPED   TOTAL    RESERVES      GAS     UNDEVELOPED   PRODUCTION
              ------                ---------   -----------   -----   ----------   -------   -----------   ----------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>           <C>     <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>
South Texas AWP Olmos..............    50.3         67.8      118.1       67.1       86.9        57.4          31.0
Texas Austin Chalk.................     6.9          4.0       10.9        6.2       78.3        36.7          18.0
Other Texas(1).....................    22.2          0.2       22.4       12.7       72.4         0.9          23.1
Louisiana..........................     6.5          2.0        8.5        4.8       88.0        23.5           8.0
Oklahoma...........................     4.4          0.2        4.6        2.6       81.4         4.3           6.7
Alabama............................     4.5           --        4.5        2.6       55.4          --           1.5
Mississippi........................     3.4           --        3.4        1.9       31.1          --           4.4
Other..............................     3.2          0.5        3.7        2.1       32.7        13.5           7.3
                                      -----         ----      -----      -----       ----        ----         -----
        Total......................   101.4         74.7      176.1      100.0       81.5        42.4         100.0
                                      =====         ====      =====      =====       ====        ====         =====
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
   
(1) No single property in this category comprised as much as 2% of reserves or
    production for 1995.
    
 
EXPLORATION AND DEVELOPMENT DRILLING ACTIVITIES
 
   
     In 1991, the Company began to increase its inventory of exploration and
development drilling prospects. Drilling locations were selected through
intensive geological and geophysical studies of the Company's undeveloped
acreage and other prospects. During 1994, the Company added 25 Bcfe of proved
reserves through drilling. By 1995, reserves added by drilling had almost
tripled to 72 Bcfe with the Company's success rate 50% for exploratory wells (4
out of 8 drilled) and 96% for development wells (65 out of 68 drilled). These
successful drilling results have led to acquisition of substantial additional
acreage during 1996 in the area of its two core properties, the AWP Olmos Field
in the tight sands formations of southern Texas and the Austin Chalk trend in
Fayette and Walker Counties in central and eastern Texas, respectively.
    
 
   
     The Company pursues a "controlled risk" approach to exploratory drilling.
The Company focuses its exploration activities on specific regions in the U.S.
where its technical staff has considerable experience and in close proximity to
known producing horizons where the potential for significant reserves exists.
The Company seeks to minimize its exploration risk by investing in multiple
prospects, farming out interests to industry partners and drilling funds,
utilizing advanced technologies and drilling in different types of geological
formations.
    
 
     The Company's development strategy is designed to maximize the value and
productivity of its existing properties through development drilling and
recovery methods, enhancing production results through improved field production
techniques, lowering production costs and applying the Company's technical
expertise and resources to exploit producing properties efficiently. The Company
employs various recovery techniques which include water flooding, fracturing
reservoir rock through the injection of high-pressure fluid, inserting coiled
tubing velocity strings to speed gas flow and acid treatments. The Company
believes that the application of fracturing technology and coiled tubing has
resulted in significant increases in production and decreases in drilling and
operating costs in several of its fields, including the Company's largest single
property, the AWP Olmos Field. See "-- Properties -- Major Properties -- AWP
Olmos Field."
 
     The Company's exploration and development activities are conducted by its
in-house exploration staff, assisted by professionals from other departments,
including reservoir engineers, geologists, geophysicists, petrophysicists,
landmen and drilling and operations engineers. The Company
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   35
 
believes that one of the keys to its success has been its team approach which
integrates multiple disciplines to maximize utilization of the information
provided by modern seismic techniques.
 
   
     The Company has increasingly utilized advanced seismic technology to
enhance the quality of its drilling efforts, including 2-D and 3-D seismic
analysis, AVO studies and detailed formation depletion studies. During the
second quarter of 1996, the Company completed two 3-D seismic programs, one in
northern Louisiana and the other in central Texas. The Company has a number of
computer workstations from which seismic data is analyzed and enhanced with
advanced software programs, including its three Landmark Systems(R)
workstations. As a result, the Company has developed a significant internal
seismic expertise and has compiled an extensive library of seismic data.
    
 
   
     In addition to exploration and development activities in the AWP Olmos
Field and the Austin Chalk trend, the Company is currently focusing its
exploration activities in three main geographical areas: the Gulf Coast Basin,
the Wyoming Powder River Basin and the North Louisiana Salt Dome Basin.
    
 
   
     Gulf Coast Basin. The Company's drilling program in the Gulf Coast Basin in
1995 consisted of one successful exploratory well and two successful development
wells. The locations were selected utilizing traditional geologic studies
combined with analyses of available seismic data. To reduce its exploration and
development risk in the Gulf Coast Basin, the Company conducted a 3-D seismic
survey in Jackson County, Texas, in 1994. The processing and interpretation has
identified a number of potential drilling locations which have been further
refined through AVO analysis. The Company owns interests in the South Louisiana
East Mud Lake and Second Bayou fields with significant drilling potential.
Through the third quarter of 1996, three exploratory wells (one successful) have
been drilled in the Gulf Coast Basin. Two exploratory wells are planned for the
fourth quarter. In 1997, Swift expects to drill five exploratory wells in this
basin.
    
 
   
     Wyoming Powder River Basin. Through the third quarter of 1996, the Company
drilled one successful exploratory well in the Wyoming Powder River Basin, and
plans to drill two or three exploratory wells in the fourth quarter of 1996 and
up to four exploratory wells in 1997 in this area. The Minnelusa trend has been
the subject of extensive study by the Company's multidisciplinary teams in order
to identify the location of stratigraphic hydrocarbon traps. The Company's staff
has evaluated over 5,000 wells drilled in the area, utilizing 2-D and 3-D
seismic data, and has conducted petrophysical studies to determine the
hydrocarbon-bearing capacity of the rock. To increase the production in some
areas, the Company has instituted secondary and tertiary recovery through water
or polymer flooding in the Minnelusa fields.
    
 
   
     North Louisiana Salt Dome. The North Louisiana Salt Dome covers the
neighboring corners of Arkansas, Louisiana and Texas. In this area, the
Smackover formation is a prolific hydrocarbon producer from multiple levels and
from a variety of structures, including fault traps, salt anticlines, basement
structures and stratigraphic traps. The Company currently has access to a
7,000-mile seismic data base in the area and completed a 3-D seismic survey in
the Smackover formation in early 1996. The Company has drilled five successful
exploratory wells in this area through the third quarter of 1996 and plans to
drill three exploratory wells in the fourth quarter of 1996 and seven
exploratory wells in 1997.
    

OPERATIONS
 
     The Company generally seeks to be named as operator for wells in which it
or its affiliated limited partnerships and joint ventures have acquired a
significant interest, although this typically occurs only when the Company or
its affiliated limited partnerships and joint ventures own the major portion of
the working interest in a particular well or field. The Company acts as operator
of approximately 770 wells at December 31, 1995, which comprise approximately
86% of the Company's total proved reserves.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   36
 
     As operator, the Company is able to exercise substantial influence over
development and enhancement of a well and to supervise operation and maintenance
activities on a day-to-day basis. The Company does not conduct the actual
drilling of wells on properties for which it acts as operator. Drilling
operations are conducted by independent contractors engaged and supervised by
the Company. The Company employs petroleum engineers, geologists, and other
operations and production specialists who strive to improve production rates,
increase reserves and/or lower the cost of operating its oil and gas properties.
 
     Oil and gas properties are customarily operated under the terms of a joint
operating agreement, which provides for reimbursement of the operator's direct
expenses and monthly per-well supervision fees. Per-well supervision fees vary
widely depending on the geographic location and producing formation of the well,
whether the well produces oil or gas, and other factors. Such fees received by
the Company in 1995 ranged from $50 to $1,433 per well per month.
 
MARKETING OF PRODUCTION
 
   
     The Company typically sells its gas production at or near the wellhead,
although in some cases it must be gathered by the Company or other operators and
delivered to a central point. Gas production is generally sold in the spot
market at prevailing prices. The Company generally sells its oil production at
prevailing market prices. The Company does not refine any oil it produces. Only
one single oil or gas purchaser accounted for 10% or more of the Company's
consolidated revenues during the year ended December 31, 1995, with that
purchaser accounting for approximately 12%. The Company does not believe that
the loss of any single oil or gas purchaser or contract would materially affect
its sales. The Company recently entered into gas processing and gas
transportation agreements with respect to its natural gas production in the AWP
Olmos Field with Valero Transmission, L.P. and its affiliates ("Valero") for up
to 75,000 Mcf per day. These contracts have initial six-year terms, with
automatic one-year extensions thereof unless earlier terminated. The Company
anticipates that these arrangements will adequately provide for its gas
transportation and processing needs in the AWP Olmos Field for the foreseeable
future. Additionally, at the discretion of the Company and Valero, the gas
processed and transported under these agreements may be sold to Valero at
indexed prices based upon the Inside F.E.R.C. Gas Market Report Houston Ship
Channel Monthly Price.
    
 
   
     The following table summarizes sales volume, sales price and production
cost information for the Company's net oil and gas production for the three-year
period ended December 31, 1995 and the nine-month periods ended September 30,
1996 and 1995. "Net" production is production that is owned by the Company
either directly or indirectly through partnerships or joint venture interests
and produced to its interest after deducting royalty, limited partner and other
similar interests.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    
                                                   NINE MONTHS      
                                                 ENDED SEPTEMBER ,30    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
                                                 -------------------   --------------------------
                                                  1996        1995      1995      1994      1993 
                                                 ------      ------    ------    ------    ------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>   
PRODUCTION:                                                                                      
  Oil (MBbl)....................................    459         394       545       467       324
  Natural gas (MMcf)(1)......................... 10,833       5,482     7,914     6,799     5,422
  Gas equivalents (MMcfe)....................... 13,589       7,846    11,187     9,601     7,369
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SALES PRICES:                                                                   
  Oil (per Bbl)................................. $18.96      $15.61    $15.66    $14.35    $15.10
  Natural gas (per Mcf)(2)......................   2.31        1.65      1.77      1.93      1.96
SELECTED DATA PER MCFE:                                                                          
  Production costs.............................. $ 0.42      $ 0.65    $ 0.61    $ 0.59    $ 0.62
</TABLE>
 
                                               (See footnotes on following page)
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   37
 
- ---------------
 
   
(1)  Natural gas production for 1995, 1994, 1993, and the nine-month periods
     ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 includes 1,211, 1,358, 1,581, 868 and 917
     MMcf, respectively, delivered under the volumetric production payment
     pursuant to which the Company is obligated to deliver certain monthly
     quantities of natural gas. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- General" and Note 9 to the
     Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
   
(2)  The above natural gas prices reflect the high BTU content of the natural 
     gas produced from the Company's AWP Olmos and Austin Chalk properties. Gas
     is sold on the basis of price per MMBtu, which measures the heating
     equivalent of such gas. The prices per Mcf above (Mcf being strictly a
     physical measure of natural gas volumes) are therefore higher than the
     prices which would be paid for natural gas with a lower Btu content.
    
 
   
     Under the volumetric production payment entered into in 1992, as of
December 31, 1995 and September 30, 1996, the Company has a remaining commitment
to deliver approximately 4.1 Bcf and 3.3 Bcf of gas, respectively, meeting
certain heating equivalent and quality standards through October 2000, when such
agreement expires. Since entering into this agreement, these properties have
produced in excess of the required monthly delivery requirements.
    
 
PRICE RISK MANAGEMENT
 
     In recent years the Company has purchased price floors, or "put" options to
provide downside price protection while preserving the benefit of rising prices.
During the first nine months of 1996, the Company spent $784,000 to purchase put
options covering varying amounts of the Company's and its partnerships'
production, ranging between 26% and 56% of such oil production at floor prices
ranging from $16.00 to $17.50 per Bbl and between 35% and 47% of its gas
production at prices ranging from $1.65 to $2.20 per Mcf. The Company's options
currently extend through March 1997. Through the first nine months of 1996, all
such options expired unexercised. The net cost of gas put options was $0.029 and
$0.039 per Mcfe during 1995 and the first nine months of 1996, respectively. The
net cost of oil put options was $0.278 and $0.200 per Bbl during 1995 and the
first nine months of 1996, respectively. For the amounts of oil and natural gas
covered by the options, if the options were exercised, in the aggregate, the
Company would receive the specified option floor prices, irrespective of the
prices actually paid by the purchasers of such products.
 
ACQUISITION ACTIVITIES
 
   
     Since 1979, the Company has acquired approximately $465.0 million of
producing oil and natural gas assets on behalf of itself and its co-investors in
122 separate transactions. The Company has acquired for its own account
approximately $111.6 million of producing properties, with original proved
reserves estimated at 145 Bcfe. The Company's acquisition activities have
declined over the past three years, with approximately $21.8 million, $13.1
million and $3.5 million of producing properties acquired in 1993, 1994, and
1995, respectively. For 1996 for its own account, the Company anticipates
spending approximately $1.5 million to purchase limited partner interests from
existing limited partnerships.
    
 
     The Company uses a disciplined, market-driven approach to acquisitions. The
Company generally seeks acquisition of properties for its own account that are
in close proximity to its current reserves and provide the potential to add
reserves through additional development efforts. As the market for acquisitions
has become more competitive in recent years, the Company has taken the
initiative in creating acquisition opportunities by directly soliciting property
owners who have not placed their properties on the market. Properties are
acquired after the Company has analyzed and evaluated available reservoir
engineering, geological and geophysical data. In evaluating producing properties
prior to purchase, the Company assesses many factors, including estimated
reserves,
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   38
 
anticipated cash flows from production, production costs and various factors
affecting the marketing of production.
 
FOREIGN ACTIVITIES
 
     Russia. On September 3, 1993, the Company signed a Participation Agreement
with Senega, a Russian Federation joint stock company (in which the Company has
an indirect interest of less than 1%), to assist in the development and
production of reserves from two fields in Western Siberia, providing the Company
with a minimum 5% net profits interest from the sale of hydrocarbon products
from the fields for providing managerial, technical and financial support to
Senega. Additionally, the Company purchased a 1% net profits interest from
Senega for $300,000. In May 1995, the Company executed a Management Agreement
with Senega, under which, in return for undertaking to obtain financing for
development of these fields, the Company is entitled to receive a 49% interest
in production income derived by Senega from this project after repayment of
costs. At September 30, 1996, the Company's investment in activities in Russia
was approximately $9.2 million.
 
   
     On July 12, 1996, the Company entered into a partnership agreement which
provides for the Company to contribute its rights under the Participation and
Management Agreements to the partnership and for the partners to share equally
revenues and costs of developing the Samburg Field and funding and management of
the license areas, all in conjunction with Senega. The partnership is to be
funded by the partners upon fulfillment of certain conditions and completion of
certain further arrangements with Senega. It is currently anticipated that these
activities would be funded principally through project financing.
    
 
   
     New Zealand. Since October 1995, the Company has been issued two Petroleum
Exploration Permits by the New Zealand Minister of Energy. The first permit
covers approximately 65,000 acres in the Onshore Taranaki Basin region in the
southwestern area of New Zealand's North Island and the second covers
approximately 71,500 acres adjacent to the acreage covered by the first permit.
Under the terms of the permits, the Company is obligated to analyze and
interpret certain seismic data, acquire certain new seismic data, drill one
exploratory well, and either drill a further development well or perform
additional seismic work, all of which activities are to be performed on a staged
basis in order to maintain the permits, over periods extending through July 2000
in the case of the first permit, and through July 2001 for the second permit. At
September 30, 1996, the Company's investment in New Zealand was approximately
$600,000.
    
 
   
     Venezuela. The Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Swift Energy de
Venezuela, C.A., for the purpose of submitting a bid on August 5, 1993, under
the Venezuelan Marginal Oil Field Reactivation Program. Although the Company did
not win the bid, it is continuing to pursue cooperative ventures involving other
fields and opportunities in Venezuela. At September 30, 1996, the Company's
investment in Venezuela was approximately $1.4 million.
    
 
OIL AND GAS RESERVES
 
     All information set forth in this Prospectus regarding proved reserves,
related future net revenues and PV-10 Value is taken from reports prepared by
the Company and audited by Gruy. Gruy's estimates were based upon review of
production histories and other geological, economic, ownership and engineering
data provided by the Company, and their report is contained as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. No other reports on
the Company's reserves have been filed with any federal agency. In accordance
with Commission guidelines, the Company's estimates of future net revenues from
the Company's proved reserves and the present value thereof (PV-10 Value) are
made using oil and gas sales prices in effect as of the dates of such estimates
and are held constant throughout the life of the properties, except where such
guidelines permit alternate treatment, including, in the case of gas contracts,
the use of fixed and determinable contractual price escalations. Proved reserves
at December 31, 1995, were
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   39
 
estimated based upon weighted average prices of $2.41 per Mcf of natural gas and
$18.07 per Bbl of oil, compared to $1.85 and $2.50 per Mcf of natural gas and
$15.09 and $12.87 per Bbl of oil as of December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
See "Risk Factors -- Uncertainty of Estimates of Reserves and Future Net
Revenues."
 
     The Company's total proved developed and undeveloped reserve volumes have
increased at an annual compound rate of approximately 35% over the last five
years. In 1995, the Company's proved natural gas reserves increased over 1994
year-end amounts by 88% or 67.3 Bcf and its proved oil reserves increased 19% or
868,714 Bbl. The composition of these reserves has shifted substantially, with
proved developed reserves comprising 63% of total proved reserves at year-end
1994, and 58% at December 31, 1995. This shift reflects the recent reserve
additions comprised of proved undeveloped reserves in newly acquired areas of
the AWP Olmos Field. Additional reserves have also been added due to December
31, 1995 prices being higher than those at year-end 1994, which has the effect
of changing quantities estimates and the estimated present value of such proved
reserves.
 
   
     The table below also sets forth estimates of future net revenues, presented
on the basis of unescalated prices and costs in accordance with criteria
prescribed by the Commission, and the PV-10 Value. Operating costs and
development costs and certain production-related taxes were deducted in arriving
at the estimated future net revenues. No provision was made for income taxes.
The estimates of future net revenues and their present value differ in this
respect from the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows set
forth in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company,
which is calculated after provision for future income taxes. In cases where
producing properties are subject to gas purchase contracts and the amount of gas
purchased thereunder was reduced during 1995, gas projections used to estimate
future net revenues were based on the reduced gas purchases for the affected
producing properties. The assumption was made that purchases in 1996 and
thereafter will be made at an unrestricted level. The Company has interests in
certain tracts which are estimated to have additional hydrocarbon reserves which
are not classified as proved and are not reflected in the following table. The
proved reserves presented for all periods also exclude any reserves attributed
to the volumetric production payment. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- General" and Note 9 to the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. There can be no assurance that
these estimates are accurate predictions of future net revenues from oil and gas
reserves or their present value.
    
 
                     ESTIMATED PROVED OIL AND GAS RESERVES
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ----------------------------
                                                               1995       1994       1993
                                                              -------    -------    ------
    <S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
    NET NATURAL GAS RESERVES (MMCF):
      Proved developed.....................................    81,532     46,406    50,937
      Proved undeveloped...................................    62,036     29,858    13,526
                                                              -------    -------    ------
              Total proved natural gas reserves............   143,568     76,264    64,463
                                                              -------    -------    ------
    NET OIL RESERVES (MBBL):
      Proved developed.....................................     3,313      3,209     3,110
      Proved undeveloped...................................     2,109      1,344     1,161
                                                              -------    -------    ------
              Total proved oil reserves....................     5,422      4,553     4,271
                                                              -------    -------    ------
    TOTAL PROVED RESERVES (MMCFE)..........................   176,099    103,584    90,089
                                                              =======    =======    ======
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   40
 
                   ESTIMATED PRESENT VALUE OF PROVED RESERVES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ------------------------------
                                                             1995       1994       1993
                                                           --------    -------    -------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                                    <C>         <C>        <C>
    ESTIMATED PV-10 VALUE:
      Proved developed..................................   $ 85,537    $47,172    $66,310
      Proved undeveloped................................     61,501     22,223     17,451
                                                           --------    -------    -------
              Total.....................................   $147,038    $69,395    $83,761
</TABLE>
 
     Proved reserves are estimates of hydrocarbons to be recovered in the
future. Reservoir engineering is a subjective process of estimating the sizes of
underground accumulations of oil and gas that cannot be measured in an exact
way. The accuracy of any reserves estimate is a function of the quality of
available data and of engineering and geological interpretation and judgment.
Reserve reports of other engineers might differ from the reports contained
herein. Results of drilling, testing, and production subsequent to the date of
the estimate may justify revision of such estimate. Future prices received for
the sale of oil and gas may be different from those used in preparing these
reports. The amounts and timing of future operating and development costs may
also differ from those used. Accordingly, reserve estimates are often different
from the quantities of oil and gas that are ultimately recovered. There can be
no assurance that these estimates are accurate predictions of the present value
of future net cash flows from oil and gas reserves.

   
     A portion of the Company's proved reserves has been accumulated through the
Company's interests in the limited partnerships for which it serves as general
partner. The estimates of future net revenues and their present values assume
that some portion of the limited partnerships in which the Company owns
interests will achieve payout status. At payout, the Company's percentage
ownership of the limited partnerships' reserves increases. The primary
assumptions utilized for purposes of such estimates consist of (i) the
continuation of oil and gas prices realized by the partnerships at year-end 1995
through the life of the properties owned by the partnerships and (ii) the
continued ownership of such properties. Only three of the limited partnerships
in which the Company owns an interest had achieved payout status at the date of
this Prospectus and achievement of payout status for the remaining partnerships
will depend not only upon prices at which future production is sold, but also
upon whether individual properties are sold prior to depletion and the prices
received in such sales. See "Risk Factors -- Volatility of Oil and Gas Prices
and Markets and -- Uncertainty of Estimates of Reserves and Future Net
Revenues."
    
 
DRILLING ACTIVITY
 
     The following table sets forth the results of the Company's drilling
activities during the three fiscal years ended December 31, 1995 and the first
nine months of 1996:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            GROSS WELLS                          NET WELLS(1)
                                 ---------------------------------     ---------------------------------
 PERIOD      TYPE OF WELL(2)     TOTAL     PRODUCING(3)     DRY(4)     TOTAL     PRODUCING(3)     DRY(4)
- ---------    ---------------     -----     ------------     ------     -----     ------------     ------
<C>          <S>                 <C>       <C>              <C>        <C>       <C>              <C>
  1996        Exploratory           6            4             2         2.8          1.9           0.9
(Through      Development          96           92             4        75.8         73.8           2.0
  9/30)
  1995        Exploratory           8            4             4         3.5          1.5           2.0
              Development          68           65             3        38.7         38.0           0.7
  1994        Exploratory          14            6             8         9.2          4.7           4.5
              Development          30           26             4         6.9          5.0           1.9
  1993        Exploratory          12            5             7         5.6          2.5           3.1
              Development          22           21             1         3.8          3.4           0.4
</TABLE>
    
 
                                               (See footnotes on following page)
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   41
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Represents the aggregate of the Company's direct or indirect fractional
    working interests in the gross wells drilled.
 
(2) An exploratory well is a well drilled either in search of a new, as-yet
    undiscovered oil or gas reservoir or to greatly extend the known limits of a
    previously discovered reservoir. A development well is a well drilled within
    the presently proved productive area of an oil or gas reservoir, as
    indicated by reasonable interpretation of available data, with the objective
    of completing in that reservoir.
 
(3) A producing well is an exploratory or development well found to be capable
    of producing either oil or gas in sufficient quantities to justify
    completion as an oil or gas well.
 
(4) A dry well is an exploratory or development well that is not a producing
    well.
 
     The following table sets forth the gross and net wells in which the Company
owned an interest at the following dates:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       OIL WELLS     GAS WELLS     TOTAL WELLS(1)
                                                       ---------     ---------     --------------
    <S>                                                <C>           <C>           <C>
    December 31, 1995
      Gross(2)......................................      3,049          995            4,044
      Net(3)........................................       88.5        121.6            210.1
    December 31, 1994
      Gross(2)......................................      3,141        1,000            4,141
      Net(3)........................................       79.3        109.1            188.4
    December 31, 1993
      Gross(2)......................................      3,165          872            4,037
      Net(3)........................................       72.5         52.4            124.9
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Excludes 39 service wells in 1995, 31 service wells in 1994, and 165 service
    wells in 1993.
 
(2) A gross well is a well in which a working interest is owned. The number of
    gross wells is the total number of wells in which a working interest is
    owned.
 
(3) A net well is deemed to exist when the sum of fractional ownership working
    interests in gross wells equals one. The number of net wells is the sum of
    fractional working interests owned in gross wells expressed as whole numbers
    and fractions thereof.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   42
 
OIL AND GAS ACREAGE
 
     As is customary in the industry, the Company generally acquires oil and gas
acreage without any warranty of title except as to claims made by, through, or
under the transferor. Although the Company has title to developed acreage
examined prior to acquisition in those cases in which the economic significance
of the acreage justifies the cost, there can be no assurance that losses will
not result from title defects or from defects in the assignment of leasehold
rights. In many instances, title opinions may not be obtained if in the
Company's judgment it would be uneconomical or impractical to do so.
 
     The following table sets forth the developed and undeveloped leasehold
acreage held by the Company at December 31, 1995:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                DEVELOPED                 UNDEVELOPED
                                         ------------------------    ----------------------
                                         GROSS (1)      NET (2)      GROSS (1)     NET (2)
                                         ----------    ----------    ---------    ---------
    <S>                                  <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
    Alabama...........................     7,075.72        820.82       372.00        61.17
    Arkansas..........................     8,960.45      3,271.17     4,754.86     2,978.63
    Kansas............................     1,630.00        571.67     5,450.00     2,268.55
    Louisiana.........................    56,766.05     18,620.66    11,985.24     7,222.14
    Mississippi.......................    10,680.29      4,211.95     4,965.61       887.68
    Nebraska..........................           --            --     1,707.04     1,029.53
    New Mexico........................     1,854.47        473.61       240.00        28.80
    North Dakota......................     1,276.19        147.25       160.00        17.32
    Oklahoma..........................    54,270.93     21,420.96     4,410.02     2,103.06
    Texas.............................   116,635.23     53,438.69    22,897.00    15,938.33
    West Virginia.....................    16,048.20     10,484.50           --           --
    Wyoming...........................    10,434.00      3,225.25    27,177.72    10,941.82
    All other states..................       477.64        128.66     4,690.44       272.81
                                         ----------    ----------    ---------    ---------
    TOTAL.............................   286,109.17    116,815.19    88,809.93    43,749.84
                                         ==========    ==========    =========    =========
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
(1) A gross acre is an acre in which a working interest is owned. The number of
    gross acres is the total number of acres in which a working interest is
    owned.
 
   
(2) A net acre is deemed to exist when the sum of fractional ownership working
    interests in gross acres equals one. The number of net acres is the sum of
    fractional working interests owned in gross acres expressed as whole numbers
    and fractions thereof. A material portion of the Company's acreage is owned
    by virtue of its interests derived from limited partnerships. The net
    acreage reflected on this table shows the Company's interests assuming that
    an after-payout status is achieved in some of these limited partnerships. At
    September 30, 1996, three of the limited partnerships had achieved payout
    status. See "-- Oil and Gas Reserves" above.
    
 
PARTNERSHIPS
 
   
     Prior to 1993, the Company relied to a large extent on limited partnerships
as a principal financing vehicle to fund its activities. The Company had formed
103 limited partnerships which have raised a total of approximately $478.0
million at September 30, 1996. However, as the Company has increasingly shifted
its emphasis to exploration and development activities and its reserve base has
grown, the Company has significantly reduced its reliance on limited partnership
financing.
    
 
   
     More than 21 of the limited partnerships formed and managed by the Company
have been in operation over nine years and have produced a substantial majority
of their reserves. Given the age of these limited partnerships, the limited
partners in 18 of these partnerships have voted to sell their remaining
properties and liquidate the limited partnerships. It is anticipated that these
partnerships will be liquidated in late 1996. The Company intends to make
similar proposals to other partnerships for an orderly sale of their properties
and liquidation of the partnerships over the next several years.
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   43
 
   
The Company may acquire portions of the remaining property interests owned by
these limited partnerships.
    
 
   
     From 1991 to 1995 the Company sponsored SDI, a publicly offered partnership
program under which partnerships were formed to acquire interests in producing
oil and gas assets. The Company concluded the SDI Program upon the formation of
its last two partnerships in December 1995. Under the SDI program, partnerships
were formed on a sequential basis and in 1995, the Company raised approximately
$12.4 million under this program. The SDI partnerships acquire, manage and
ultimately sell interests in properties that are producing oil and gas in
commercial quantities. The SDI partnerships seek to profit primarily from the
sale of oil and gas produced from the properties in which they own interests,
and ultimately from the proceeds of the eventual sale of their interests.
    
 
   
     In September of 1993, the Company began offering interests in privately
offered partnerships formed to engage in the drilling of development and
exploratory wells. As of September 30, 1996, seven partnerships had been formed
(one in 1993, one in 1994, three in 1995 and two in 1996) with aggregate
investor contributions of approximately $34.8 million. The private drilling
partnerships are offered on a no-load basis under which the Company pays all
selling and offering expenses of the offering. Selling and offering expenses
paid by the Company are treated as a capital contribution to each partnership.
The Company also is entitled to a general and administrative overhead allowance
and an incentive amount. In certain partnerships, the Company does not bear any
of the costs incurred in acquiring or drilling properties. As managing general
partner of certain other partnerships, the Company pays out of its own corporate
funds the capital costs (consisting of all prospect costs and the
non-deductible, tangible portion of drilling and completion costs). The Company
pays between 20% and 40% of all continuing costs (higher amounts after payout)
and is entitled to receive between 20% and 40% of net revenues distributed by
each partnership (and higher amounts after payout). The Company anticipates that
it will continue to offer the drilling partnerships for the foreseeable future.
    
 
     Under the terms of the Company's limited partnership programs, the Company
generally retains the right to engage in oil and gas exploration and production
through other limited partnerships and joint ventures and for its own account.
The partnership agreement for each limited partnership contains detailed
provisions regarding the terms upon which a variety of transactions between the
Company and the limited partnership may be carried out, including (i) sales of
properties by the Company to the limited partnership, (ii) operation of limited
partnership properties by the Company, (iii) rendering of oil field or drilling
services by the Company to the limited partnership, (iv) handling of limited
partnership funds by the Company and (v) loans between the Company and the
limited partnership. These restrictions, which may limit the ability of the
Company to take certain actions, are intended to ensure that transactions
between the Company and its limited partnerships are fair to such limited
partnerships.
 
MANAGEMENT OF RISKS OF OPERATION
 
     The Company's operations are subject to all of the risks normally incident
to the exploration for and the production of oil and gas, including blowouts,
cratering, pipe failure, casing collapse, oil spills and fires, each of which
could result in severe damage to or destruction of oil and gas wells, production
facilities or other property, or individual injuries. The oil and gas
exploration business is also subject to environmental hazards, such as oil
spills, gas leaks, and ruptures and discharges of toxic substances or gases that
could expose the Company to substantial liability due to pollution and other
environmental damage. Additionally, as managing general partner of limited
partnerships, the Company is solely responsible for the day-to-day conduct of
the limited partnerships' affairs and accordingly has liability for expenses and
liabilities of the limited partnerships. The Company maintains comprehensive
insurance coverage, including general liability insurance in an amount not less
than $20.0 million, as well as general partner liability insurance. The Company
believes that its insurance is adequate and customary for companies of a similar
size engaged in comparable
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   44
 
operations, but losses could occur for uninsurable or uninsured risks or in
amounts in excess of existing insurance coverage.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The oil and gas industry is highly competitive in all its phases. The
Company encounters strong competition from many other oil and gas producers,
including many that possess substantial financial resources, in acquiring
economically desirable producing properties and exploratory drilling prospects,
and in obtaining equipment and labor to operate and maintain its properties.
 
REGULATIONS
 
     Environmental Regulations. The federal government and various state and
local governments have adopted laws and regulations regarding the control of
contamination of the environment. These laws and regulations may require the
acquisition of a permit by operators before drilling commences, prohibit
drilling activities on certain lands lying within wilderness areas or where
pollution arises, and impose substantial liabilities for pollution resulting
from drilling operations particularly operations in offshore waters or on
submerged lands. These laws and regulations may also increase the costs of
routine drilling and operation of wells. Because these laws and regulations
change frequently, the costs to the Company of compliance with existing and
future environmental regulations cannot be predicted. See "Risk
Factors -- Effects of Governmental Regulation."
 
     Federal Regulation of Natural Gas. The transportation and sale of natural
gas in interstate commerce is heavily regulated by agencies of the federal
government. The following discussion is intended only as a brief summary of the
principal statutes, regulations and orders that may affect the production and
sale of the Company's natural gas. This summary should not be relied upon as a
complete review of applicable natural gas regulatory provisions.
 
     FERC Orders. Several major regulatory changes have been implemented by the
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ("FERC") from 1985 to the present that
affect the economics of natural gas production, transportation and sales. In
addition, the FERC continues to promulgate revisions to various aspects of the
rules and regulations affecting those segments of the natural gas industry that
remain subject to the FERC's jurisdiction. In April 1992, the FERC issued Order
No. 636 pertaining to pipeline restructuring. This rule requires interstate
pipelines to unbundle transportation and sales services by separately stating
the price of each service and by providing customers only the particular service
desired, without regard to the source for purchase of the gas. The rule also
requires pipelines to (i) provide nondiscriminatory "no-notice" service allowing
firm commitment shippers to receive delivery of gas on demand up to certain
limits without penalties, (ii) establish a basis for release and reallocation of
firm upstream pipeline capacity and (iii) provide non-discriminatory access to
capacity by firm transportation shippers on a downstream pipeline. The rule
requires interstate pipelines to use a straight fixed variable rate design.
 
     FERC Order No. 500 affects the transportation and marketability of natural
gas. Traditionally, natural gas has been sold by producers to pipeline
companies, which then resold the gas to end-users. FERC Order No. 500 alters
this market structure by requiring interstate pipelines that transport gas for
others to provide transportation service to producers, distributors and all
other shippers of natural gas on a nondiscriminatory, "first-come, first-served"
basis ("open access transportation"), so that producers and other shippers can
sell natural gas directly to end-users. FERC Order No. 500 contains additional
provisions intended to promote greater competition in natural gas markets.
 
     It is not anticipated that the marketability of and price obtainable for
the Company's natural gas production will be significantly affected by FERC
Order No. 500. Gas produced normally will be sold to intermediaries who have
entered into transportation arrangements with pipeline companies.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   45
 
These intermediaries will accumulate gas purchased from a number of producers
and sell the gas to end-users through open access transportation.
 
     State Regulations. Production of any oil and gas by the Company will be
affected to some degree by state regulations. Many states in which the Company
operates have statutory provisions regulating the production and sale of oil and
gas, including provisions regarding deliverability. Such statutes, and the
regulations promulgated in connection therewith, are generally intended to
prevent waste of oil and gas and to protect correlative rights to produce oil
and gas between owners of a common reservoir. Certain state regulatory
authorities also regulate the amount of oil and gas produced by assigning
allowable rates of production to each well or proration unit.
 
FEDERAL LEASES
 
     Some of the Company's properties are located on federal oil and gas leases
administered by various federal agencies, including the Bureau of Land
Management. Various regulations and orders affect the terms of leases,
exploration and development plans, methods of operation and related matters.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     At December 31, 1995, the Company employed 176 persons, including 24
engineers, 12 geologists and geophysicists and 9 landmen. None of the Company's
employees are represented by a union. Relations with employees are considered to
be good.
 
FACILITIES
 
     The Company and its subsidiaries occupy approximately 75,000 square feet of
office space at 16825 Northchase Drive, Houston, Texas, under a ten-year lease
expiring in 2005 which provides for various expansion options. The lease
requires payments of approximately $81,000 per month. A subsidiary of the
Company maintains an office in Denver, Colorado. The Company has field offices
in various locations from which Company employees supervise local oil and gas
operations.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     No legal proceedings are pending other than ordinary routine litigation
incidental to the Company's business.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   46
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CERTAIN OTHER OFFICERS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             NAME                                       TITLE
             ----                                       -----                        
<S>                              <C>
A. Earl Swift.................   Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
                                   Officer
Virgil N. Swift...............   Vice Chairman of the Board and Executive Vice
                                   President -- Business Development
Terry E. Swift................   Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
John R. Alden.................   Senior Vice President -- Finance, Chief Financial
                                   Officer and Secretary
Bruce H. Vincent..............   Senior Vice President -- Funds Management
James M. Kitterman............   Senior Vice President -- Operations
James R. Stewart..............   Vice President -- Drilling and Production
Alton D. Heckaman, Jr.........   Vice President and Controller
Joseph A. D'Amico.............   Vice President-Exploration and Development
G. Robert Evans...............   Director
Raymond O. Loen...............   Director
Henry C. Montgomery...........   Director
Clyde W. Smith, Jr............   Director
Harold J. Withrow.............   Director
</TABLE>
 
     A. Earl Swift, 63, is President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of
the Board of Directors of the Company and has served in such capacity since its
founding in 1979. For the 17 years prior to 1979, he was employed by affiliates
of American Natural Resources Company, serving his last three years as Vice
President of Exploration and Production for Michigan-Wisconsin Pipe Line Company
and American Natural Gas Production Company. Mr. Swift is a registered
professional engineer and holds a degree in Petroleum Engineering, a Juris
Doctor degree and a Master's degree in Business Administration. He is the
brother of Virgil N. Swift and the father of Terry E. Swift.
 
     Virgil N. Swift, 68, has been a director of the Company since 1981, and has
acted as Vice Chairman of the Board and Executive Vice President-Business
Development since November 1991. He previously served as Executive Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer from 1982 to November 1991. Mr. Swift
joined the Company in 1981 as Vice President-Drilling and Production. For the
preceding 28 years he held various production, drilling and engineering
positions with Gulf Oil Corporation and its subsidiaries, last serving as
General Manager-Drilling for Gulf Canada Resources, Inc. Mr. Swift is a
registered professional engineer and holds a degree in Petroleum Engineering.
 
     Terry E. Swift, 40, was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer of the Company in November 1991. He served as Senior Vice
President -- Exploration and Joint Ventures from 1990 to November 1991, as Vice
President -- Exploration and Joint Ventures from 1988 to 1990 and as Assistant
Vice President -- Engineering from 1986 to 1988. Mr. Swift is a registered
professional engineer and holds a degree in Chemical Engineering and a Master's
degree in Business Administration.
 
     John R. Alden, 50, Senior Vice President -- Finance, Chief Financial
Officer and Secretary, joined the Company in 1981. Mr. Alden was appointed to
his current offices in 1990. Prior to that time he served the Company as its
principal financial officer under a variety of titles. Mr. Alden holds a degree
in Accounting and a Master's degree in Business Administration.
 
   
     Bruce H. Vincent, 48, joined the Company as Senior Vice President -- Funds
Management in 1990. Mr. Vincent acted as Chief Operating Officer of Energy
Assets International Corp. from 1986
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   47
 
to 1988, and as President of Vincent & Company, an investment banking firm, from
1988 to 1990. Mr. Vincent holds a degree in Business Administration and a
Master's degree in Finance.
 
     James M. Kitterman, 52, was appointed Senior Vice President -- Operations
in May 1993. He had previously served as Vice President -- Operations since
joining the Company in 1983 with 16 years of prior experience in oil and gas
exploration, drilling and production. Mr. Kitterman holds a degree in Petroleum
Engineering and a Master's degree in Business Administration.
 
     James R. Stewart, 60, was appointed Vice President -- Drilling and
Production in August 1993. He joined the Company as Manager of Operations in
1990. He has 30 years experience in drilling, production, reservoir engineering,
and geology. During his 30 years in the oil and gas industry, Mr. Stewart has
held a variety of management level positions. Mr. Stewart holds a degree in
Petroleum Engineering.
 
     Alton D. Heckaman, Jr., 39, was appointed Vice President and Controller in
May 1993. He had previously served as Assistant Vice President -- Finance and
Controller since 1986. Mr. Heckaman joined the Company in 1982. He is a
Certified Public Accountant and holds a degree in Accounting.
 
     Joseph A. D'Amico, 48, has been Vice President -- Exploration and
Development of the Company since August 1993. He served in the funds management
division and as Director of Exploration and Development of the Company from 1988
to 1993. Mr. D'Amico holds a degree in Petroleum Engineering and Master's
degrees in Petroleum Engineering and Finance.
 
     G. Robert Evans, 65, has been a director of the Company since 1994. Since
1991, he has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Material Sciences
Corporation of Elk Grove Village, a corporation that develops and commercializes
continuously processed, coated materials technologies. He is also currently
serving as a director of three other public companies: Consolidated Freightways,
Inc. (transportation), Fibreboard Corporation (wood products, insulation and
resort operations) and Elco Industries (manufacturing). From 1990 until 1991, he
served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Corporate Finance
Associates of Illinois, Inc., a financial intermediary and consulting firm. From
1987 until 1990, he served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director
of Bemrose Group USA, a British holding company engaged in value-added
manufacturing and sale of products to the advertising specialty industry.
 
     Raymond O. Loen, 72, has served as a director of the Company since its
founding in 1979. Since 1963, he has been President of R.O. Loen Company, a
privately held management consulting firm headquartered in Lake Oswego, Oregon.
 
     Henry C. Montgomery, 60, has served as a director of the Company since
1987. Since 1980, Mr. Montgomery has been the Chairman of the Board of
Montgomery Financial Services Corporation, a management consulting and financial
services firm. Mr. Montgomery also currently serves as a director of Catalyst
Semiconductor, Inc., a public company engaged in the design and manufacture of
semiconductors. Mr. Montgomery previously served as Chairman of the Board of
each of Private Financial Services Corporation, a management consulting and
financial services firm (1986 to 1989), and Aquanautics Corporation, a public
company involved in the extraction of oxygen from water and air (1986 to 1991).
 
     Clyde W. Smith, Jr., 47, has served as a director of the Company since
1984. He has served as President of Somerset Properties, Inc., a real estate and
investment company, since 1985, as President of AdVision, Inc., which markets
video display merchandising systems, since 1988 and as President of H&R
Precision, Inc., a general contractor, since 1994. Mr. Smith formerly acted as
Chief Executive Officer of California Video Sales, Inc. from 1987 to 1990.
 
     Harold J. Withrow, 69, has been a director of the Company since 1988. Mr.
Withrow is an independent oil and gas consultant. From 1975 until 1988, Mr.
Withrow served as Senior Vice President -- Gas Supply for Michigan Wisconsin
Pipe Line Company and its successor, ANR Pipeline Company.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   48
 
                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth information concerning the shareholdings, as
of September 30, 1996, of the seven current members of the board of directors,
each of the Company's five most highly compensated executive officers, all
executive officers and directors as a group, and each person who beneficially
owns more than five percent of the Company's outstanding Common Stock.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                                                                          BENEFICIALLY OWNED AT
                                                                          SEPTEMBER 30, 1996(1)
                                                                          -----------------------
                                                                                      PERCENT OF
                                                                                         CLASS
   NAME OF PERSON OR GROUP                     POSITION                   NUMBER      OUTSTANDING
   -----------------------                     --------                   --------    -----------
<S>                             <C>                                      <C>          <C>
A. Earl Swift................   Chairman of the Board, President,
                                  Chief Executive Officer                  282,472(2)      1.9%
Virgil N. Swift..............   Vice Chairman of the Board,
                                  Executive Vice President -- Business
                                  Development                              320,280         2.1%
G. Robert Evans..............   Director                                     6,400            (3)
Raymond O. Loen..............   Director                                   146,756(4)      1.0%
Henry C. Montgomery..........   Director                                    33,780            (3)
Clyde W. Smith, Jr...........   Director                                    17,400            (3)
Harold J. Withrow............   Director                                    17,500            (3)
Terry E. Swift...............   Executive Vice President, Chief
                                  Operating Officer                         90,636            (3)
John R. Alden................   Senior Vice President -- Finance,
                                  Chief Financial Officer, Secretary        76,091(5)         (3)
James M. Kitterman...........   Senior Vice President -- Operations         63,370            (3)
All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)..........   1,146,996         7.6%
FMR Corp..............................................................   1,291,458(6)      8.6%(6)
  82 Devonshire Street
  Boston, Massachusetts 02109
State Street Research & Management Company............................   1,284,450(7)      8.5%(7)
  Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
  One Financial Center, 30th Floor
  Boston, Massachusetts 02111-2690
Foreign & Colonial Management Limited.................................     935,052(8)      6.2%(8)
  Hypo Foreign & Colonial Management (Holdings) Limited
  Exchange House, Primrose Street
  London EC2A 2NY England
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Unless otherwise indicated below, the persons named have sole voting and
    investment power over the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock
    shown as being owned by them. The table includes the following shares that
    were acquirable within 60 days following September 30, 1996 by exercise of
    options granted under the Company's stock option plans: Mr. A. E.
    Swift -- 56,648; Mr. V. N. Swift -- 50,424; Mr. Evans -- 4,400; Mr.
    Loen -- 27,400; Mr. Smith -- 16,400; Mr. Montgomery -- 30,370; Mr.
    Withrow -- 15,300; Mr. T. E. Swift -- 69,004; Mr. Alden -- 57,706; Mr.
    Kitterman -- 48,290; and all executive officers and directors as a
    group -- 446,562.
 
(2) Includes 858 shares held by Mr. Swift's wife.
 
(3) Less than one percent.
                                         (Footnotes continued on following page)
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   49
 
(4) Includes 14,300 shares as to which Mr. Loen, as co-trustee for an HR-10
    Retirement Plan, shares voting and investment power with his wife; 70,000
    shares held by his wife (who holds sole voting and investment power as to
    those shares and 3,680 shares held in her IRA), and 4,554 shares held in Mr.
    Loen's IRA.
 
(5) Includes 100 shares held by the estate of Mr. Alden's mother of which he
    could be deemed to be the beneficial owner.
 
   
(6) Based on a Schedule 13G dated February 8, 1996 filed with the Securities and
    Exchange Commission, Fidelity Management & Research Company ("Fidelity"), a
    wholly-owned subsidiary of FMR Corp., an Investment Adviser registered under
    Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, is deemed to be the
    beneficial owner of 1,291,458 shares of the Company's stock as a result of
    acting as an investment adviser to several investment companies registered
    under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "Funds"). Members
    of the Edward C. Johnson 3d family, as well as trusts for their benefit, are
    the predominant owners of Class B shares of Common Stock of FMR Corp.,
    representing approximately 49% of the voting power of FMR Corp. Mr. Johnson
    3d owns 12.0% and Abigail P. Johnson owns 24.5% of the aggregate outstanding
    voting stock of FMR Corp. The Johnson family group and all other Class B
    shareholders have entered into a shareholders' voting agreement under which
    all Class B shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of
    Class B shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting Common Stock
    and the execution of the shareholder's voting agreement, members of the
    Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to
    form a controlling group with respect to FMR Corp. Neither FMR Corp. nor
    Edward C. Johnson 3d, Chairman of FMR Corp., has any power to vote or direct
    the voting of the shares directly by the Funds, which power resides with the
    Funds' Boards of Trustees.
 
(7) Based on Schedules 13G dated February 8, 1996 and February 13, 1996 filed
    with the Securities and Exchange Commission. State Street Research and
    Management Company ("State Street") is deemed to have beneficial ownership
    of 1,284,450 shares of the Company's stock and reports sole power to vote
    1,238,650 of these shares. State Street is an Investment Adviser registered
    under Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and is a wholly
    owned subsidiary of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company. State Street
    disclaims beneficial interest in all of the shares held by Metropolitan Life
    Insurance Company.
 
(8) Based on Schedules 13G dated February 1, 1996 and February 8, 1996 filed
    with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Of the shares listed, 53,789
    were issued on August 6, 1996 upon conversion of the 6 1/2% Convertible
    Subordinated Debentures. Foreign & Colonial Management Limited ("F&C") is
    deemed to have beneficial ownership of 935,052 shares of the Company's
    stock. F&C is an Investment Adviser registered under the Investment Advisers
    Act of 1940 and is a wholly owned subsidiary of Hypo Foreign & Colonial
    Management (Holdings) Limited. F&C disclaims beneficial interest in all of
    the shares.
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   50
 
                              DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
   
     The Notes will be issued under an indenture, to be dated as of
  , 1996 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and Bank One, Columbus, N.A., as
trustee (the "Trustee"). A form of the Indenture is filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. The following
summaries of certain provisions of the Indenture do not purport to be complete
and are subject to and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, all of
the provisions of the Indenture, including the definitions therein of certain
terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to
them in the Indenture.
    
 
     The Notes are convertible at the option of the holder into Common Stock of
the Company. See "-- Conversion." The Notes are unsecured, will constitute
subordinated obligations of the Company and will rank pari passu in right of
payment to the Company's other subordinated indebtedness, if any. The Notes and
the Company's obligations with respect thereto (including the Company's
obligations to repurchase Notes upon the occurrence of a Designated Event) will
be subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Debt (as defined in the
Indenture) of the Company. As of September 30, 1996, the Company had
approximately $17.2 million of indebtedness outstanding under its existing
credit facilities that would have constituted Senior Debt. The Company intends
to use net proceeds from this offering to repay all of its outstanding
borrowings under its credit facilities, and as a result, the Company will not
have any Senior Debt immediately after such repayment. The Indenture does not
restrict, however, the amount of Senior Debt or other indebtedness of the
Company or any subsidiary of the Company that may be incurred in the future, and
the Company and its subsidiaries anticipate incurring Senior Debt or other
indebtedness in the future.
 
PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST
 
     The Notes offered by this Prospectus will be limited to $100.0 million
aggregate principal amount, plus such additional amount not in excess of $15.0
million as may be purchased by the Underwriters upon exercise of the
over-allotment option. See "Underwriting." The Notes will mature on November   ,
2006. The Notes will bear interest at the rate per annum set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus from November   , 1996 or from the most recent interest
payment date to which interest has been paid or provided for, payable
semiannually on             and             of each year, commencing
            199 , to the person in whose name such Note is registered at the
close of business on the             or             preceding such interest
payment date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360 day year comprised
of twelve 30-day months.
 
     The Notes will be issuable and transferable in fully registered form and
will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
 
     Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes may, at the option of
the Company, be paid either (i) by check mailed to the address of the person
entitled thereto as it appears in the security register or (ii) by transfer to
an account maintained by the payee entitled thereto as specified in the security
register.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   51
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
     The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company, in whole or in
part, at any time on or after November  , 1999, on not less than 15 nor more
than 60 days' prior notice at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of
principal amount) set forth below, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the date of redemption, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning
on             of the years indicated below (subject to the right of holders of
record on relevant record dates to receive interest due on an interest payment
date):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       REDEMPTION
            YEAR                                                         PRICE
            ----                                                       ----------
            <S>                                                        <C>
            1999....................................................            %
            2000....................................................            %
            2001....................................................            %
            2002....................................................            %
            2003....................................................            %
            2004....................................................            %
            2005....................................................            %
</TABLE>
 
     If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select
the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed either in compliance with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the
Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, pro rata or by lot or by
any other method the Trustee deems fair and appropriate.
 
MANDATORY REDEMPTION
 
     The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes.
 
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS
 
     Upon the occurrence of a Designated Event (as defined below), each holder
of Notes shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any
part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such holder's Notes
(the "Designated Event Repurchase") at a purchase price equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to
the Designated Event Payment Date (the "Designated Event Payment"). Within 30
days following any Designated Event, the Company shall mail a notice to each
holder stating: (1) that the Designated Event Repurchase is being made pursuant
to the covenant entitled "Designated Event" and that all Notes tendered will be
accepted for payment; (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall
be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 40 days from the date such notice is
mailed (the "Designated Event Payment Date"); (3) that any Notes not tendered
will continue to accrue interest; (4) that, upon the payment of the Designated
Event Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Designated Event
Repurchase shall cease to accrue interest after the Designated Event Payment
Date; (5) that holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a
Designated Event Repurchase will be required to surrender the Notes, with the
form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Notes
completed, to the Trustee at the address specified in the notice prior to the
close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Designated Event
Payment Date; (6) that holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if
the Trustee receives, not later than the close of business on the second
Business Day preceding the Designated Event Payment Date, a telegram, telex,
facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the
principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such
holder is withdrawing his election to have such Notes purchased; (7) that
holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes
equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered,
which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an
integral multiple thereof; (8) the last date on which holders' rights to have
Notes
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   52
 
repurchased may be exercised; and (9) any other procedures holders must follow
in order to have their Notes repurchased.
 
     On the Designated Event Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent
lawful, (1) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to
the Designated Event Repurchase, (2) deposit with the Trustee an amount equal to
the Designated Event Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so
tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered a Trustee's Certificate
stating the Notes or portions thereof tendered to the Trustee. The Trustee shall
promptly mail to each holder of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to
the purchase price for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate
and mail to each holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, that each such new Note
shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The
Company will publicly announce the results of the Designated Event Repurchase on
or as soon as practicable after the Designated Event Payment Date. There can be
no assurance that the Company will have the financial resources necessary to
repurchase the Notes in such circumstances.
 
     The foregoing provisions would not necessarily afford holders of the Notes
protection in the event of a takeover, recapitalization, restructuring or other
transaction involving the Company that may adversely affect holders.
 
     The right to require the Company to repurchase Notes as a result of a
Designated Event could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
Designated Event or other attempts to acquire control of the Company unless
arrangements have been made to enable the Company to repurchase all the Notes at
the Designated Event Payment Date. Consequently, this right may render more
difficult or discourage a merger, consolidation or tender offer (even if such
transaction is supported by the Company's Board of Directors or is favorable to
the stockholders), the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of the
Company's shares and the removal of incumbent management.
 
     Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to indebtedness
(including Senior Debt) to which the Company becomes a party may contain
restrictions on the repurchase of Notes. In the event a Designated Event occurs
at a time when the Company is prohibited from repurchasing Notes, the Company
could seek the consent of its lenders to the repurchase of Notes or could
attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the
Company does not obtain such a consent or repay such borrowings, the Company
would remain prohibited from repurchasing Notes. In such case, the Company's
failure to repurchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under
the Indenture, which may, in turn, constitute a further default under certain of
the Company's existing debt instruments and may constitute a default under the
terms of other indebtedness that the Company may enter into from time to time.
As the payment of the Designated Event Payment is subordinated to the prior
payment of Senior Debt as described under "-- Subordination of Notes" below, in
such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would likely
prohibit payments to the holders of Notes.
 
     A "Designated Event" will be deemed to have occurred upon a Change of
Control or a Termination of Trading.
 
   
     A "Change of Control" will be deemed to have occurred when: (i) any
"person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Exchange Act) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3
and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of shares representing more than 50% of the
combined voting power of the then outstanding securities entitled to vote
generally in elections of directors of the Company ("Voting Stock"), (ii) the
Company consolidates with or merges into any other corporation, or any other
corporation merges into the Company, and, in the case of any such transaction,
the outstanding Common Stock of the Company is reclassified into or exchanged
for any other property or security, unless the stockholders of the Company
immediately before such transaction own, directly or indirectly immediately
following such transaction, at least a majority of the combined voting power of
the outstanding
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   53
   
voting securities of the corporation resulting from such transaction in
substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Voting Stock
immediately before such transaction, (iii) the Company conveys, transfers or
leases more than 66 2/3% of its assets (other than to a wholly-owned subsidiary
of the Company) or (iv) any time the Continuing Directors do not constitute a
majority of the Board of Directors of the Company (or, if applicable, a
successor corporation to the Company); provided, that a Change of Control shall
not be deemed to have occurred if either (i) the last sale price of the Common
Stock for any five trading days during the ten trading days immediately
preceding the Change of Control is at least equal to 110% of the Conversion
Price in effect on the date of such Change of Control or (ii) at least 90% of
the consideration (excluding cash payments for fractional shares) in the
transaction or transactions constituting the Change of Control consists of
shares of common stock that are, or upon issuance will be, traded on a United
States national securities exchange or approved for trading on an established
automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States.
    
 
     "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member
of the Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was a member of such Board of
Directors on the date of the Indenture or (ii) was nominated for election or
elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the
Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such
nomination or election.
 
   
     A "Termination of Trading" will be deemed to have occurred if the Common
Stock (or other common stock into which the Notes are then convertible) is not
listed for trading on a United States national securities exchange or an
established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States.
    
 
     The Company will comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4 and any other
tender offer rules under the Exchange Act which may then be applicable and will
file a Schedule 13E-4 or any other schedule required thereunder in connection
with any offer by the Company to repurchase Notes at the option of holders upon
a Designated Event.
 
   
     The Company could, in the future, enter into certain transactions,
including certain recapitalization of the Company, that would not constitute a
Change of Control for purposes of the Designated Event repurchase feature of the
Notes, but that would increase the amount of Senior Debt (or other indebtedness)
outstanding at such time. There are no restrictions in the Indenture on the
creation of additional Senior Debt (or any other indebtedness), and under
certain circumstances the incurrence of significant amounts of additional
indebtedness could have an adverse effect on the Company's ability to service
its indebtedness, including the Notes. If a Designated Event were to occur,
there can be no assurance that the Company would have sufficient funds to pay
the Designated Event Payment for all Notes tendered by the holders thereof. A
default by the Company on its obligations to pay the Designated Event Payment
could result in acceleration of the payment of other indebtedness of the Company
at the time outstanding pursuant to cross-default provisions.
    
 
CONVERSION
 
     The Notes, or any portion thereof which is an integral multiple of $1,000,
are convertible at any time after 90 days following the date of original
issuance thereof and prior to the close of business on November   , 2006,
subject to prior redemption at the option of the Company or repurchase at the
option of the holder, into shares of the Company's Common Stock, at the
conversion price set forth on the cover of this Prospectus, subject to
adjustment as set forth below (the "Conversion Price"). The Company will not be
required to issue fractional shares of Common Stock but will pay a cash
adjustment in lieu thereof. In the case of any Note or portion thereof called
for redemption, conversion rights expire at the close of business on the
business day immediately preceding redemption. In the event any holder exercises
its repurchase right upon a Designated Event, such holder's conversion right
will terminate. See "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders." Except as
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   54
 
described below, no adjustment will be made on conversion of any Notes for
interest accrued thereon or for dividends on any Common Stock issued.
 
   
     Accrued interest will not be paid on the Notes that are converted. If any
Note is converted between a record date for the payment of interest and the next
succeeding interest payment date, the interest payable on such interest payment
date shall be paid to the holder of such Note on such record date; however, such
Note upon surrender must be accompanied by funds equal to the interest payable
on such interest payment date on the principal amount so converted (unless such
Note shall have been called for redemption, in which case no such payment shall
be required).
    
 
   
     The Conversion Price is subject to adjustment in certain events, including
(i) the subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Common
Stock of the Company; (ii) the issuance by the Company of Common Stock as a
dividend or distribution on the Common Stock; (iii) the issuance of rights and
warrants (expiring within 45 days after the record date for the determination of
stockholders entitled to receive such rights and warrants) to all holders of
Common Stock entitling them to purchase shares of Common Stock or securities
convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock at a price per share (or
having a conversion or exercise price per share) less than the then current
market price (as defined in the Indenture) of the Common Stock (iv) the
distribution of shares of capital stock of the Company (other than Common
Stock), evidences of indebtedness or other assets (excluding dividends in cash,
except as described in clause (v) below) to all holders of Common Stock; (v) the
distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of cash to all holders of Common Stock
in an aggregate amount that, together with the aggregate of any other
distributions of cash that did not trigger a Conversion Price adjustment to all
holders of its Common Stock within the 12 months preceding the date fixed for
determining the stockholders entitled to such distribution and all Excess
Payments in respect of each tender offer or other negotiated transaction by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Common Stock concluded within the
preceding 12 months not triggering a Conversion Price adjustment, exceeds 5% of
the product of the current market price per share (determined as set forth
below) on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to
receive such distribution times the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
on such date; (vi) payment of an Excess Payment in respect of a tender offer or
other negotiated transaction by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for
Common Stock, if the aggregate amount of such Excess Payment, together with the
aggregate amount of cash distributions made within the preceding 12 months not
triggering a Conversion Price adjustment and all Excess Payments in respect of
each tender offer or other negotiated transaction by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries for Common Stock concluded within the preceding 12 months not
triggering a Conversion Price adjustment, exceeds 5% of the product of the
current market price per share (determined as set forth below) on the expiration
of such tender offer times the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on
such date; (vii) the distribution to all holders of Common Stock of rights or
warrants to subscribe for securities (other than those securities referred to in
clause (iii) above); and (viii) the issuance of Common Stock or securities
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Common Stock at a price per share (or
having a conversion or exchange price per share) that is less than the current
market price of the Common Stock (but excluding, among other things, issuances:
(a) pursuant to any bona fide plan for the benefit of employees, directors or
consultants of the Company now or hereafter in effect; (b) to acquire all or any
portion of a business in an arm's-length transaction between the Company and an
unaffiliated third party including, if applicable, issuances upon exercise of
options or warrants assumed in connection with such an acquisition; (c) in a
bona fide public offering pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting or sales at
the market pursuant to a continuous offering stock program; (d) pursuant to the
exercise of warrants, rights (including, without limitation, earnout rights) or
options, or upon the conversion of convertible securities, which are issued and
outstanding on the date hereof, or which may be issued in the future for fair
value and with an exercise price or conversion price at least equal to the
current market price of the Common Stock at the time of such issuance). In the
event of a distribution to substantially all holders of Common Stock of rights
or warrants to subscribe for securities (other than those securities referred to
in clause (iii) above), the Company may, instead of making any
    
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   55
   
adjustment in the Conversion Price, make proper provision so that each holder of
a Convertible Note who converts such Convertible Note after the record date for
such distribution and prior to the expiration or redemption of such rights shall
be entitled to receive upon such conversion, in addition to shares of Common
Stock, an appropriate number of such rights. The Company is not required to make
any adjustment in the Conversion Price of less than 1%, but instead such
adjustment will be carried forward and taken into account in the computation of
any subsequent adjustment.
    
 
     In the Indenture, the "current market price" per share of Common Stock on
any date shall be deemed to be the average of the Daily Market Prices for the
shorter of (i) 30 consecutive business days ending on the last full trading day
on the exchange or market referred to in determining such Daily Market Prices
prior to the time of determination (as defined in the Indenture) or (ii) the
period commencing on the date next succeeding the first public announcement of
the issuance of such rights or warrants or such distribution through such last
full trading day prior to the time of determination.
 
     "Excess Payment" means the excess of (A) the aggregate of the cash and fair
market value of other consideration paid by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries with respect to the shares acquired in the tender offer or other
negotiated transaction over (B) the market value of such acquired shares after
giving effect to the completion of the tender offer or other negotiated
transaction.
 
     In case of any merger or consolidation of the Company or the sale or
conveyance by the Company of all or substantially all the assets of the Company,
the holder of each outstanding Note shall have the right to convert such Note
into the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property
(including cash) received in such transaction by a holder of the number of
shares of Common Stock into which such Note was convertible immediately prior to
the effective date of such transaction. The meaning of the phrase "sale or
conveyance by the Company of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company" will be determined under New York law, which governs the Indenture.
Application of the phrase to a particular sale of assets will depend on the
interpretation given to the phrase by courts construing New York law at the
time, and by the specific facts and circumstances of such sale. Although there
is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially all,"
there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law.
Accordingly, the applicability of the foregoing provision as a result of a
lease, transfer or conveyance of less than all of the assets of the Company to
another person or group may be uncertain.
 
     The Company may from time to time reduce the Conversion Price by any amount
for any period of at least 20 days, in which case the Company shall give at
least 15 days' notice of such reduction, if the Board of Directors of the
Company has made a determination that such reduction would be in the best
interests of the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. In addition,
and without limiting the foregoing, the Board of Directors may also make such
reductions in the Conversion Price as it deems advisable to avoid or diminish
any income tax to holders of Common Stock resulting from any dividend or
distribution of stock (or rights to acquire stock) or from any event treated as
such for income tax purposes. See "Certain United States Tax Considerations."
 
   
     Certain adjustments (or the failure to make certain adjustments in certain
cases) in the Conversion Price in accordance with the foregoing provisions
(other than to take account of a dividend of the Company's own stock or a stock
split) could be taxable pursuant to Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, as a constructive distribution to holders of the Notes at the
time of such adjustments in the Conversion Price.
    
 
SUBORDINATION OF NOTES
 
     The payment of the principal of, interest on or any other amounts due on
the Notes will be subordinate in right of payment to all existing and future
Senior Debt. The Indenture does not restrict the amount of Senior Debt or other
indebtedness that may be incurred in the future by the Company
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   56
 
or any subsidiary of the Company. In addition, the Notes will be effectively
subordinated to claims of holders of any preferred stock and claims of creditors
(other than the Company) of the Company's subsidiaries, including trade
creditors, secured creditors, taxing authorities, creditors holding guarantees,
and tort claimants. In the event of a liquidation, reorganization, or similar
proceeding relating to a subsidiary, these persons generally would have priority
as to the assets of such subsidiary over the claims and equity interest of the
Company and, thereby indirectly, holders of the Company's indebtedness,
including the Notes. As of September 30, 1996, there were no material
outstanding liabilities of subsidiaries of the Company, but such liabilities may
be incurred in the future.
 
     No payment on account of principal of, redemption of, interest on or any
other amounts due on the Notes, including, without limitation, any payments with
respect to a Designated Event, and no redemption, purchase or other acquisition
of the Notes may be made unless (i) full payment of amounts then due on all
Senior Debt have been made or duly provided for pursuant to the terms of the
instrument governing such Senior Debt, and (ii) at the time for, or immediately
after giving effect to, any such payment, redemption, purchase or other
acquisition, there shall not exist under any Senior Debt or any agreement
pursuant to which any Senior Debt has been issued, any default which shall not
have been cured or waived and which shall have resulted in the full amount of
such Senior Debt being declared due and payable. In addition, the Indenture will
provide that if any of the holders of any issue of Designated Senior Debt
notifies (the "Payment Blockage Notice") the Company and the Trustee that a
default has occurred giving the holders of such Designated Senior Debt the right
to accelerate the maturity thereof, no payment on account of principal,
redemption, interest or any other amounts due on the Notes and no purchase,
redemption or other acquisition of the Notes will be made for the period (the
"Payment Blockage Period") commencing on the date the Payment Blockage Notice is
received and ending on the earlier of (A) the date on which such event of
default shall have been cured or waived or (B) 180 days after the date the
Payment Blockage Notice is received. Notwithstanding the foregoing (but subject
to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this paragraph), unless the
holders of such Designated Senior Debt or the representative of such holders
shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt, the Company
may resume payments on the Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period.
Not more than one Payment Blockage Notice will be treated as such in any
consecutive 365-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect
to Senior Debt during such period.
 
     Upon any distribution of its assets in connection with any dissolution,
winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or acceleration of the
principal amount due on the Notes because of an Event of Default, all Senior
Debt must be paid in full before the holders of the Notes are entitled to any
payments whatsoever.
 
     If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the
Company shall promptly notify the holders of Senior Debt or the trustee(s) for
such Senior Debt of the acceleration. The Company may not pay the Notes until
five days after such holders or trustee(s) of Senior Debt receive notice of such
acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the Notes only if the subordination
provisions of the Indenture otherwise permit payment at that time.
 
     As a result of these subordination provisions, in the event of the
Company's insolvency, holders of the Notes may recover ratably less than general
creditors of the Company.
 
BOOK-ENTRY; DELIVERY AND FORM
 
     The certificates representing the Notes will be issued in fully registered
form, without coupons. The Notes will be deposited with, or on behalf of, The
Depository Trust Company, New York, New York ("DTC"), and registered in the name
of Cede & Co., as DTC's nominee in the form of a global Note certificate (the
"Global Certificate") or will remain in the custody of the Trustee pursuant to a
FAST Balance Certificate Agreement between DTC and the Trustee.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   57
 
GLOBAL CERTIFICATES
 
     Upon the issuance of the Global Certificate, DTC or its custodian will
credit, on its internal system, the respective principal amount of Notes of the
individual beneficial interests represented by such Global Certificate to the
respective accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary. Such
accounts initially will be designated by or on behalf of the Underwriters.
Ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Certificate will be limited to
persons who have accounts with DTC ("participants") or persons who hold
interests through participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global
Certificate will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be
effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to
interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to
interests of persons other than participants).
 
     Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Direct
Participants (as defined herein), by Direct Participants to Indirect
Participants (as defined herein), and by Direct Participants and Indirect
Participants to beneficial owners, will be governed by arrangements among them,
subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from
time to time.
 
     Purchases of Notes under the DTC system must be made by or through Direct
Participants, which will receive a credit for the Notes on DTC's records. The
ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each Note ("Beneficial Owner")
will in turn be recorded on the Direct and Indirect Participants' records.
Beneficial Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their
purchase, but Beneficial Owners are expected to receive written confirmations
providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their
holdings, from the Direct and Indirect Participant through which the Beneficial
Owners entered the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the Notes
are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of participants acting on
behalf of Beneficial Owners. Beneficial Owners will not receive certificates
representing their ownership interests in the Notes, except in the event that
use of the bookentry system for the Notes is discontinued.
 
     So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of the
Global Certificate, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered
the sole owner or holder of the Notes represented by such Global Certificate for
all purposes under the Indenture and the Notes. No beneficial owner of an
interest in the Global Certificate will be able to transfer the interest except
in accordance with DTC's applicable procedures, in addition to those provided
for under the Indenture.
 
     Payments of the principal of, and interest on, the Global Certificate will
be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owners
thereof. Neither the Company, the Trustee nor any Paying Agent will have any
responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or
payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Global
Certificate of for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to
such beneficial ownership interests, subject to any statutory or regulatory
requirements as may be in effect from time to time.
 
     The Company expects that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of
principal or interest in respect of the Global Certificate, will credit
participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their
respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of such Global
Certificate as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. The Company also
expects that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in such
Global Certificate held through such participants will be governed by standing
instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held
for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such
customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.
 
     Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way
in accordance with DTC rules. If a holder requires physical delivery of a
certificated note for any reason, including to sell Notes to persons in
jurisdictions which require such delivery of such Notes or to pledge such Notes,
such holder must transfer its interest in the Global Certificate in accordance
with the normal procedures of DTC and the procedures set forth in the Indenture.
Once an interest in the Global
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   58
 
Certificate is delivered as a certificated Note, such certificated Note may be
exchanged for an interest in the Global Certificate.
 
     The Company expects that DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by
a holder of Notes (including the presentation of Notes for exchange as described
below) only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the
DTC interests in a Global Certificate is credited and only in respect of such
portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as to which such
participant or participants has or have given direction. However, if there is an
Event of Default (as defined) under the Notes, DTC will exchange the Global
Certificate for certificated Notes, which it will distribute to its
participants.
 
     DTC has advised the Company as follows: DTC is a limited-purpose trust
company organized under the New York Banking Law, a "banking organization"
within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve
System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the New York Uniform
Commercial Code, and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions
of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds securities that its participants
deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the settlement among participants of
securities transactions, such as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities
through electronic computerized book-entry changes in accounts of its
participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities
certificates. Direct Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks,
trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. DTC is
owned by a number of its direct participants and by the New York Stock Exchange,
Inc., and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Access to the DTC
system is also available to others such as banks, securities brokers and dealers
and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with
a Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly ("Indirect Participants").
 
     Although the Company expects that DTC will agree to the foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global
Certificate among participants of DTC, DTC is under no obligation to perform or
continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at
any time. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for
the performance by DTC or its Direct or Indirect Participants of their
respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their
operations.
 
     If DTC is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for a
Global Certificate and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company
within 90 days, the Company will issue certificated Notes in exchange for the
Global Certificate. The Company also may decide to discontinue use of the system
of book-entry transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depository). In
that event, the Company will issue certificated Notes in exchange for the Global
Certificate.
 
     The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC's book-entry system
has been obtained from sources that the Company believes to be reliable, but the
Company takes no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.
 
TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
 
     A holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.
The Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may
require a holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company is not required to exchange or register the transfer of
any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to exchange
or register the transfer of any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection
of Notes to be redeemed.
 
     The registered holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>   59
 
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALE OF ASSETS
 
     The Indenture provides that the Company will not consolidate with or merge
into any other Person or sell, convey, transfer or lease all or substantially
all of its properties and assets to any Person, or permit any Person to
consolidate with or merge into the Company or sell, convey, transfer or lease
all or substantially all of its properties and assets to the Company, unless (a)
either the Company shall be the continuing Person or the Person formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person or corporation
that acquires all or substantially all of its properties and assets is a
corporation, partnership or trust organized and validly existing under the laws
of the United States or any stated thereof or the District of Columbia and
expressly assumes payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest
on the Notes and performance and observance of each obligation of the Company
under the Indenture, (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction and
treating any indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Company as a result
of such transaction as having been incurred by the Company at the time of such
transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of
time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be
continuing, (c) such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease does
not adversely affect the validity or enforceability of the Notes and (d) the
Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or
lease complies with the provisions of the Indenture.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
   
     The following are Events of Default under the Indenture with respect to the
Notes (even if the event is the failure to do an act which is prohibited by the
subordination provisions of the Indenture): (a) failure to pay an interest upon
any Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a
period of 30 days; (b) failure to pay the principal of (or premium, if any, on)
any Note at its maturity; (c) failure to pay the Redemption Price or the
Designated Event Payment when and as due; (d) failure to deposit the Redemption
Price or Designated Event Payment when and as due; (e) failure to perform, or
breach of, any covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture continued
for 60 days after written notice as provided in the Indenture; (f) default under
any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by
which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee
now exists or is created after the date on which the Notes are first
authenticated and issued, which default (a) is caused by a failure to pay
principal or interest due on such Indebtedness within the grace period for
payment provided in such Indebtedness (which failure continues beyond any
applicable grace period) (a "Payment Default") or (b) results in the
acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each
case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal
amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment
Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25 million
or more; (g) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the
Company or any Material Subsidiary involving a liability of $25 million or more
in the aggregate and such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated,
discharged, satisfied or stayed pending appeal within 60 days from the date of
entry thereof; and (h) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization of the Company or any Material Subsidiary.
    
 
     If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be
continuing, the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare the principal of all
Notes to be due and payable. The Company is required to furnish to the Trustee
quarterly statements as to any default in the performance by the Company of its
obligations under the Indenture. Under certain circumstances, any declaration of
acceleration with respect to the Notes may be rescinded and past defaults may be
waived by the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes. The Indenture provides that the Trustee shall
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   60
give notice to the holders of the Notes of any default known to it as provided
in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.
 
   
     No holder of any Note will have any right individually to pursue any remedy
under the Indenture unless (i) the holder previously has given to the Trustee
written notice of a continuing Event of Default, (ii) holders of not less than
25% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have made written
request to the Trustee to institute a proceeding, (iii) such holder has offered
reasonable indemnity to the Trustee, (iv) the Trustee has not received from the
holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a
direction inconsistent with the request and (v) the Trustee has failed to
institute such proceeding within 60 days. However, these limitations do not
apply to a suit instituted by a holder of a Note for the enforcement of payment
of the principal of an premium, if any, or interest on such Note on or after the
respective due dates expressed in such Note or of the right to convert the Note
in accordance with the Indenture.
    
 
MODIFICATIONS, AMENDMENT AND WAIVERS
 
   
     Modifications and amendment of the Indenture may be made by the Company and
the Trustee with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes; provided, however, that no such modification or
amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note, (a)
change the stated maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest
on such Note, (b) reduce the principal amount of, or premium payable upon
redemption, or interest on such Note, (c) modify the conversion or subordination
provisions of the Indenture (except to reduce the Conversion Price as permitted)
in a manner that adversely affects the interests of the holders of the Notes,
(d) change the place or currency of payment of, or premium, if any, or interest
to convert such Note, (e) adversely affect the right to require the Company to
repurchase Notes upon a Designated Event, (f) impair the right to institute suit
for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Note, or (g)
reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes, the consent of
whose holders is required for modification or amendment of the Indenture or for
waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or for waiver of
certain defaults.
    
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any holder of Notes,
the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes
to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated
Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the
assumption of the Company's obligations to holders of the Notes in the case of a
merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect
the legal rights under the Indenture of any such holder, or to comply with
requirements of the Commission in order to qualify, or maintain the
qualification of, the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
 
     The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding
Notes may, on behalf of all holders of Notes, waive compliance by the Company
with certain restrictive provisions of the Indenture. The holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, on behalf of all
holders of Notes, waive any past default under the Indenture with respect to the
Notes, except (a) a default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any,
or interest on, the Notes, (b) failure to convert the Notes, or (c) in respect
of a provision which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without
consent of the holder of each outstanding Note.
 
PAYMENTS FOR CONSENT
 
     Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of
interest, fee or otherwise, to any holder of any Notes for or as an inducement
to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the
Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed
to be paid to all
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   61
 
holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set
forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or
agreement.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
     Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference
is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any
other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
 
     "Capital Stock" means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights
or other equivalents (however designated) of equity interests in any entity,
including, without limitation, corporate stock and partnership interests.
 
     "Designated Senior Debt" means any Senior Debt which, at the date of
determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or commitments
to lend up to, at least $25 million and is specifically designated by the
Company in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Debt as
"Designated Senior Debt" for purposes of the Indenture.
 
   
     "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the date of
preparation of a financial statement or the date that a particular action is
taken or event occurs, as applicable.
    
 
     "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any person, all obligations, whether
or not contingent, of such person (i) (a) for borrowed money (including, but not
limited to, any indebtedness secured by a security interest, mortgage or other
lien on the assets of such person which is (1) given to secure all or part of
the purchase price of property subject thereto, whether given to the vendor of
such property or to another, or (2) existing on property at the time of
acquisition thereof), (b) evidenced by a note, debenture, bond or other written
instrument, (c) under a lease required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of
the lessee under GAAP or under any lease or related document (including a
purchase agreement) which provides that such person is contractually obligated
to purchase or to cause a third party to purchase such leased property, (d) in
respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers' acceptances, (e) with
respect to Indebtedness secured by a mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge
or adverse claim affecting title or resulting in an encumbrance to which the
property or assets of such person are subject, whether or not the obligation
secured thereby shall have been assumed or guaranteed by or shall otherwise be
such person's legal liability, (f) in respect of the balance of deferred and
unpaid purchase price of any property or assets, (g) under interest rate or
currency swap agreements, cap, floor and collar agreements, spot and forward
contracts and similar agreements and arrangements; (ii) with respect to any
obligation of others of the type described in the preceding clause (i) or under
clause (iii) below assumed by or guaranteed in any manner by such person or in
effect guaranteed by such person through an agreement to purchase (including,
without limitations "take or pay" and similar arrangements), contingent or
otherwise (and the obligations of such person under any such assumptions,
guarantees or other such arrangements); and (iii) any and all deferrals,
renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings of, or amendments,
modifications or supplements to, any of the foregoing.
 
     "Material Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company which is a
"significant subsidiary" as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the
Securities Act and the Exchange Act (as such Regulation is in effect on the date
hereof).
 
     "Senior Debt" means the principal of, interest on and other amounts due on
Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or
thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed by the Company, unless, in
the instrument creating or evidencing or
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   62
 
pursuant to which Indebtedness is outstanding, it is expressly provided that
such Indebtedness is not senior in right of payment to the Notes. Senior Debt
includes, with respect to the obligations described above, interest accruing,
pursuant to the terms of such Senior Debt, on or after the filing of any
petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company, whether or
not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding, at the rate specified in
the instrument governing the relevant obligation. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in the foregoing, Senior Debt shall not include: (a) Indebtedness
of or amounts owed by the Company for compensation to employees, or for goods,
services or materials purchased in the ordinary course of business; (b)
Indebtedness of the Company to a Subsidiary of the Company; or (c) any liability
for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company.
 
     "Subsidiary" means any corporation, association or other business entity of
which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock
entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the
election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person or one or more of the other
Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof.
 
GOVERNING LAW
 
     The Indenture and Notes will be governed and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to such state's
conflicts of laws principles.
 
INFORMATION CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
 
   
     The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee,
should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in
certain cases or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such
claim as security or otherwise. Subject to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended, the Company and its Subsidiaries may maintain deposit accounts and
conduct other banking transactions with the Trustee in the ordinary course of
business; however, if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, as
described in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, upon the occurrence of
an Event of Default, it must eliminate such conflict or resign. An affiliate of
the Trustee is currently a lender to the Company under one of its existing
credit facilities, and such affiliate also maintains other customary banking
relationships with the Company for which such affiliate receives fees and
compensation.
    
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par
value $.01, of which no shares have been issued. Under the Company's Articles of
Incorporation, the Company's Board of Directors is authorized, without
shareholder action, to issue preferred stock in one or more series and to fix
the number of shares and the rights, preferences and limitations of each series.
Among the specific matters that may be determined by the Board of Directors are
the dividend rate, the redemption price, if any, conversion rights, if any, the
amount payable in the event of any voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the
Company and voting rights, if any.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
   
     The Company is authorized to issue 35,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par
value $.01, of which 15,091,384 were issued and outstanding at September 30,
1996. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held.
Shareholders do not have preemptive rights or the right to cumulate votes for
the election of directors. Shares are not subject to redemption nor to any
liability for further calls. All shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding
are, and all the shares issued on conversion of the Notes offered by the Company
hereby when issued will be, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
Holders of the Common Stock are entitled to receive
    
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   63
   
dividends as they are declared by the board of directors out of funds legally
available therefor and are entitled to participate in the assets of the Company
available for distribution in the event of liquidation or dissolution. See
"Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy." At September 30, 1996, there
were 4,530,725 shares, in the aggregate, reserved for issuance under the
Company's stock option or employee benefit plans, of which 1,232,646, in the
aggregate, were subject to outstanding options. In addition, 41,250 shares were
reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options granted outside
the Company's option plans. The Company does not currently have any plans to
issue additional shares of Common Stock other than pursuant to its 1990 Stock
Compensation Plan, its 1990 Nonqualified Plan, or its Employee Stock Purchase
Plan.
    
 
ANTITAKEOVER MEASURES
 
     The board of directors adopted amendments ("Antitakeover Measures") to the
Company's bylaws on August 14, 1995, designed to protect shareholders' rights in
the event of an acquisition of control by an outsider that does not have the
support of the board of directors. The primary amendment classifies the board of
directors. Other Antitakeover Measures adopted by the board of directors include
supermajority approval by the shareholders for (i) sale of substantially all of
the assets of the Company, merger or issuances of stock to certain shareholders
unless approved by Continuing Directors (as herein defined); (ii) removal of
directors; and (iii) amendment or repeal of Antitakeover Measures. The
Antitakeover Measures could result in a denial or reduction to shareholders of
potential premiums over market often afforded by tender offers, the ability of
management or less than a majority of shareholders to thwart transactions which
may be desirable or beneficial to shareholders and increased difficulty to alter
management of the Company.
 
     As amended, the bylaws provide that the board of directors shall consist of
seven (7) directors, and the number may be increased or decreased by a majority
of the Continuing Directors, provided that the number of directors shall never
be less than three (3) nor more than nine (9) members. Under the amended bylaws,
at the Annual Meeting held on May 14, 1996, two directors were elected to serve
terms expiring at the 1997 Annual Meeting, three directors were elected to serve
terms expiring at the 1998 Annual Meeting, and two directors were elected to
serve terms expiring at the 1999 Annual Meeting of shareholders. In all cases,
the directors will hold office until their respective successors have been duly
elected and have qualified. Vacancies occurring on the board of directors may be
filled by the board of directors for the unexpired term of the replacement
director's predecessor in office. At future annual meetings, each nominee for
director that is elected will be elected to serve a three year term.
 
     The Antitakeover Measures also provide for the affirmative vote of at least
sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the outstanding shares of the
capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors ("Supermajority Vote") on certain corporate actions. A Supermajority
Vote is required to sell, assign or dispose of the Company's assets or to merge
with another corporation or entity if such transaction is not approved by a
majority of the directors then in office who were directors for the two-year
period ending on the date notice of the meeting or written consent is first
provided to shareholders (the "Continuing Directors") or to enter into any
transaction, including the issuance or transfer of securities of the Company, to
any holder of twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding capital stock of the
Company. A Supermajority Vote is also required to remove one or more directors
or to amend or repeal the provisions that contain Antitakeover Measures in the
bylaws adopted by the board of directors.
 
TRUSTEE AND REGISTRAR
 
   
     Bank One, Columbus, N.A. will serve as the Trustee and registrar for the
Notes.
    
 
                                       61
<PAGE>   64
 
                    CERTAIN UNITED STATES TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
     The following summary of the United States federal income and estate tax
consequences of investing in the Notes is necessarily general and does not cover
all tax issues. It does not take into account foreign, state or local tax
consequences or the particular circumstances of any investor. The summary is not
intended as a substitute for careful and independent review of the tax
consequences of an investment in the Notes by each investor and its professional
advisors. Before deciding to invest in the Notes, each prospective investor
should consult its own tax advisor concerning the foreign, federal, state, local
and other tax laws that may apply to its investment.
 
     The following summary and opinions of counsel are based upon currently
existing United States federal income and estate tax statutes, regulations,
interpretative rulings and judicial decisions. Legislative, regulatory or
interpretative changes, future court decisions or specific tax treaty provisions
may significantly modify the statements made herein or the opinions expressed.
Any such changes may or may not be retroactively applied to transactions entered
into or completed prior to the change.
 
     The opinions set forth below merely represent counsel's present judgment on
the specific issues addressed based on the assumptions, qualifications and
conditions described herein. The opinions have no binding effect or legal status
of any kind, and the United States Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") or a court
may take a position contrary to counsel's opinion.
 
   
     As used herein, "United States Holder" means a holder of a Note or Common
Stock acquired upon conversion of a Note that is for United States federal
income tax purposes (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United
States, its territories, possessions or other areas subject to its jurisdiction,
(ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under
the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof, or (iii)
any estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States federal
income taxation regardless of its source. (Generally, for tax years beginning
after December 31, 1996, a trust will be a United States Holder only if (i) a
court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the
administration of the trust, and (ii) one or more United States fiduciaries have
the authority to control all substantial trust decisions.) "Non-United States
Holder" means a holder of a Note or Common Stock acquired upon conversion of a
Note who is not a United States Holder.
    
 
   
     Subject to the foregoing, in the opinion of Jenkens & Gilchrist, A
Professional Corporation, tax counsel to the Company, the following discussion
accurately describes (i) the material United States federal income tax
consequences of the ownership and disposition of Notes and Common Stock acquired
upon conversion of Notes applicable to Non-United States Holders and United
States Holders who will acquire and own such Notes and/or Common Stock as
"capital assets" (generally, property held for investment) within the meaning of
Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"), and (ii)
the United States estate tax consequences of the ownership of Notes and/or
Common Stock for individual Non-United States Holders.
    
 
UNITED STATES HOLDERS
 
  Stated Interest
 
     A United States Holder will be required to report as income for federal
income tax purposes interest earned on the Notes in accordance with the holder's
method of tax accounting. A United States Holder using the accrual method of
accounting for tax purposes is, as a general rule, required to include interest
in ordinary income as such interest accrues, while a cash basis United States
Holder must include interest in income when cash payments are received (or made
available for receipt) by such holder.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   65
 
  Market Discount on Resale of Notes
 
     The resale of Notes may be affected by the market discount provisions of
the Code. These rules generally provide that if a United States Holder purchased
such Notes (other than in an original issue) at a market discount equal to at
least 0.25% of its stated redemption price at maturity (generally its principal
amount) multiplied by the number of complete years from the date of acquisition
to maturity, and thereafter recognizes gain upon a disposition (including a
gift) of the Notes (or the Common Stock into which they were converted), the
lesser of (i) such gain (or appreciation, in the case of a gift), or (ii) the
portion of the market discount that accrued while the Notes were held by such
holder, will be treated as ordinary interest income at the time of the
disposition. For these purposes, (i) market discount means the excess, if any,
of the stated redemption price of the Notes at maturity over the basis of the
Notes in the hands of such holder immediately after its acquisition, and (ii)
market discount accrues ratably from the date of acquisition until the date of
maturity unless the holder makes an irrevocable election to accrue market
discount under a constant interest rate basis similar to the accrual of interest
with respect to original issue discount. The rules also provide that a United
States Holder who acquires Notes at a market discount may be required to defer
the deduction of all or a portion of any interest expense that may otherwise be
deductible on any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry such
Notes until the holder disposes of such Notes in a taxable transaction.
 
     On or after November   , 1999, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole
or in part, prior to maturity. The Code includes a rule for the treatment of
market discount on debt instruments where the principal is paid in more than one
installment. This rule would apply to a United States Holder if such holder's
Notes were redeemed in part. In such an event, the United States Holder would be
required to include in gross income (as ordinary income) the lesser of (i) the
principal payment or (ii) the accrued market discount. The amount of accrued
market discount shall be reduced by such amount included in gross income.
 
     A United States Holder of Notes acquired at a market discount may elect to
include market discount in income as the discount accrues, either on a ratable
basis or on a constant interest rate basis. The current inclusion election, once
made, applies to all market discount obligations acquired on or after the first
day of the first taxable year to which the election applies, and may not be
revoked without the consent of the IRS. If a United States Holder elects to
include market discount in income in accordance with the preceding sentence, the
foregoing rules with respect to (i) the recognition of market discount income on
sales and certain other dispositions of such Notes, (ii) the deferral of
interest deductions on indebtedness related to such Notes, and (iii) the
recognition of market discount income upon the partial redemption of such Notes,
would not apply.
 
  Amortizable Bond Premium
 
     The resale of any Notes may be affected by the bond premium rules of the
Code. Generally, if the tax basis of Notes immediately after their purchase
exceeds the amount payable at maturity of the Notes, such excess may constitute
amortizable bond premium that the United States Holder may elect to amortize
under the constant interest rate method over the period from such holder's
acquisition date to the Notes' maturity date. In the case of convertible debt,
such as the Notes, the amortizable bond premium does not include any premium
that is attributable to the conversion feature. In addition, in the case of
obligations, such as the Notes, which may be called prior to maturity, the
earlier call date is treated as the maturity date, and the amount of bond
premium is determined by treating the amount payable on such call date as the
amount payable at maturity, if such calculation produces a smaller annual
premium deduction than the method described above. If a United States Holder
elects to amortize bond premium, if any, on the Notes and is required under the
rule described in the preceding sentence to amortize and deduct bond premium by
reference to such a call date and the Notes are not redeemed on such date, the
remaining unamortized premium will be amortized to a succeeding call date or to
maturity in accordance with the foregoing rules.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>   66
 
     An election to amortize bond premium applies to all bonds acquired by the
United States Holder at a premium during the year of election and thereafter,
unless the IRS consents to a revocation of the election. Amortizable bond
premium on a Note is treated as an offset to interest income on the Note and not
as a separate deduction, unless otherwise provided in Treasury regulations.
Recently proposed Treasury regulations would continue to treat amortizable bond
premium only as an offset to interest income on the Note. The Notes' basis must
be reduced by any amortizable bond premium applied to reduce interest under this
rule. Amortizable bond premium on a Note held by a United States Holder who does
not elect to amortize bond premium will decrease the gain or increase the loss
otherwise recognized on disposition of a Note or Common Stock into which a Note
is converted.
 
  Conversion of Notes into Common Stock
 
   
     A United States Holder should not recognize gain or loss on the conversion
of the Notes solely into shares of Common Stock, except with respect to cash
received either in lieu of a fractional share or with respect to any accrued
interest payable on the Notes converted and not subject to a repayment
obligation to the Company (see "-- Description of Notes -- Conversion") and not
previously included in income. Any interest accrued on the Notes converted but
not payable or recoverable by the Company (see "-- Description of
Notes -- Conversion") should not be included in the income of the holder of such
Notes. The holding period of the shares of Common Stock received upon conversion
of the Notes will include the period during which the Notes were held (provided
the Notes were a capital asset in the hands of the holder prior to the
conversion). The holder's aggregate tax basis in the shares of Common Stock
received upon conversion of the Notes will be equal to the holder's aggregate
tax basis in the Notes exchanged therefor (less a portion thereof allocable to
any fractional share). A United States Holder will recognize taxable gain or
loss on cash received in lieu of a fractional share of Common Stock in an amount
equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the holder's
basis in such fractional share. Such gain or loss should be a capital gain or
loss if the fractional share is a capital asset in the hands of the holder.
    
 
     If Notes as to which there is accrued market discount are converted into
shares of Common Stock, such accrued market discount will carry over to such
shares of Common Stock (to the extent that such accrued market discount has not
previously been included in the holder's income) and any gain realized upon a
subsequent disposition of such shares of Common Stock, to the extent of such
accrued market discount, may be taxable as ordinary interest income. See
"-- United States Holders -- Market Discount on Resale of Notes."
 
     Certain adjustments (or the failure to make certain adjustments in certain
cases) in the conversion price of the Notes made pursuant to the provisions of
the Indenture may be deemed taxable distributions to United States Holders
pursuant to Section 305 of the Code, whether or not such holders ever exercise
their conversion privilege. In addition, the failure to adjust fully the
conversion price of the Notes to reflect distributions of any stock dividends
with respect to the Common Stock (or rights to acquire Common Stock) may be
deemed taxable distributions to the holders of the Common Stock pursuant to
Section 305 of the Code. Such deemed distributions will be taxable as a
dividend, return of capital or capital gain in accordance with the rules
discussed under "-- United States Holders -- Distributions on Common Stock."
 
  Distributions on Common Stock
 
     Distributions paid on shares of Common Stock or deemed distributions under
Section 305 of the Code (see "-- United States Holders -- Conversion of Notes
Into Common Stock") will constitute dividends for United States federal income
tax purposes to the extent of the Company's current or accumulated earnings and
profits and will be includible in the income of a United States Holder as
ordinary income. Dividends paid or deemed paid to United States Holders that are
United States corporations may qualify for a dividends-received deduction.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>   67
 
     To the extent, if any, that such distributions exceed current and
accumulated earnings and profits of the Company, such excess will be treated
first as a non-taxable return of capital reducing the holder's basis in the
shares of Common Stock. Any remaining excess of such distribution will be
treated as capital gain.
 
  Disposition of Notes or Common Stock
 
     In general, United States Holders will recognize gain or loss upon the
sale, redemption, retirement or other disposition of the Notes or Common Stock
measured by the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value
of property received (except to the extent attributable to the payment of
accrued interest which was not previously included in income) and the holder's
tax basis in the Notes or Common Stock. In this regard, a United States Holder's
tax basis in the Notes generally will equal the basis of the Notes upon issuance
to the holder (generally the amount paid for the Notes), increased by the amount
of market discount, if any, previously taken into income by the holder or
decreased by any bond premium theretofore amortized by the holder with respect
to the Notes. The gain on the sale or redemption of the Notes or Common Stock
should be long-term capital gain (except as discussed in the second paragraph of
"-- United States Holders -- Conversion of Notes into Common Stock" and in
"-- United States Holders -- Market Discount on Resale of Notes") provided the
Notes or Common Stock were capital assets in the hands of the holder and had
been held for more than the then applicable period (currently one year).
 
  Backup Withholding
 
     Under the Code, a United States Holder may be subject, under certain
circumstances, to "backup withholding" at a 31% rate with respect to payments in
respect of interest or dividends on the Notes or Common Stock or the gross
proceeds from the disposition thereof. This withholding generally applies only
if the holder (i) fails to furnish its social security or other taxpayer
identification number ("TIN"), (ii) furnishes an incorrect TIN, (iii) fails to
report properly interest or dividends, or (iv) fails, under certain
circumstances, to provide a certified statement, signed under penalty of
perjury, that the TIN provided is its correct number and that it is not subject
to backup withholding. Any amount withheld from a payment to a holder under the
backup withholding rules is allowable as a credit against such holder's federal
income tax liability, provided that the required information is furnished to the
IRS. United States Holder should consult their tax advisors as to their
qualifications for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for
obtaining such an exemption. Prospective purchasers of Notes will be required to
complete a Form W-9 in order to provide the required information to the Company.
A United States Holder who does not provide the Company with the holder's
correct TIN may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS.
 
   
     The Company will report to each United States Holder, and the IRS the
amount of any "reportable payments" for each calendar year and the amount of tax
withheld, if any, with respect to payments on the Notes.
    
 
NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
 
  Interest
 
     Payments of principal and interest on the Notes to Non-United States
Holders will not be subject to the generally applicable 30% United States
federal withholding tax, provided that, in the case of interest, one of the
following is satisfied:
 
     (1) i. the beneficial owner does not actually or constructively own 10% or
         more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the
         Company entitled to vote as described in Section 871(h)(3);
 
                                       65
<PAGE>   68
 
        ii. the beneficial owner is not a bank receiving interest described in
        Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code;
 
        iii. the beneficial owner is not a controlled foreign corporation within
        the meaning of Section 957(a) of the Code that is related to the Company
        through stock ownership; and
 
        iv. either:
 
             (A) the beneficial owner of the Notes provides a properly completed
        IRS Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status) certifying to the person
        otherwise required to withhold United States federal income tax from
        such interest, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a United
        States person and provides its name and address; or
 
             (B) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial
        institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of
        its trade or business (a "financial institution"), and holds the Notes,
        provides a properly completed IRS Form W-8 certifying to the Company
        under penalties of perjury, that a properly completed IRS Form W-8 has
        been received from the beneficial owner by it or by a financial
        institution between it and the beneficial owner and furnishes the payor
        with a copy thereof;
 
    (2) the beneficial owner is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of
        the United States federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty
        to which the United States is a party and the beneficial owner of the
        Notes or such owner's agent provides a properly completed IRS Form     
        1001 (Ownership, Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate) claiming such
        exemption or reduction; or
      
    (3) the beneficial owner conducts a trade or business in the United States
        to which the interest is effectively connected and the beneficial
        owner of the Notes or such owner's agent provides a properly completed
        IRS Form 4224 (Exemption From Withholding of Tax on Income Effectively
        Connected With the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United
        States);
 
provided that in each such case, none of the persons receiving the relevant
certification or IRS Form has actual knowledge that the certification or any
statement on the IRS Form is false.
 
     Interest on Notes that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade
or business in the United States by a Non-United States Holder, although exempt
from withholding tax, may be subject to United States income tax as if such
interest was earned by a United States Holder.
 
     A beneficial owner of the Notes, or, in certain cases, its agent, is
required to submit the appropriate IRS Forms described above under applicable
procedures to the person through which the owner directly holds the Notes. Each
other person through which Notes are held must submit, on behalf of the
beneficial owner, the IRS Form (or in certain cases a copy thereof) under
applicable procedures to the person through which it holds the Notes, until the
IRS Form is received by the United States person who would otherwise be required
to withhold United States federal income tax from interest on the Notes.
Applicable procedures include additional certification requirements if a
beneficial owner provides an IRS Form W-8 to a financial institution that holds
the Notes on its behalf.
 
     EACH NON-UNITED STATES HOLDER SHOULD BE AWARE THAT IF IT DOES NOT PROPERLY
PROVIDE THE REQUIRED IRS FORM, OR IF THE IRS FORM (OR, IF PERMISSIBLE, A COPY OF
SUCH FORM) IS NOT PROPERLY TRANSMITTED TO AND RECEIVED BY THE UNITED STATES
PERSON OTHERWISE REQUIRED TO WITHHOLD UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX, INTEREST
ON THE NOTES MAY BE SUBJECT TO UNITED STATES WITHHOLDING TAX AT A 30% RATE. SUCH
TAX, HOWEVER, MAY IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES BE ALLOWED AS A REFUND OR AS A CREDIT
AGAINST SUCH HOLDER'S UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX. THE FOREGOING DOES NOT
DEAL WITH ALL ASPECTS OF FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO
NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS.
 
                                       66
<PAGE>   69
 
INVESTORS ARE THEREFORE ADVISED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS FOR SPECIFIC
ADVICE CONCERNING THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES.
 
  Conversion of Notes into Common Stock
 
     No United States federal income tax will be imposed upon conversion of
Notes into shares of Common Stock by a Non-United States Holder except as
described below in "-- Non-United States Holders -- Disposition of Notes or
Common Stock" with respect to the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares
by certain holders upon conversion of Notes. As described in "-- United States
Holders -- Conversion of Notes Into Common Stock," certain adjustments to the
conversion price of the Notes may be a deemed distribution pursuant to Section
305 of the Code regardless of whether or not the holder exercises its conversion
privilege. (See "-- Non-United States Holders -- Distributions on Common
Stock.")
 
  Distributions on Common Stock
 
   
     The Company has never paid a cash dividend and does not expect to pay
dividends in the foreseeable future with respect to its Common Stock (see
"-- Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy"). In the event that the
Company pays dividends with respect to its Common Stock in the future,
Non-United States Holders should consult with their tax advisors regarding the
tax consequences of receiving a dividend on Common Stock.
    
 
     Certain adjustments to the conversion price of the Notes may be a deemed
distribution to Non-United States Holders (see "-- Non-United States
Holders -- Conversion of Notes Into Common Stock"). The maximum United States
withholding tax on such deemed distributions would be 30%. Non-United States
Holders should consult with their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of
such a deemed distribution.
 
  Disposition of Notes or Common Stock
 
     Generally, a Non-United States Holder will not be subject to United States
federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized on the sale, exchange,
redemption or repurchase of Notes or upon the sale, exchange or, generally,
redemption of the Company's Common Stock (including any gain representing
accrued market discount or attributable to the receipt of cash in lieu of
fractional shares upon conversion of the Notes into shares of the Company's
Common Stock), unless:
 
          (1) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
     business within the United States by such holder;
 
          (2) such holder is an individual who has been present in the United
     States for at least 183 days during the taxable year of the disposition,
     the Notes or Common Stock are capital assets and (i) such individual's "tax
     home" for federal income tax purposes is in the United States or (ii) the
     gain is attributable to an office or other fixed place of business
     maintained in the United States by such individual; or
 
   
          (3) the Company is or has been a "United States real property holding
     corporation" for federal income tax purposes and the Non-United States
     Holder owned, directly or pursuant to certain attribution rules at any time
     during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition, more than 5%
     of the Company's Common Stock (assuming the Common Stock continues to be
     regularly traded on an established securities market within the meaning of
     Section 897(c)(3) of the Code).
    
 
The Company believes that it is currently a United States real property holding
corporation.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>   70
 
  Estate Tax
 
     Notes owned by an individual who, at the time of death, is neither a
citizen nor domiciliary of the United States will not be subject to United
States federal estate tax as a result of such individual's death if the
individual does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company entitled to vote
and the income on the Notes would not have been effectively connected with a
United States trade or business of the individual. Shares of Common Stock owned
(or treated as owned) by an individual who, at the time of death, is neither a
citizen nor a domiciliary of the United States, will be includible in his or her
gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes and thus may be
subject to United States estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty
provides otherwise.
 
  Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
     Under the Code, information reporting requirements will apply to payments
of principal and interest on the Notes, payments of dividends on Common Stock,
payments of the proceeds of the sale of a Note, and payments of the proceeds of
the sale of Common Stock to certain noncorporate holders, and a 31% backup
withholding tax may apply to such payments if the holder fails to provide an
accurate taxpayer identification number in the manner required or to report all
interest and dividends required to be shown on its federal tax returns.
 
     Information reporting on IRS Form 1099 and backup withholding will not
apply to principal or interest payments made on the Notes by the Company or a
paying agent to a Non-United States Holder if, in the case of interest, the IRS
Form described above in clauses (2) or (3) under "-- Non-United States
Holders -- Interest" has been provided under applicable procedures, or, in the
case of interest or principal, the certification described above in clause
(1)(iv) under "-- Non-United States Holders -- Interest" and a certification
that the Non-United States Holder satisfies certain other conditions have been
supplied under applicable procedures, provided that the payor does not have
actual knowledge that the certifications are incorrect.
 
     Payments of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes or Common Stock to or
through the United States office of a broker will be subject to information
reporting and backup withholding unless the Non-United States Holder certifies
that it is a Non-United States Holder under penalties of perjury or otherwise
establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
Payments of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes or Common Stock made to or
through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to
information reporting or backup withholding; however, if such broker is (1) a
United States person, (2) a controlled foreign corporation, or (3) a foreign
person that derives 50% or more of its gross income from the conduct of a trade
or business in the United States, such payment will be subject to information
reporting (but currently not backup withholding, although the issue of whether
backup withholding should apply is under consideration by the IRS) unless such
broker has documentary evidence in its records that the holder is a Non-United
States Holder under penalties of perjury or the holder otherwise establishes an
exemption.
 
     Backup withholding is not a separate tax, but is allowed as a refund or
credit against the holder's United States federal income tax, provided the
necessary information is furnished to the IRS.
 
     Interest on the Notes that is beneficially owned by a Non-United States
Holder will be reported annually by the Company on IRS Form 1042S, which must be
filed with the IRS and furnished to such beneficial owner.
 
  Proposed Regulations Relating to Withholding and Information Reporting
 
     On April 15, 1996, the IRS issued proposed revisions (the "Proposed
Regulations") to the Treasury regulations interpreting the withholding tax,
information reporting and backup withholding tax rules described above. The
Proposed Regulations would change in some respects the require-
 
                                       68
<PAGE>   71
 
ments for providing the IRS Forms described above, including (i) requiring
Non-U.S. Holders claiming certain exemptions from or reductions of United States
withholding tax under an income tax treaty to provide their United States TINs,
(ii) requiring partners of a foreign partnership that is a holder of Notes or
Common Stock into which the Notes are converted to provide the required IRS
Forms, and (iii) modifying the procedures by which financial intermediaries
would provide the required certifications and IRS Forms.
 
     The Proposed Regulations are not binding before being adopted either as
temporary or final Treasury regulations and will not be effective until the date
specified in such temporary or final Treasury regulations. The Proposed
Regulations are proposed generally to be effective for payments made after
December 31, 1997. It is not possible to predict whether, or in what form, the
Proposed Regulations ultimately will be adopted.
 
     THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS FOR
GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. ACCORDINGLY, EACH PURCHASER OF
NOTES SHOULD CONSULT SUCH PURCHASER'S OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH PURCHASER, INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE,
LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS, OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES
OR COMMON STOCK.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>   72
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
among the Company and the Underwriters named below (the "Underwriting
Agreement"), the Company has agreed to sell to the several Underwriters and the
Underwriters have severally agreed to purchase from the Company the principal
amounts of the Notes set forth opposite their names below.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             PRINCIPAL
                                UNDERWRITERS                                   AMOUNT
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------   ------------
    <S>                                                                     <C>
    Salomon Brothers Inc.................................................
    Oppenheimer & Co., Inc...............................................
    Prudential Securities Incorporated...................................
    Southcoast Capital Corporation.......................................
                                                                            ------------
              Total......................................................   $100,000,000
                                                                            ============
</TABLE>
    
 
     In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein, that the obligations of the Underwriters
are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the Underwriters will be
obligated to purchase the entire principal amount of the Notes offered hereby if
any Notes are purchased.
 
     The Company has been advised by the Underwriters that they propose to offer
the Notes directly to the public initially at the public offering price set
forth on the cover of this Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such price less
a concession not in excess of      % of the principal amount of the Notes. The
Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess
of      % of the principal amount of the Notes to certain other dealers. After
the initial public offering of the Notes, the public offering price, concession
and discount may be changed.
 
     The Company, its executive officers and directors have agreed that they
will not, without the prior written consent of Salomon Brothers Inc, which
consent may be given without prior notice, for a period of 90 days after the
date of this Prospectus, directly or indirectly, offer to sell, sell, grant any
option for the sale of or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any
securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of
Common Stock, or any right or option to acquire any such shares or securities,
except for transactions related to the Company's existing option plans and other
employee benefit plans. Sales by the Company to the Underwriters are exempt from
such restriction.
 
     The Company has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable during the
30-day period after the date of this Prospectus to purchase up to an additional
$15,000,000 principal amount of Notes at the initial public offering price less
the underwriting discount, solely to cover over-allotments.
 
   
     Application has been made to list the Notes on the New York Stock Exchange.
The Company has been advised by the Underwriters that the Underwriters presently
intend to make a market in the Notes offered hereby; however, they are not
obligated to do so. Any market making may be discontinued at any time, and there
can be no assurance that an active public market for the Notes will develop.
    
 
     The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against
certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the Notes offered hereby and the information contained in
"Certain United States Tax Considerations" will be passed upon for the Company
by Jenkens & Gilchrist, a Professional Corporation, Houston, Texas. Certain
legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Andrews & Kurth
L.L.P., Houston, Texas.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>   73
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
     The audited Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company's
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, which
are included in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement, to
the extent and for the periods indicated in their report, have been audited by
Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their
report with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the
authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports. Reference is made to
said report, which includes an explanatory paragraph with respect to the change
in the method of accounting for earned interests in 1994 as discussed in Note 2
to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
    

 
     The reference to the reports of Gruy contained herein with respect to the
proved reserves, the estimated future net revenues from such proved reserves,
and the discounted present values of such estimated future net revenues, is made
in reliance upon the authority of such firm as expert with respect to such
matters.
 
               INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE
 
   
     The Company's Form 10-K as of December 31, 1995, its definitive proxy
statement mailed to shareholders in connection with the May 14, 1996, annual
shareholders' meeting and its Forms 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended March
31, June 30, and September 30, 1996, are incorporated herein by reference. All
documents filed by the Company pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and prior to the
termination of the offering of the Notes shall be deemed to be incorporated by
reference into this Prospectus and to be a part hereof from the date of filing
of such documents. Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed
to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or
superseded for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement
contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document which also is or is
deemed to be incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such
statement. Any such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed,
except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
The Company will furnish without charge to each person to whom this Prospectus
is delivered, upon written or oral request of such person, a copy of the
documents referred to above, excluding exhibits thereto. Requests should be made
to: John R. Alden, Secretary, Swift Energy Company, 16825 Northchase Drive,
Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77060-9968.
    
 
                                       71
<PAGE>   74
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                      <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants..............................................   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets...........................................................   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income.....................................................   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity.......................................   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.................................................   F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................   F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   75
 
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Swift Energy Company:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Swift
Energy Company (a Texas corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995
and 1994, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders'
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Swift Energy Company and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
     As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective
January 1, 1994, the Company changed its method of accounting for earned
interests.
 
                                                             ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Houston, Texas
February 19, 1996
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   76
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                     ASSETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        
                                                                                                        
                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,        
                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,    ----------------------------
                                                               1996             1995            1994    
                                                           -------------    ------------    ------------
                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>              <C>             <C>
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..............................  $   1,985,790    $  7,574,512    $    985,498
  Accounts receivable --
    Oil and gas sales....................................      5,350,643      14,765,336      12,394,636
    Associated limited partnerships and joint ventures...      5,666,250      16,108,298      17,899,150
    Joint interest owners................................      4,680,739       4,044,817       4,335,283
  Producing oil and gas properties held for transfer.....             --              --       3,525,841
  Other current assets...................................        691,858         887,491          68,010
                                                           -------------    ------------    ------------
         Total Current Assets............................     18,375,280      43,380,454      39,208,418
                                                           -------------    ------------    ------------
Property and Equipment:
  Oil and gas, using full-cost accounting
    Proved properties being amortized....................    180,608,559     132,673,707      93,368,795
    Unproved properties not being amortized..............     26,259,045      20,652,151      14,805,479
                                                           -------------    ------------    ------------
                                                             206,867,604     153,325,858     108,174,274
  Furniture, fixtures, and other equipment...............      5,763,745       4,367,719       3,476,695
                                                           -------------    ------------    ------------
                                                             212,631,349     157,693,577     111,650,969
Less -- Accumulated depreciation, depletion, and
  amortization...........................................    (41,397,417)    (30,169,303)    (21,364,949)
                                                           -------------    ------------    ------------
                                                             171,233,932     127,524,274      90,286,020
                                                           -------------    ------------    ------------
Other Assets:
  Receivables from associated limited partnerships, net
    of current portion...................................      1,950,415       2,332,355       1,916,477
  Limited partnership formation and marketing costs......        767,682         858,559       2,991,873
  Deferred charges and other.............................        533,203       1,157,065       1,269,955
                                                           -------------    ------------    ------------
                                                               3,251,300       4,347,979       6,178,305
                                                           -------------    ------------    ------------
                                                           $ 192,860,512    $175,252,707    $135,672,743
                                                           =============    ============    ============
                                               LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Short-term bank borrowings.............................  $          --    $         --    $ 27,229,000
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities...............     15,125,829      23,075,982       9,516,005
  Payable to associated limited partnerships.............      1,787,718          16,983         637,991
  Undistributed oil and gas revenues.....................      7,460,407      17,040,304      14,962,863
                                                           -------------    ------------    ------------
         Total Current Liabilities.......................     24,373,954      40,133,269      52,345,859
                                                           -------------    ------------    ------------
Long-Term Debt...........................................             --      28,750,000      28,750,000
Bank Borrowings..........................................     17,170,000              --              --
Deferred Revenues........................................      4,814,573       6,063,467       7,827,562
Deferred Income Taxes....................................     12,159,655       6,960,006       4,622,191
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders' Equity:
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares
    authorized, none outstanding.........................             --              --              --
  Common stock, $.01 par value, 35,000,000 shares
    authorized, 15,091,384, 12,509,700, and 6,685,137
    shares issued and outstanding, respectively..........        150,914         125,097          66,851
  Additional paid-in capital.............................    100,701,877      71,133,979      24,885,903
  Retained earnings......................................     33,489,539      22,086,889      17,174,377
                                                           -------------    ------------    ------------
                                                             134,342,330      93,345,965      42,127,131
                                                           -------------    ------------    ------------
                                                           $ 192,860,512    $175,252,707    $135,672,743
                                                           =============    ============    ============
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   77
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                               SEPTEMBER 30,                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        ---------------------------     --------------------------------------------
                                           1996            1995            1995             1994            1993
                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     ------------     -----------
                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>
Revenues:
  Oil and gas sales..................   $33,733,101     $15,208,354     $22,527,892     $ 19,802,188     $15,535,671
  Earned interests from limited
    partnerships and joint
    ventures.........................            --              --              --               --       3,308,623
  Fees from limited partnerships and
    joint ventures...................       615,698         339,157         590,441          701,528         763,347
  Supervision fees...................     3,277,111       2,838,170       3,838,815        3,751,061       3,718,829
  Interest income....................        35,272         132,116         212,329           47,980         201,584
  Other, net.........................     1,517,749       1,354,635       1,761,568        1,072,535         604,599
                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     ------------     -----------
                                         39,178,931      19,872,432      28,931,045       25,375,292      24,132,653
                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     ------------     -----------
Costs and Expenses:
  General and administrative, net of
    reimbursement....................     4,600,875       3,969,942       5,256,184        5,197,899       5,065,323
  Depreciation, depletion, and
    amortization.....................    11,314,174       6,138,496       8,838,657        7,904,801       7,300,967
  Oil and gas production.............     5,748,935       5,100,864       6,826,306        5,639,630       4,540,290
  Interest expense, net..............       293,907       1,283,485       1,115,361        1,795,133         597,465
                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     ------------     -----------
                                         21,957,891      16,492,787      22,036,508       20,537,463      17,504,045
                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     ------------     -----------
Income Before Income Taxes...........    17,221,040       3,379,645       6,894,537        4,837,829       6,628,608
Provision for Income Taxes...........     5,818,390         859,214       1,982,025        1,112,158       1,732,355
                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     ------------     -----------
Income Before Cumulative Effect of
  Change in Accounting Principle.....    11,402,650       2,520,431       4,912,512        3,725,671       4,896,253
Cumulative Effect of Change in
  Accounting Principle...............            --              --              --      (16,772,698)             --
                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     ------------     -----------
Net Income (Loss)....................   $11,402,650     $ 2,520,431     $ 4,912,512     $(13,047,027)    $ 4,896,253
                                        ===========     ===========     ===========     ============     ===========
Per Share Amounts --
  Primary:
  Income Before Cumulative Effect of
    Change in Accounting Principle...   $      0.87     $      0.32     $      0.54     $       0.56     $      0.74
  Cumulative Effect of Change in
    Accounting Principle.............   $        --     $        --     $        --     $      (2.52)    $        --
                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     ------------     -----------
  Net Income (Loss)..................   $      0.87     $      0.32     $      0.54     $      (1.96)    $      0.74
                                        ===========     ===========     ===========     ============     ===========
  Fully Diluted:
  Income Before Cumulative Effect of
    Change in Accounting Principle...   $      0.87     $      0.32     $      0.54     $       0.56     $      0.70
  Cumulative Effect of Change in
    Accounting Principle.............   $        --     $        --     $        --     $      (2.52)    $        --
                                        -----------     -----------     -----------     ------------     -----------
  Net Income (Loss)..................   $      0.87     $       .32     $      0.54     $      (1.96)    $      0.70
                                        ===========     ===========     ===========     ============     ===========
Weighted Average Shares
  Outstanding........................    13,139,558       7,994,703       9,122,857        6,644,248       6,588,076
Pro forma amounts assuming change in
  accounting for earned interests is
  applied retroactively (see Note
  2) --
  Net Income.........................                                                   $  3,725,671     $ 4,322,478
  Per Share Amounts --
    Primary..........................                                                   $       0.56     $      0.66
    Fully Diluted....................                                                   $       0.56     $      0.63
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   78
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  ADDITIONAL
                                      COMMON       PAID-IN         RETAINED
                                     STOCK(1)      CAPITAL         EARNINGS         TOTAL
                                     --------    ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>             <C>             <C>
Balance, December 31, 1992.......... $ 59,686    $ 17,227,567    $ 31,994,033    $ 49,281,286
  Stock issued for benefit plans
     (19,096 shares)................      191         170,059              --         170,250
  Stock options exercised
     (13,400 shares)................      134         117,791              --         117,925
  Net income........................       --              --       4,896,253       4,896,253
                                     --------    ------------    ------------    ------------
Balance, December 31, 1993.......... $ 60,011    $ 17,515,417    $ 36,890,286    $ 54,465,714
  Stock issued for benefit plans
     (26,488 shares)................      265         271,176              --         271,441
  Stock options exercised
     (21,472 shares)................      214         176,808              --         177,022
  Employee stock purchase plan
     (29,840 shares)................      298         259,683              --         259,981
  10% stock dividend
     (606,262 shares)...............    6,063       6,662,819      (6,668,882)             --
  Net loss..........................       --              --     (13,047,027)    (13,047,027)
                                     --------    ------------    ------------    ------------
Balance, December 31, 1994.......... $ 66,851    $ 24,885,903    $ 17,174,377    $ 42,127,131
  Stock issued for benefit plans
     (31,113 shares)................      311         283,463              --         283,774
  Stock options exercised
     (5,761 shares).................       58          33,736              --          33,794
  Employee stock purchase plan
     (37,689 shares)................      377         289,465              --         289,842
  Stock issued in public offering
     (5,750,000 shares).............   57,500      45,641,412              --      45,698,912
  Net income........................       --              --       4,912,512       4,912,512
                                     --------    ------------    ------------    ------------
Balance, December 31, 1995.......... $125,097    $ 71,133,979    $ 22,086,889    $ 93,345,965
  Stock issued for benefit plans
     (30,014 shares)(2).............      300         349,645              --         349,945
  Stock options exercised
     (172,175 shares)(2)............    1,722       1,317,057              --       1,318,779
  Employee stock purchase plan
     (36,387 shares)(2).............      364         272,178              --         272,542
  Debenture conversion
     (2,343,108 shares)(2)..........   23,431      27,629,018              --      27,652,449
  Net income(2).....................       --              --      11,402,650      11,402,650
                                     --------    ------------    ------------    ------------
Balance, September 30, 1996(2)...... $150,914    $100,701,877    $ 33,489,539    $134,342,330
                                     ========    ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
(1) $.01 par value.
 
(2) Unaudited.
 
          See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   79
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                SEPTEMBER 30,                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                         ----------------------------    --------------------------------------------
                                             1996            1995            1995            1994            1993
                                         ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
                                                 (UNAUDITED)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
  Net income (loss)....................  $ 11,402,650    $  2,520,431    $  4,912,512    $(13,047,027)   $  4,896,253
  Adjustments to reconcile net income
    to net cash provided by
    operating activities --
  Depreciation, depletion, and
    amortization.......................    11,314,174       6,138,496       8,838,657       7,904,801       7,300,967
  Deferred income taxes................     5,153,481         654,975       2,326,162         963,324       1,199,057
  Earned interests from limited
    partnerships and joint ventures....            --              --              --              --      (3,308,623)
  Deferred revenue amortization related
    to production payment..............    (1,259,680)     (1,349,253)     (1,787,974)     (1,993,863)     (2,304,080)
  Cumulative effect of change in
    accounting principle...............            --              --              --      16,772,698              --
  Other................................        86,597          84,168         112,890         105,180          49,865
  Change in assets and liabilities --
    (Increase) decrease in accounts
      receivable.......................       365,321        (111,746)       (488,599)       (762,789)       (412,960)
    Increase (decrease) in accounts
      payable and accrued liabilities,
      excluding income taxes payable...    (1,289,771)        559,529       1,074,532         142,883         110,324
    Increase (decrease) in income taxes
      payable..........................       578,559          50,584        (611,717)        309,307        (292,463)
                                         ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
    Net Cash Provided by Operating
      Activities.......................    26,351,331       8,547,184      14,376,463      10,394,514       7,238,340
                                         ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
  Additions to property and
    equipment..........................   (55,996,465)    (21,076,168)    (40,032,944)    (34,531,180)    (24,229,103)
  Proceeds from the sale of property
    and equipment......................     1,149,570              --         230,242         861,073         157,972
  Net cash received (distributed) as
    operator of oil and gas
    properties.........................    (6,056,094)       (628,288)      7,662,419        (229,351)     (2,556,483)
  Property acquisition costs (incurred
    on behalf of) reimbursed by
    partnerships and joint ventures....    10,823,988       5,707,418       5,316,693      (1,408,031)    (10,252,142)
  Limited partnership formation and
    marketing costs....................            --        (354,260)             --              --        (103,871)
  Prepaid drilling costs...............      (336,758)       (102,088)             --              --      (1,100,076)
  Other................................       (75,274)          5,573         (41,181)        (25,320)        (98,437)
                                         ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
    Net Cash Used in Investing
      Activities.......................   (50,491,033)    (16,447,813)    (26,864,771)    (35,332,809)    (38,182,140)
                                         ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
  Proceeds from long-term debt.........            --              --              --              --      28,750,000
  Net proceeds from (payments of) bank
    borrowings.........................    17,170,000     (27,229,000)    (27,229,000)     24,579,000       2,650,000
  Net proceeds from issuances of common
    stock..............................     1,949,730      46,312,013      46,306,322         708,444         288,175
  Loan to ESOP plan....................      (568,750)             --              --              --              --
  Payments of debt issuance costs......            --              --              --              --      (1,425,000)
                                         ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
        Net Cash Provided by Financing
          Activities...................    18,550,980      19,083,013      19,077,322      25,287,444      30,263,175
                                         ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and
  Cash Equivalents.....................  $ (5,588,722)   $ 11,182,384    $  6,589,014    $    349,149    $   (680,625)
                                         ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning
  of Period............................     7,574,512         985,498         985,498         636,349       1,316,974
                                         ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of
  Period...............................  $  1,985,790    $ 12,167,882    $  7,574,512    $    985,498    $    636,349
                                         ============    ============    ============    ============    ============
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow
  Information:
Cash paid during period for interest,
  net of amounts capitalized...........  $  1,168,768    $    732,130    $     68,097    $  1,691,400    $    605,063
Cash paid during period for income
  taxes................................  $     84,992    $    163,655    $    277,580    $     97,200    $    756,761
</TABLE>
    
 
          See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   80
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Swift Energy Company (Swift) and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively
referred to as the "Company"), which is engaged in the acquisition, development,
operation, and exploration of oil and natural gas properties, with particular
emphasis on U.S. onshore natural gas reserves. The Company also has oil and gas
investments in Russia, Venezuela, and New Zealand. The Company's investments in
associated oil and gas partnerships and its joint ventures are accounted for
using the proportionate consolidation method, whereby the Company's
proportionate share of each entity's assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses
is included in the appropriate classifications in the consolidated financial
statements. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in
preparing the consolidated statements. Certain reclassifications have been made
to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation.
 
  USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, if any, at the date of the
financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during
the reporting period.
 
  UNAUDITED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES
 
   
     The interim consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 1996 and
for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 and notes thereto are
unaudited. In the opinion of management, these interim financial statements
include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation and all such
adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. Results of the interim periods are
not necessarily indicative of the results for the entire year.
    
 
  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     The Company follows the "full-cost" method of accounting for oil and gas
property and equipment costs. Under this method of accounting, all productive
and nonproductive costs incurred in the acquisition, exploration, and
development of oil and gas reserves are capitalized. Such costs include lease
acquisitions, geological and geophysical services, drilling, completion,
equipment, and certain general and administrative costs directly associated with
acquisition, exploration, and development activities. General and administrative
costs related to production and general overhead are expensed as incurred. No
gains or losses are recognized upon the sale or disposition of oil and gas
properties, except in transactions that involve a significant amount of
reserves. The proceeds from the sale of oil and gas properties are generally
treated as a reduction of oil and gas property costs. Fees from associated oil
and gas exploration and development limited partnerships are credited to oil and
gas property costs to the extent they do not represent reimbursement of general
and administrative expenses currently charged to expense.
 
     Future development, site restoration, and dismantlement and abandonment
costs, net of salvage values, are estimated on a property-by-property basis
based on current economic conditions and are amortized to expense as the
Company's capitalized oil and gas property costs are
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   81
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
amortized. The Company's properties are all onshore and historically the salvage
value of the tangible equipment offsets the Company's site restoration and
dismantlement and abandonment costs. The Company expects this relationship will
continue.
 
     The Company computes the provision for depreciation, depletion, and
amortization of oil and gas properties on the unit-of-production method. Under
this method, the Company computes the provision by multiplying the total
unamortized costs of oil and gas properties -- including future development,
site restoration, and dismantlement and abandonment costs but excluding costs of
unproved properties -- by an overall rate determined by dividing the physical
units of oil and gas produced during the period by the total estimated units of
proved oil and gas reserves. The cost of unproved properties not being amortized
is assessed quarterly to determine whether the value has been impaired below the
capitalized cost. Any impairment assessed is added to the cost of proved
properties being amortized.
 
     At the end of each quarterly reporting period, the unamortized cost of oil
and gas properties, net of related deferred income taxes, is limited to the sum
of the estimated future net revenues from proved properties using current
prices, discounted at 10%, and the lower of cost or fair value of unproved
properties, adjusted for related income tax effects ("Ceiling Limitation").
 
     The calculation of the Ceiling Limitation and provision for depreciation,
depletion, and amortization is based on estimates of proved reserves. There are
numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of proved reserves and
in projecting the future rates of production, timing, and plan of development.
The accuracy of any reserves estimate is a function of the quality of available
data and of engineering and geological interpretation and judgment. Results of
drilling, testing, and production subsequent to the date of the estimate may
justify revision of such estimate. Accordingly, reserves estimates are often
different from the quantities of oil and gas that are ultimately recovered.
 
     All other equipment is depreciated by the straight-line method at rates
based on the estimated useful lives of the property. Repairs and maintenance are
charged to expense as incurred. Renewals and betterments are capitalized.
 
  DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER
 
   
     Legal and accounting fees, underwriting fees, printing costs, and other
direct expenses associated with the issuance of the Company's 6 1/2% Convertible
Subordinated Debentures due 2003 (the "Debentures") in June 1993 have been
capitalized and through June 30, 1996 were being amortized over the life of the
Debentures. Due to the conversion of all outstanding Debentures into Common
Stock in August 1996, as discussed below, related unamortized costs ($1,097,551)
were transferred to the Company's appropriate capital accounts in the third
quarter of 1996.
    
 
   
     All of the amounts under deferred charges and other at September 30, 1996
relate to the Company's Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP"), effective as of
January 1, 1996. All employees over the age of 21 with one year of service are
participants. The Plan has a five year cliff vesting and service is recognized
after the Plan effective date. The ESOP is designed to enable employees of the
Company to accumulate stock ownership. While there will be no employee
contributions, participants will receive an allocation of stock which has been
contributed by the Company. The Plan may also acquire Swift Energy Company
Common Stock purchased at fair market value. The ESOP can borrow money from the
Company to buy Company stock as was done in September 1996 to purchase 25,000
shares from the Company's Chairman. Benefits will be paid
    
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   82
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
   
in a lump sum or installments, and the participant generally has the choice of
receiving cash or stock.
    
 
  LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS AND JOINT VENTURES
 
   
     Between 1991 and 1995, the Company formed limited partnerships and joint
ventures for the purpose of acquiring interests in producing oil and gas
properties and, since 1993, partnerships engaged in drilling for oil and gas
reserves. The Company serves as managing general partner or manager of these
entities. The Company's investments in associated oil and gas partnerships and
its joint ventures are accounted for using the proportionate consolidation
method, whereby the Company's proportionate share of each entity's assets,
liabilities, revenues, and expenses is included in the appropriate
classifications in the consolidated financial statements. Because the Company
serves as the general partner of these entities, under state partnership law it
is contingently liable for the liabilities of these partnerships, virtually all
of which is owed to the Company and are not material for any of the periods
presented in relation to the partnerships' respective assets.
    
 
   
     Under the Swift Depositary Interests limited partnership offering ("SDI
Offering"), which commenced in March 1991 and concluded in December 1995, the
Company received a reimbursement of certain costs and a fee, both payable out of
revenues. The Company bore all front-end costs of the offering and partnership
formations for which it received an interest in the partnerships. Upon the
Company's decision to conclude the SDI offering at the end of 1995, the
remaining limited partnership formation and marketing costs related to the SDI
offering (approximately $1,750,000) were accordingly transferred to the oil and
gas properties account.
    
 
   
     Commencing September 15, 1993, the Company began offering, on a private
placement basis, general and limited partnership interests in limited
partnerships to be formed to drill for oil and gas. As managing general partner,
the Company pays for all front-end costs incurred in connection with these
offerings, for which the Company receives an interest in the partnerships.
Through September 30, 1996, approximately $34,800,000 had been raised in seven
partnerships, one closed in each of 1993 and 1994, three in 1995, and two in
1996. In July and September 1996, the Company closed the sixth and seventh
partnerships with total subscriptions of approximately $4,900,000 and
$10,000,000, respectively. Costs of syndication, registration, and qualification
of these limited partnerships incurred by the Company have been deferred. Under
the current private limited partnership offerings, selling and formation costs
borne by the Company serve as the Company's general partner contribution to such
partnerships. The Company anticipates formation of one additional partnership in
1996.
    
 
  HEDGING ACTIVITIES
 
     The Company's revenues are primarily the result of sales of its oil and
natural gas production. Market prices of oil and natural gas may fluctuate and
adversely affect operating results. To mitigate some of this risk, the Company
does engage periodically in certain limited hedging activities, but only to the
extent of buying protection price floors for portions of its and the limited
partnerships' oil and gas production. Costs and/or benefits derived from these
price floors are accordingly recorded as a reduction or increase in oil and gas
sales revenue and was not significant for any period presented.
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   83
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
  INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
   
     Primary income (loss) per share has been computed using the weighted
average number of common shares outstanding during the respective periods. Stock
options and warrants outstanding do not have a dilutive effect on primary income
(loss) per share. The Company's Debentures are not common stock equivalents for
the purpose of computing primary income (loss) per share.
    
 
     Primary income (loss) per share has been retroactively restated in all
periods presented to give recognition to an equivalent change in capital
structure as a result of a 10% stock dividend. On September 6, 1994, the Company
declared a 10% stock dividend to shareholders of record on September 19, 1994,
which was distributed on September 29, 1994, resulting in an additional 606,262
shares being issued.
 
   
     The calculation of fully diluted income (loss) per share assumes conversion
of the Debentures as of the beginning of the period and the elimination of the
related after-tax interest expense and assumes, as of the beginning of the
period, exercise (using the treasury stock method) of stock options and
warrants. The conversion price of the Debentures was revised to reflect the 10%
stock dividend declared September 6, 1994. The original conversion price was
$13.50 per common share and the revised conversion price per common share is
$12.27. Fully diluted income (loss) per share has also been retroactively
restated for all periods presented to give effect to the resulting conversion
price revision stemming from the 10% stock dividend. The weighted average number
of shares used in the computation of fully diluted per share amounts were
11,671,243, 9,053,736, and 7,797,660 for the respective years ended December 31,
1995, 1994, and 1993, and 13,647,445 for the respective nine-month period ended
September 30, 1996. During the nine-month period ended September 30, 1995, such
amount was antidilutive.
    
 
  INCOME TAXES
 
     The Company accounts for Income Taxes using Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." SFAS No. 109
utilizes the liability method and deferred taxes are determined based on the
estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial statement and
tax bases of assets and liabilities given the provisions of the enacted tax
laws.
 
  DEFERRED REVENUES
 
     In May 1992, as discussed in Note 9 "Oil and Gas Producing Activities," the
Company purchased interests in certain wells using funds provided by the
Company's sale of a volumetric production payment in these properties. Under the
terms of the production payment agreement, the Company continues to own the
properties purchased but is required to deliver a minimum quantity of
hydrocarbons produced from the properties (meeting certain quality and heating
equivalent requirements) over a specified period. Since entering into this
agreement, the Company has met all scheduled deliveries. Net proceeds from the
sale of the production payment were recorded as deferred revenues. Deliveries
under the production payment agreement are recorded as oil and gas sales
revenues and a corresponding reduction of deferred revenues.
 
  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with an initial
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   84
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
  VULNERABILITY DUE TO CERTAIN CONCENTRATIONS
 
     The Company extends credit to various companies in the oil and gas industry
which results in a concentration of credit risk. The concentration of credit
risk may be affected by changes in economic or other conditions and may
accordingly impact the Company's overall credit risk. However, the Company
believes that the risk is mitigated by the size, reputation, and nature of the
companies to which the Company extends credit.
 
     Only one single oil or gas purchaser accounted for 10% or more of the
Company's consolidated revenues during the year ended December 31, 1995, with
that purchaser accounting for approximately 12%. The Company does not believe
that the loss of any single oil and gas purchaser or contract would materially
affect its sales.
 
  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
accounts receivable, accounts payable, and long-term debt. The carrying amounts
of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable
approximate fair value due to the highly liquid nature of these short-term
instruments. The fair value of long-term debt was determined based upon interest
rates currently available to the Company for borrowings with similar terms. The
fair value of long-term debt approximates the carrying amount as of December 31,
1995.
 
2. CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE
 
     In the fourth quarter of 1994, the Company changed its revenue recognition
policy for earned interests, effective January 1, 1994. Under the Company's
current method of accounting for earned interests, such amounts will not be
recognized as income, thereby reducing the Company's investment in oil and gas
property. This change was made as the result of a transition in the Company's
current business activities and changes in the oil and gas limited partnership
syndication markets. The Company feels the change in policy results in more
comparable financial statements in relation to its current business focus and in
comparison to its current peers and competitors in the oil and gas exploration
and production industry.
 
     The effect of the change was to increase 1994 income before cumulative
effect of change in accounting principle by approximately $1,047,000 or $.16 per
share. This increase was a result of the decrease in current year depletion
expense more than offsetting the decrease in revenues as a result of not
recognizing earned interests. The cumulative effect of this change in accounting
principle resulted in a downward adjustment to earnings of $16,772,698 or $2.52
per share (after reduction for income taxes of $8,640,481), to retroactively
apply the new method, thereby reducing net income in 1994. See Note 9 to the
Company's financial statements for the effect this change had on oil and gas
properties and accumulated depreciation, depletion, and amortization. The pro
forma amounts shown on the income statement have been adjusted for the effect of
retroactive application, had the new method been in effect during the periods
presented.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   85
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
3. PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
 
     The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (the "Act") was enacted on
August 10, 1993. The Act contains several changes to federal income tax
provisions, including an increase in the highest corporate tax rate from 34% to
35%, for companies with taxable income in excess of $10,000,000. The effect of
the Act on income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 1993, and the
Company's net deferred tax liability was not material.
 
     The following is an analysis of the consolidated income tax provision:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   --------------------------------------
                                                      1995          1994          1993
                                                   ----------    ----------    ----------
    <S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>
    Current....................................... $ (344,137)   $  148,834    $  533,298
    Deferred......................................  2,326,162       963,324     1,199,057
                                                   ----------    ----------    ----------
    Total......................................... $1,982,025    $1,112,158    $1,732,355
                                                   ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
     There are differences between income taxes computed using the statutory
rate (34% for 1995, 1994, and 1993) and the Company's effective income tax rates
(28.7%, 23.0%, and 26.1% for 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively), primarily as
the result of certain tax credits available to the Company. Reconciliations of
income taxes computed using the statutory rate to the effective income tax rates
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1995          1994          1993
                                                   ----------    ----------    ----------
    <S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>
    Income taxes computed at federal statutory
      rate.......................................  $2,344,143    $1,644,862    $2,253,727
    State tax provisions, net of federal
      benefits...................................      84,202        46,525       149,002
    Nonconventional fuel source credit...........    (370,000)     (435,016)     (553,651)
    Depletion deductions in excess of basis......     (34,000)      (30,895)      (98,596)
    Other, net...................................     (42,320)     (113,318)      (18,127)
                                                   ----------    ----------    ----------
    Provision for income taxes...................  $1,982,025    $1,112,158    $1,732,355
                                                   ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
     The tax effects of significant temporary differences representing the net
deferred tax liability at December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1995          1994          1993
                                                  ----------    ----------    -----------
    <S>                                           <C>           <C>           <C>
    Deferred tax assets:
      Alternative minimum tax credits...........  $1,372,978    $  900,562    $   786,774
      Other.....................................     115,332         7,112        231,292
                                                  ----------    ----------    -----------
              Total deferred tax assets.........  $1,488,310    $  907,674    $ 1,018,066
    Deferred tax liabilities:
      Oil and gas properties....................  $7,682,701    $4,811,886    $12,576,208
      Other.....................................     650,283       614,300        637,527
                                                  ----------    ----------    -----------
              Total deferred tax liabilities....  $8,332,984    $5,426,186    $13,213,735
                                                  ----------    ----------    -----------
    Net deferred tax liability(1)...............  $6,844,674    $4,518,512    $12,195,669
                                                  ==========    ==========    ===========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) This amount includes a current deferred tax asset amounts of $115,332,
    $103,679, and $96,567 for 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.
 
     The Company did not record any valuation allowances against deferred tax
assets at December 31, 1995, 1994, and 1993.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   86
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
     At December 31, 1995, the Company had an alternative minimum tax
carryforward of $1,372,978 indefinitely available to reduce future regular tax
liability to the extent it exceeds the related tentative minimum tax otherwise
due.
 
4. BANK BORROWINGS
 
     The Company had available, through a two-bank group, a revolving line of
credit of $35,000,000 at the end of 1995 and $29,000,000 at the end of 1994
bearing interest at the bank's base rate plus 0.5% (9% at both December 31,
1995, and at December 31, 1994), secured by the Company's interests in certain
oil and gas properties and general partner interests. This facility also allows,
at the Company's option, draws which bear interest for specific periods at the
London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 2.25%. There was no outstanding
balance under this line of credit at December 31, 1995. At December 31, 1994,
$14,000,000 of the $18,600,000 outstanding was at the LIBOR plus 2.25% rates
(7.875% on $3,000,000, 8.1875% on $6,000,000, and 8.5% on $5,000,000). The
outstanding amount under this facility at December 31, 1994 ($18,600,000) was
borrowed primarily to fund the advance purchase of producing properties on
behalf of affiliated partnerships and/or joint ventures to be subsequently
reimbursed and to fund the Company's working capital and capital expenditures
needs.
 
   
     Effective April 30, 1996, this credit agreement was restated. The facility
was increased to $100,000,000 and is now unsecured. The available borrowing base
currently is $30,000,000 at September 30, 1996 and will be redetermined
periodically. Depending on the level of outstanding debt, the interest rate
currently will be either the bank's base rate or the bank's base rate plus 0.25%
(8.25% at September 30, 1996). This facility also allows, at the Company's
option, draws which bear interest for specific periods at the London Interbank
Offered Rate ("LIBOR"). The LIBOR option will now vary from plus 1% to plus
1.5%. At September 30, 1996, $17,000,000 was outstanding under this line, all
bearing interest under the LIBOR rate option at rates ranging from 6.562% to
6.8125%. The outstanding amount under this facility at September 30, 1996 was
borrowed primarily to fund the Company's working capital needs and capital
expenditures. The restated revolving line of credit extends through September
30, 1999, and accordingly is classified on the balance sheet as a long-term
liability.
    
 
     The terms of the revolving line of credit include, among other
restrictions, a limitation on the level of cash dividends (not to exceed
$2,000,000 in any fiscal year), requirements as to maintenance of certain
minimum financial ratios (principally pertaining to working capital, debt, and
equity ratios) and limitations on incurring other debt. Since inception, no cash
dividends have been declared on the Company's common stock. The Company
presently intends to continue a policy of using retained earnings for expansion
of its business. For all periods presented, the Company was in compliance with
the provisions of these agreements.
 
     The Company's second credit line was an Acquisition Advance Agreement with
the same two-bank group, bearing interest at the greater of (a) the bank's base
rate plus 1% or (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 1.5%, to be secured by producing
oil and gas properties acquired and held for transfer. At December 31, 1994,
$3,629,000 had been borrowed under this agreement to fund the advance purchase
of producing properties on behalf of affiliated partnerships and/or joint
ventures to be subsequently reimbursed. This credit agreement expired June 15,
1995.
 
   
     The Company's third credit facility is an amended and restated revolving
line of credit with the lead bank for $5,000,000, bearing interest at the bank's
base rate (8.5% at both December 31, 1995, and at December 31, 1994), secured by
certain Company receivables. There were no outstanding amounts under this
facility at December 31, 1995. At December 31, 1994, $5,000,000 was
    
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   87
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
   
outstanding under this facility. This facility, effective April 30, 1996, was
amended to $7,000,000 (from $5,000,000), with interest at the bank's base rate
less 0.25% (8% at September 30, 1996). At September 30, 1996, $170,000 was
outstanding under this facility. This restated credit facility extends through
September 30, 1999, and is also recorded as a long-term liability.
    
 
   
     In addition to interest on these credit facilities, the Company pays a
commitment fee to compensate the banks for making funds available. The fee on
the revolving line of credit is calculated on the average daily remainder, if
any, of the commitment amount less the aggregate principal amounts outstanding,
plus the amount of all letters of credit outstanding during the period. The fee
on the Acquisition Advance Agreement was 0.5% of the amount of the advance. The
aggregate amounts of commitment fees paid by the Company were $140,000 for the
first nine months of 1996, $154,000 in 1995, and $150,000 in 1994.
    
 
5. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
   
     The Company's long-term debt previously consisted of $28,750,000 of 6.5%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2003. The Debentures were issued on June
30, 1993 under terms making them convertible into common stock of the Company by
the holders at any time prior to maturity at a conversion price of $12.27.
Interest on the Debentures has been payable semiannually on June 30 and December
31, commencing with the payment made at December 31, 1993. The Debentures became
redeemable for cash at the option of the Company after June 30, 1996 at 104.55%
of principal.
    
 
   
     On July 1, 1996, the Company called all of the Debentures for redemption on
August 5, 1996 at 104.55% of their face amount, plus accrued interest since June
30, 1996. The Debentures continued to be convertible into shares of Common Stock
at $12.27 per share through August 5, 1996. Prior to the redemption date, the
holders of all of the outstanding Debentures elected to convert their Debentures
into shares of Common Stock, resulting in the issuance of 2.34 million shares of
Common Stock in August 1996.
    
 
   
     Upon conversion of the Debentures into Common Stock, the approximate
$27,650,000 net carrying amount of the debt (the face amount less unamortized
deferred charges) was transferred to the Company's appropriate capital accounts
during the third quarter of 1996.
    
 
   
     Interest expense on the Debentures, including amortization of debt issuance
costs, totaled $993,890 for the nine-month period ending September 30, 1996,
$1,981,639 for 1995, $1,973,931 for 1994, and $984,239 for 1993.
    
 
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
     Total rental and lease expenses charged to earnings before reimbursements
were $998,714 in 1995, $1,159,673 in 1994, and $1,155,564 in 1993. The Company's
remaining minimum annual obligations under non-cancelable operating lease
commitments are $1,016,616 for 1996, $1,083,830 for 1997, $1,159,185 for 1998,
$1,207,707 for 1999, and $1,201,448 for 2000.
 
   
     As of September 30, 1996, the Company is the managing general partner of
103 limited partnerships. Because the Company serves as the general partner of
these entities, under state partnership law it is contingently liable for the
liabilities of these partnerships, which liabilities are not material for any of
the periods presented in relation to the partnerships' respective assets. These
partnership liabilities generally consist of third party borrowings from time to
time to fund capital expenditures for development of oil and gas properties, and
will be repaid from oil and gas sales proceeds of the partnerships in future
periods.
    
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   88
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
     In the ordinary course of business, the Company has been party to various
legal actions, which arise primarily from its activities as operator of oil and
gas wells. In management's opinion, the outcome of any such currently pending
actions will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or
results of operations of the Company.
 
7. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
  COMMON STOCK
 
     On September 6, 1994, the Company declared a 10% stock dividend to
shareholders of record on September 19, 1994, which was distributed on September
29, 1994. The transaction was valued based on the closing price ($11.00) of the
Company's common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on September 6, 1994. As a
result of the issuance of 606,262 shares of the Company's common stock as a
dividend, retained earnings were reduced by $6,668,882, with the common stock
and additional paid-in capital accounts increased by the same amount. Primary
and fully diluted income (loss) per share was restated for all periods presented
to reflect the effect of the stock dividend.
 
     During the third quarter of 1995, the Company closed the sale to the public
of 5,750,000 shares of common stock at a price of $8.50 per share. Net proceeds
from this offering were $45,698,912 and were used to repay outstanding
indebtedness, with the remaining proceeds being used to finance the Company's
exploration and development activities, and to acquire producing oil and gas
properties, including limited partnership interests.
 
   
     In August 1996, the holders of the Company's Debentures converted such
Debentures into 2.34 million shares of the Company's Common Stock, which
resulted in a third quarter 1996 increase in the Company's capital accounts of
approximately $27,650,000.
    
 
  STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS
 
     The Company has an employee option plan under which incentive stock options
and other options and awards may be granted to employees to purchase shares of
common stock and a nonqualified stock option plan under which non-employee
members of the Company's Board of Directors may be granted options to purchase
shares of common stock. The plans provide that the exercise prices equal 100% of
the fair value of the common stock on the date of grant. Options become
exercisable for 20% of the shares on the first anniversary of the grant of the
option and are exercisable for an additional 20% per year thereafter. Options
granted expire 10 years after the date of grant or earlier in the event of the
optionee's separation from employment. No accounting entries are required until
the stock options are exercised, at which time the option price is credited to
the common stock and additional paid-in capital accounts. The effect of the 10%
stock dividend increased the number of shares and decreased the price according
to the respective agreements.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   89
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
     The following is a summary of stock options under these plans:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ---------------------------------
                                                            1995               1994
                                                       --------------     --------------
    <S>                                                <C>                <C>
    Options outstanding, beginning of period.........       1,166,920            899,650
    Options granted..................................         227,502            202,760
    Options terminated...............................         (80,270)           (20,658)
    Options exercised................................          (5,761)           (21,472)
    Options adjusted for stock dividend..............              --            106,640
                                                       --------------     --------------
    Options outstanding, end of period...............       1,308,391          1,166,920
                                                       ==============     ==============
    Options exercisable, end of period...............         722,627            546,172
                                                       ==============     ==============
    Options available for future grant, end of
      period.........................................         343,344            498,909
                                                       ==============     ==============
    Option price range:
      Options granted................................  $7.045-$10.114     $9.091-$10.25
      Options terminated.............................  $7.045-$10.114     $7.045-$12.386
      Options exercised..............................  $7.045-$10.114     $7.045-$ 9.773
      Options outstanding, end of period.............  $5.455-$12.386     $5.455-$12.386
</TABLE>
 
     The Company also has granted certain stock options to individuals who are
neither employees, officers, nor directors, for specific services rendered to
the Company. At December 31, 1995, the only outstanding options under this plan
were granted in 1991 covering 68,750 shares at $9.773 (after adjustment for the
September 1994 stock dividend). During the three years ended December 31, 1995,
the only other activity has been the cancellation of 5,350 option shares in
1993.
 
     The Company also has a plan which provides eligible employees the
opportunity to acquire shares of Company common stock at a discount through
payroll deductions. This plan was approved at the May 11, 1993, shareholders
meeting. The plan year is from June 1 to the following May 31. The first year of
the plan commenced June 1, 1993. Employees may authorize payroll deductions of
up to 10% of their base salary during the plan year by making an election to
participate prior to the start of a plan year. The purchase price for stock
acquired under the plan will be 85% of the lower of the closing price of the
Company's common stock as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange at the beginning
or end of the plan year or a date during the year chosen by the participant. The
Company issued 37,689 and 29,840 shares under this plan at a range of prices of
$6.80 to $7.92 and a price of $8.71 during 1995 and 1994, respectively. As of
December 31, 1995, there were 479,487 shares available for issuance under this
plan. There are no charges or credits to income in connection with this plan.
 
     In October 1995 the FASB issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation," which establishes accounting and reporting standards for
stock-based employee compensation plans. SFAS No. 123 defines a fair value-based
method of accounting for stock options or similar equity instruments, but allows
companies to continue to measure compensation cost using the intrinsic
value-based method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion ("APB") No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." Under the fair value-based
method, compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of
the award and is recognized over the service period (generally, the vesting
period). Under the intrinsic value-based method, compensation cost is the
excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the stock at the date of grant
over the exercise price.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   90
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
     Under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, a company may elect to measure
compensation cost associated with its stock option and similar plans as a
component of compensation expense in its statement of operations. Companies may
also elect to continue to measure compensation cost under the provisions of APB
No. 25. Companies which elect to continue measurement under APB No. 25 are
required to provide pro forma disclosure in the notes to financial statements
reflecting the difference, if any, between compensation cost included in net
income and the cost if the fair value-based method were used including effects
on earnings per share. Since the inception of the Option Plan, the Company has
not recognized any compensation cost related to grants of stock options. The
disclosure requirements of this statement are effective for financial statements
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. At this time, the Company
does not expect to adopt the fair value-based method of accounting for its stock
option plans and, accordingly, adoption of this statement will have no impact on
the Company's results of operations.
 
8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     The Company is the operator of a substantial number of properties owned by
its affiliated limited partnerships and joint ventures and accordingly charges
these entities and third party joint interest owners operating fees. The Company
is also reimbursed for direct, administrative, and overhead costs incurred in
conducting the business of the limited partnerships, which totaled approximately
$4,800,000, $4,400,000, and $4,200,000, in 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.
The Company was also reimbursed by the limited partnerships and joint ventures
for costs incurred in the screening, evaluation, and acquisition of producing
oil and gas properties on their behalf. Such costs totaled approximately
$600,000, $1,400,000, and $2,500,000 in 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.
 
9. OIL AND GAS PRODUCING ACTIVITIES
 
  CAPITALIZED COSTS
 
     The following table presents the Company's aggregate capitalized costs
relating to oil and gas producing activities and the related depreciation,
depletion, and amortization:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                           -----------------------------
                                                               1995             1994
                                                           ------------     ------------
    <S>                                                    <C>              <C>
    Oil and Gas Properties:
      Proved.............................................  $132,673,707     $ 93,368,795(1)
      Unproved (not being amortized).....................    20,652,151       14,805,479
                                                           ------------     ------------
                                                            153,325,858      108,174,274
    Accumulated Depreciation, Depletion, and
      Amortization.......................................   (28,107,986)     (19,758,662)(1)
                                                           ------------     ------------
                                                           $125,217,872     $ 88,415,612
                                                           ============     ============
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) The effect of the 1994 change in accounting principle (see Note 2) was to
    decrease proved property costs by $37,773,087 and accumulated depreciation,
    depletion, and amortization by $12,359,908.
 
     Of the $20,652,151 of net unproved property costs (primarily seismic and
lease acquisition costs) at December 31, 1995, being excluded from the
amortizable base, $8,825,568 was incurred in 1995, $6,977,963 was incurred in
1994, $2,018,174 was incurred in 1993, and $2,830,446 was incurred in prior
years. The Company expects it will complete its evaluation of the properties
representing the majority of these costs within the next two to three years.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   91
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
  CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
 
     The following table sets forth capital expenditures related to the
Company's oil and gas operations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 -----------------------------------------
                                                    1995           1994           1993
                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
    <S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>
    Acquisition of proved properties,
      including earned interests in limited
      partnerships and joint ventures(1)......   $ 3,461,091    $13,078,242    $21,832,157
      Lease acquisitions(2)(3)................     9,742,543      9,905,237      5,388,243
      Exploration.............................     2,289,814      4,003,400      2,195,473
      Development.............................    23,555,988      5,637,285      3,164,803
                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
              Total(4)........................   $39,049,436    $32,624,164    $32,580,676
                                                 ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) There are no earned interests in 1995 or in 1994. Earned interests amounts
    included in 1993 are $3,308,623.
 
(2) Lease acquisitions for 1995, 1994, and 1993 include expenditures of
    $2,814,395, $2,973,971, and $1,032,656, respectively, relating to the
    Company's initiatives in Russia; 1995, 1994, and 1993 expenditures of
    $304,610, $356,136, and $456,681, respectively, relating to initiatives in
    Venezuela; and include 1995 expenditures of $202,206 relating to initiatives
    in New Zealand.
 
(3) These are actual amounts as incurred by year, including both proved and
    unproved lease costs. The annual lease acquisition amounts added to proved
    oil and gas properties (being amortized) for 1995, 1994, and 1993,
    respectively, were $3,895,871, $3,032,315, and $4,198,429.
 
(4) Includes capitalized general and administrative costs directly associated
    with the acquisition, development, and exploration efforts of approximately
    $7,100,000, $5,800,000, and $8,300,000 in 1995, 1994, and 1993. In addition,
    total includes $1,442,022, $766,572, and $389,352 in 1995, 1994, and 1993,
    respectively, of capitalized interest on unproved properties.
 
  RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth results of the Company's oil and gas
operations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 -----------------------------------------
                                                    1995           1994           1993
                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
    <S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>
    Oil and gas sales.........................   $22,527,892    $19,802,188    $15,535,671
    Production costs..........................    (6,826,306)    (5,639,630)    (4,540,290)
    Depreciation, depletion, and
      amortization............................    (8,349,324)    (7,590,877)    (7,067,636)
                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                   7,352,262      6,571,681      3,927,745
    Income taxes..............................    (2,110,099)    (1,511,487)    (1,025,141)
                                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
    Results of producing activities...........   $ 5,242,163    $ 5,060,194    $ 2,902,604
                                                 ===========    ===========    ===========
    Amortization per physical unit of
      production (equivalent Mcf of gas)......   $      0.75    $      0.79    $      0.96
                                                 ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
 
  PROPERTY PURCHASE AND PRODUCTION PAYMENT AGREEMENT
 
     In May 1992, the Company purchased from a subsidiary of Manville
Corporation ("Manville") additional interests in certain wells in McMullen
County, Texas, in which the Company had owned
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   92
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
interests for over three years. The funds for this purchase were provided by the
Company's sale of a volumetric production payment in the Manville properties to
Enron Reserve Acquisition Corp. ("Enron") for net proceeds of $13,790,000. These
proceeds were recorded as deferred revenues and are amortized as the required
deliveries are made. Under the production payment agreement, the Company
continues to own the properties purchased from Manville, but is required to
deliver to Enron approximately 9.5 Bcf over an eight-year period, or for such
longer period as is necessary to deliver a specified heating equivalent quantity
at an average price of $1.115 per MMBtu. The Company is responsible for all
production related costs associated with operating these properties. The amount
to be delivered varies from month to month in generally decreasing quantities.
To the extent monthly gas production from the properties exceeds the agreed upon
deliverable quantities (as it has in every year since the purchase date), the
Company receives all proceeds from sale of such excess gas at current market
prices, plus the proceeds from sale of oil or condensate. Since entering into
the volumetric production payment, the Company has met all scheduled deliveries
to Enron under this agreement.
 
  FOREIGN ACTIVITIES
 
     Russia
 
   
     On September 3, 1993, the Company signed a Participation Agreement with
Senega, a Russian Federation joint stock company (in which the Company has an
indirect interest of less than 1%), to assist in the development and production
of reserves from two fields in Western Siberia, providing the Company with a
minimum 5% net profits interest from the sale of hydrocarbon products from the
fields for providing managerial, technical, and financial support to Senega.
Additionally, the Company purchased a 1% net profits interest from Senega for
$300,000. In May 1995, the Company executed a Management Agreement with Senega,
under which, in return for undertaking to obtain financing for development of
these fields, Swift is entitled to receive a 49% interest in production income
derived by Senega from this project after repayment of costs. At December 31,
1995 and September 30, 1996, respectively, the Company's investment in Russia
was approximately $6,820,000 and $9,220,000 and is included in the unproved
properties portion of oil and gas properties.
    
 
     On July 12, 1996, the Company entered into a partnership agreement which
provides for the Company to contribute its rights under the Participation and
Management Agreement to the partnership and for the partners to share equally
revenues and costs of developing the Samburg Field and funding and management of
the license areas, all in conjunction with Senega. The partnership is to be
funded by the partners upon fulfillment of certain conditions and completion of
certain further arrangements with Senega. It is currently anticipated that these
activities would be funded principally through project financing.
 
     Venezuela
 
   
     The Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, Swift Energy de Venezuela,
C.A., for the purpose of submitting a bid on August 5, 1993, under the
Venezuelan Marginal Oil Field Reactivation Program. The Company did not win the
bid; however, other fields and opportunities are continuing to be evaluated in
Venezuela. At December 31, 1995 and September 30, 1996, respectively, the
Company's investment in Venezuela was approximately $1,120,000 and $1,390,000
and is included in the unproved properties portion of oil and gas properties net
of impairments of $45,668.
    
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   93
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
     New Zealand
 
   
     Since October 1995, the Company has been issued two Petroleum Exploration
Permits by the New Zealand Minister of Energy. The first permit covers
approximately 65,000 acres in the Onshore Taranaki Basin region in the
Southwestern area of New Zealand's North Island, and the second covers
approximately 71,500 adjacent acres. Under the terms of the permits, the Company
is obligated to analyze and interpret certain seismic data, acquire certain new
seismic data, drill one exploratory well, followed by a further development well
or perform additional seismic work, all of which is to be performed on a staged
basis in order to maintain the permits, over periods extending through July 2000
in the case of the first permit, and July 2001 for the second permit. At
December 31, 1995 and September 30, 1996, the Company's investment in New
Zealand was approximately $200,000 and $565,000, respectively, and is included
in the unproved properties portion of oil and gas properties.
    
 
  ACQUISITION OF PROPERTIES BY SWIFT
 
     During the second quarter of 1994, the Company acquired approximately
$18,100,000 of producing oil and gas properties in a single acquisition
transaction. Approximately $3,500,000 and $12,700,000 of the properties were
transferred to affiliated partnerships formed under the Company's SDI offering
in 1995 and 1994, respectively. Approximately $1,900,000 of the properties were
retained by the Company for its own account.
 
  SUPPLEMENTAL RESERVE INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
     The following information presents estimates of the Company's proved oil
and gas reserves, which are all located onshore in the United States. All of the
Company's reserves were determined by company personnel and audited by H. J.
Gruy and Associates, Inc. ("Gruy"), independent petroleum consultants. Gruy's
summary report dated February 19, 1996, is set forth as an exhibit to the Form
10-K Report for the year ended December 31, 1995, and includes definitions and
assumptions that served as the basis for the estimates of proved reserves and
future net cash
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>   94
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
flows. Such definitions and assumptions should be referred to in connection with
the following information:
 
  ESTIMATES OF PROVED RESERVES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 OIL AND
                                                                NATURAL GAS     CONDENSATE
                                                                   (MCF)          (BBLS)
                                                                -----------     ----------
    <S>                                                         <C>             <C>
    Proved reserves as of December 31, 1992(1)...............    41,638,100     2,901,621
      Revisions of previous estimates(2).....................    (1,800,178)     (200,906) 
      Purchases of minerals in place.........................    17,892,709     1,429,463
      Sales of minerals in place.............................       (61,996)      (12,555) 
      Extensions, discoveries, and other additions...........    10,634,805       477,932
      Production(3)..........................................    (3,840,635)     (324,486) 
                                                                -----------     ---------
    Proved reserves as of December 31, 1993(1)...............    64,462,805     4,271,069
      Revisions of previous estimates(2).....................   (10,570,138)     (714,246) 
      Purchases of minerals in place.........................     8,136,270       790,523
      Sales of minerals in place.............................      (881,770)      (34,834) 
      Extensions, discoveries, and other additions...........    20,556,953       707,811
      Production(3)..........................................    (5,440,156)     (467,056) 
                                                                -----------     ---------
    Proved reserves as of December 31, 1994(1)...............    76,263,964     4,553,267
      Revisions of previous estimates(2).....................     6,982,317      (421,901) 
      Purchases of minerals in place.........................     4,166,922       254,211
      Sales of minerals in place.............................       (13,215)      (10,617) 
      Extensions, discoveries, and other additions...........    62,870,240     1,592,456
      Production(3)..........................................    (6,702,708)     (545,435) 
                                                                -----------     ---------
    Proved reserves as of December 31, 1995(1)...............   143,567,520     5,421,981
                                                                ===========     =========
    Proved developed reserves,
      December 31, 1992......................................    32,955,080     2,082,885
      December 31, 1993......................................    50,936,942     3,110,505
      December 31, 1994......................................    46,406,448     3,209,387
      December 31, 1995......................................    81,532,025     3,313,226
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Proved reserves for these periods exclude quantities subject to the
    Company's volumetric production payment agreement.
 
(2) Revisions of previous quantity estimates are related to upward or downward
    variations based on current engineering information for production rates,
    volumetrics, and reservoir pressure. Additionally, changes in quantity
    estimates are affected by the increase or decrease in crude oil and natural
    gas prices at each year end. Proved reserves as of December 31, 1995, were
    based upon prices of $2.41 per Mcf of natural gas and $18.07 per barrel of
    oil, compared to $1.85 per Mcf and $15.09 per barrel as of December 31,
    1994.
 
(3) Natural gas production for 1993, 1994, and 1995 excludes 1,581,206,
    1,358,375, and 1,211,255 Mcf, respectively, delivered under the Company's
    volumetric production payment agreement.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>   95
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
  STANDARDIZED MEASURE OF DISCOUNTED FUTURE NET CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
 
     The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to
proved oil and gas reserves is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                              -------------------------------------------
                                                  1995            1994           1993
                                              -------------   ------------   ------------
    <S>                                       <C>             <C>            <C>
    Future gross revenues...................  $ 445,572,715   $211,210,430   $218,321,639
    Future production and development
      costs.................................   (163,925,771)   (92,053,163)   (75,769,590)
                                               ------------   ------------   ------------
    Future net cash flows before income
      taxes.................................    281,646,944    119,157,267    142,552,049
    Future income taxes.....................    (55,469,213)   (14,143,796)   (26,303,502)
                                               ------------   ------------   ------------
    Future net cash flows after income
      taxes.................................    226,177,731    105,013,471    116,248,547
    Discount at 10% per annum...............    (97,273,647)   (38,541,504)   (41,280,376)
                                               ------------   ------------   ------------
    Standardized measure of discounted
      future net cash flows relating to
      proved oil and gas reserves...........  $ 128,904,084   $ 66,471,967   $ 74,968,171
                                               ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>
 
     The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows from
production of proved reserves was developed as follows:
 
          1. Estimates are made of quantities of proved reserves and the future
     periods during which they are expected to be produced based on year-end
     economic conditions.
 
          2. The estimated future gross revenues of proved reserves are priced
     on the basis of year-end prices, except in those instances where fixed and
     determinable gas price escalations are covered by contracts, limited to the
     price the Company reasonably expects to receive.
 
          3. The future gross revenue streams are reduced by estimated future
     costs to develop and to produce the proved reserves, as well as certain
     abandonment costs based on year-end cost estimates and the estimated effect
     of future income taxes.
 
          4. Future income taxes are computed by applying the statutory tax rate
     to future net cash flows reduced by the tax basis of the properties, the
     estimated permanent differences applicable to future oil and gas producing
     activities and tax carryforwards.
 
     The estimates of cash flows and reserves quantities shown above are based
on year-end oil and gas prices. Under Securities and Exchange Commission rules,
companies that follow the full-cost accounting method are required to make
quarterly Ceiling Limitation calculations, using prices in effect as of the
period end date presented (see Note 1). Application of these rules during
periods of relatively low oil and gas prices, even if of short-term seasonal
duration, may result in write-downs.
 
     The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows is not
intended to present the fair market value of the Company's oil and gas property
reserves. An estimate of fair value would also take into account, among other
things, the recovery of reserves in excess of proved reserves, anticipated
future changes in prices and costs, an allowance for return on investment, and
the risks inherent in reserve estimates.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>   96
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
     The following are the principal sources of change in the standardized
measure of discounted future net cash flows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                               -------------------------------------------
                                                   1995            1994           1993
                                               ------------    ------------    -----------
    <S>                                        <C>             <C>             <C>
    Beginning balance.......................   $ 66,471,967    $ 74,968,171    $46,582,994
                                               -------------   ------------    ------------
    Revisions to reserves proved in prior
      years --
      Net changes in prices, production
         costs, and future development
         costs..............................     25,415,116     (21,326,677)    (4,140,177)
      Net changes due to revisions in
         quantity estimates.................      4,735,186     (11,644,586)    (2,860,642)
      Accretion of discount.................      6,939,460       8,376,078      5,543,984
      Other.................................    (10,981,721)     (5,631,646)    (4,485,723)
                                               -------------   ------------    ------------
    Total revisions.........................     26,108,041     (30,226,831)    (5,942,558)
    New field discoveries and extensions,
      net of future production and
      development costs.....................     44,292,042      15,585,767     13,972,435
    Purchases of minerals in place..........      4,928,563       7,964,821     27,074,564
    Sales of minerals in place..............        (74,858)       (574,651)       (85,174)
    Sales of oil and gas produced, net of
      production costs......................    (13,913,612)    (12,168,695)    (8,691,301)
    Previously estimated development costs
      incurred..............................     16,303,629       5,053,417      1,992,967
    Net change in income taxes..............    (15,211,688)      5,869,968         64,244
                                               -------------   ------------    ------------
    Net change in standardized measure of
      discounted future net cash flows......     62,432,117      (8,496,204)    28,385,177
                                               -------------   ------------    ------------
    Ending balance..........................   $128,904,084    $ 66,471,967    $74,968,171
                                               =============   ============    ============
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>   97
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
10. QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
 
   
     The following table presents summarized quarterly financial information for
the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995, and the nine months ended
September 30, 1996:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           FULLY
                                                       INCOME                            PRIMARY          DILUTED
                                                       BEFORE         NET INCOME          INCOME           INCOME
                                                       INCOME           (LOSS)          (LOSS) PER       (LOSS) PER
                                    REVENUES            TAXES        (AS RESTATED)       SHARE(2)         SHARE(2)
                                   -----------       -----------     -------------     ------------     ------------
<S>                                <C>               <C>             <C>               <C>              <C>
1993
First Quarter....................  $ 5,325,054       $ 1,411,809     $    988,266         $ 0.15           $ 0.15
Second Quarter...................    6,012,174         1,743,606        1,220,524           0.19             0.19
Third Quarter....................    6,603,605         1,905,880        1,441,549           0.22             0.19
Fourth Quarter...................    6,191,820         1,567,313        1,245,914           0.19             0.17
                                   -----------       -----------     ------------         ------           ------
        Total....................  $24,132,653       $ 6,628,608     $  4,896,253         $ 0.74           $ 0.70
                                   ===========       ===========     ============         ======           ======
1994
First Quarter....................  $ 6,138,535       $ 1,753,003(1)  $(15,561,976)(1)     $(2.36)(1)       $(2.36)(1)
Second Quarter...................    6,106,954(1)      1,462,980(1)     1,076,077 (1)       0.16 (1)         0.15 (1)
Third Quarter....................    6,962,612         1,439,620(1)     1,130,398 (1)       0.17 (1)         0.16 (1)
Fourth Quarter...................    6,167,191           182,226          308,474           0.05             0.05
                                   -----------       -----------     ------------         ------           ------
        Total....................  $25,375,292       $ 4,837,829     $(13,047,027)        $(1.96)          $(1.96)
                                   ===========       ===========     ============         ======           ======
1995
First Quarter....................  $ 6,258,588       $   676,434     $    524,600 (2)     $ 0.08           $ 0.08
Second Quarter...................    6,564,910           965,448          731,275           0.11             0.11
Third Quarter....................    7,048,934         1,737,763        1,264,556           0.12             0.12
Fourth Quarter...................    9,058,613         3,514,892        2,392,081           0.19             0.16
                                   -----------       -----------     ------------         ------           ------
        Total....................  $28,931,045       $ 6,894,537     $  4,912,512         $ 0.54           $ 0.54
                                   ===========       ===========     ============         ======           ======
1996 (unaudited)
First Quarter....................  $11,188,847       $ 4,561,523     $  3,082,381         $ 0.25           $ 0.22
Second Quarter...................   12,557,891         5,480,944        3,678,316           0.29             0.25
Third Quarter....................   15,432,193         7,178,573        4,641,953           0.33             0.31
                                   -----------       -----------     ------------         ------           ------
        Total....................  $39,178,931       $17,221,040     $ 11,402,650         $ 0.87           $ 0.87
                                   ===========       ===========     ============         ======           ======
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
(1) In the fourth quarter of 1994, the Company changed its revenue recognition
    policy for earned interests. See Note 2 "Change in Accounting Principle" for
    further discussion. This change was effective beginning January 1, 1994,
    and, accordingly, the cumulative effect of this change ($(16,772,698) or
    $(2.52) per share) has been reflected in the first quarter of 1994, and the
    first three quarters have been restated to reflect the basis of the newly
    adopted accounting principle. Net Income, Primary Income Per Share, and
    Fully Diluted Income Per Share were previously reported as $814,325, $0.14,
    and $0.14, respectively, for the first quarter of 1994; $1,140,197, $0.19,
    and $0.17, respectively, for the second quarter of 1994; and $768,161,
    $0.12, and $0.12, respectively, for the third quarter of 1994.
 
(2) Amounts prior to the fourth quarter of 1994 have been retroactively restated
    to give recognition to an equivalent change in capital structure as a result
    of the 10% stock dividend. See Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting
    Policies -- Income (Loss) Per Share" for further discussion.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>   98
 
                     SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
               (INCLUDING NOTES APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
     Pro forma amounts assuming the new earned interest recognition policy is
applied retroactively:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  FULLY DILUTED
                                                               PRIMARY INCOME        INCOME
                                                NET INCOME       PER SHARE          PER SHARE
                                                ----------     --------------     -------------
    <S>                                         <C>            <C>                <C>
    1993
    First Quarter.............................  $  917,895          $0.14             $0.14
    Second Quarter............................   1,247,263           0.19              0.19
    Third Quarter.............................   1,113,049           0.17              0.15
    Fourth Quarter............................   1,044,271           0.16              0.15
                                                ----------          -----             -----
              Total...........................  $4,322,478          $0.66             $0.63
                                                ==========          =====             =====
    1994
    First Quarter.............................  $1,210,722          $0.18             $0.17
    Second Quarter............................   1,076,077           0.16              0.15
    Third Quarter.............................   1,130,398           0.17              0.16
    Fourth Quarter............................     308,474           0.05              0.05
                                                ----------          -----             -----
              Total...........................  $3,725,671          $0.56             $0.56
                                                ==========          =====             =====
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>   99
 
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON, OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS, OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED OR
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS, IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE OFFER
CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR
REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY
OR ANY UNDERWRITERS. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE AN IMPLICATION
THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE
HEREOF. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY ANY SECURITY IN ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO
MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        PAGE
                                        ----
<S>                                     <C>
Available Information..................   2
Defined Terms..........................   2
Prospectus Summary.....................   3
Risk Factors...........................  11
Use of Proceeds........................  17
Price Range of Common Stock and
  Dividend Policy......................  18
Capitalization.........................  19
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...  20
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...........................  22
Business and Properties................  29
Management.............................  44
Principal Shareholders.................  46
Description of Notes...................  48
Description of Capital Stock...........  60
Certain United States Tax 
  Considerations.......................  62
Underwriting...........................  70
Legal Matters..........................  70
Experts................................  71
Incorporation of Certain Information by
  Reference............................  71
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements........................... F-1
</TABLE>
    

 
$100,000,000

SWIFT
ENERGY
COMPANY

   % CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED
NOTES DUE 2006

                                    [LOGO]
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
 
OPPENHEIMER & CO., INC.

PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED

SOUTHCOAST CAPITAL
   CORPORATION

 
PROSPECTUS

 
DATED        , 1996
<PAGE>   100
 
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The estimated expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of
the securities being registered, all of which will be borne by the Company, are
set forth in the following itemized table:
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                         <C>
    SEC Registration Fee......................................................  $34,849
    NASD Registration Fee.....................................................  $12,000
    New York Stock Exchange Listing Fee.......................................
    Trustee's Fees............................................................
    Blue Sky Fees and Expenses................................................  $ 5,000
    Accounting Fees...........................................................
    Legal Fees................................................................
    Printing..................................................................
    Miscellaneous.............................................................
                                                                                -------
              Total...........................................................  $
                                                                                =======
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
     Article 2.02-1 of the Texas Business Corporation Act provides that a
corporation may indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents for
expenses and costs incurred in certain proceedings arising out of actions taken
in their official capacity only if such persons were acting in good faith and in
a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
the corporation, except in relation to matters in which they have been found
liable (i) to the corporation, or (ii) on the basis that personal benefit was
improperly received regardless of whether or not the benefit resulted from
action taken in their official capacity. In the case of any criminal proceeding,
such persons must also have had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was
unlawful. Article 2.02-1 further provides that a corporation shall indemnify its
officers and directors against reasonable expenses incurred in connection with
proceedings arising out of actions taken in their official capacity in which
such persons have been wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the
defense of such actions. The bylaws of the Company, as amended, provide for
indemnification in favor of the Company's directors, officers, and employees to
the fullest extent permitted by Article 2.02-1. Additionally, the Company
amended its Articles of Incorporation, with shareholder approval, to confirm
that the Company has the power to indemnify certain persons in such
circumstances as are provided in its bylaws. The amendment further enables the
Company to enter into additional insurance and indemnity arrangements at the
discretion of the board of directors. The Company has entered into
Indemnification Agreements with each of its officers and directors, the form of
which was approved by the shareholders of the Company, that essentially
indemnify such individuals to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
   
     Article 7.06 of the Texas Miscellaneous Corporation Laws Act provides that
a corporation's articles of incorporation may provide for the elimination or
limitation of a director's liability. The Company's Articles of Incorporation
eliminate the liability of directors to the corporation or its shareholders for
monetary damages for an act or omission in his capacity as a director, with
certain specified exceptions to the Company and its shareholders to the fullest
extent permitted by Article 7.06 of the Texas Miscellaneous Corporation Laws
Act.
    
 
     The Company maintains insurance, the general effect of which is to provide
coverage for the Company with respect to amounts that it is required to pay
officers and directors under the indemnity provisions described above and
coverage for officers and directors against certain liabilities, including
certain liabilities under the federal securities law.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   101
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      EXHIBIT
      NUMBER                                  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
      -------                                 ----------------------                         
<C>                  <S>
       ++1           -- Form of Underwriting Agreement

       ++4           -- Indenture dated as of November   , 1996, between Swift Energy Company
                        and Bank One, Columbus, N.A.

        *5           -- Opinion of Jenkens & Gilchrist, A Professional Corporation, regarding
                        legality

        *8           -- Opinion of Jenkens & Gilchrist, A Professional Corporation, regarding
                        tax matters

      ++12           -- Statement of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

        23(a)        -- Consent of Jenkens & Gilchrist, a Professional Corporation (to be
                        contained in its opinion filed as Exhibits 5 and 8)

      ++23(b)        -- Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

      **23(c)        -- Consent of H.J. Gruy and Associates, Inc.

      **24           -- Power of Attorney (a power of attorney pursuant to which amendments
                        to the Registration Statement may be filed is included on the
                        signature pages hereof)

      **25           -- Statement of Eligibility of Bank One, Columbus, N.A., as trustee

        99(a)        -- The summary report of H.J. Gruy and Associates, Inc. report dated
                        February 19, 1996 pertaining to the Company's proved oil and gas
                        reserves as of December 31, 1995 (incorporated by reference from
                        Exhibit 99(a) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                        year ended December 31, 1995)

        99(b)        -- Summary report of H.J. Gruy and Associates, Inc. dated February 17,
                        1995 pertaining to the Company's proved oil and gas reserves as of
                        December 31, 1994 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99(a) to
                        the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
                        31, 1994)

        99(c)        -- Summary report of Gruy Engineering Corporation dated February 14,
                        1994 pertaining to the Company's proved oil and gas reserves as of
                        December 31, 1993 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 28(a) to
                        the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
                        31, 1993)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
*  To be filed by amendment
++ Filed herewith
** Filed previously
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
   
    A.  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
        determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "1933
        Act"), each filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to Section
        13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934
        Act") (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's
        annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the 1934 Act) that is
        incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement shall be deemed
        to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered
        therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
        deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   102
    B.  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the 1933 Act
        may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
        registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 15 above, or
        otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
        Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against
        public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore,
        unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
        such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses
        incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the
        registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding)
        is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
        connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will,
        unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by
        controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the
        question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as
        expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication
        of such issue.
 
    C.  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
   
        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, the
        information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
        Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
        form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
        (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of
        this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
    
 
   
        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act,
        each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
        be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
        offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
        be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   103
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, as amended, the registrant
certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on November 1, 1996.
 
                                            SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY
 
                                            By:   /s/  A. EARL SWIFT
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                       A. Earl Swift,
                                                   Chairman of the Board, 
                                                    President and Chief
                                              Executive Officer, Swift Energy
                                                          Company
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, as amended, this Registration
Statement has been signed below in multiple counterparts with the effect of one
original by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  SIGNATURE                               TITLE                     DATE
                  ---------                               -----                     ----       
<C>                                            <S>                           <C>
           /s/  A. EARL SWIFT                  Chairman of the Board,         November 1, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------    President and Chief
                A. Earl Swift                    Executive Officer, Swift
                                                 Energy Company

           /s/  JOHN R. ALDEN                  Senior Vice President --       November 1, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------    Finance, Chief Financial
                John R. Alden                    Officer, Swift Energy
                                                 Company

       /s/  ALTON D. HECKAMAN, JR.             Vice President and             November 1, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------    Controller, Swift Energy
            Alton D. Heckaman, Jr.               Company

          /s/  VIRGIL N. SWIFT*                Vice Chairman of the Board,    November 1, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------    Executive Vice
               Virgil N. Swift                   President -- Business
                                                 Development Swift Energy
                                                 Company

          /s/  G. ROBERT EVANS*                Director, Swift Energy         November 1, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------    Company
               G. Robert Evans

          /s/  RAYMOND O. LOEN*                Director, Swift Energy         November 1, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------    Company
               Raymond O. Loen

        /s/  CLYDE W. SMITH, JR.*              Director, Swift Energy         November 1, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------    Company
             Clyde W. Smith, Jr.

        /s/  HENRY C. MONTGOMERY*              Director, Swift Energy         November 1, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------    Company
             Henry C. Montgomery

         /s/  HAROLD J. WITHROW*               Director, Swift Energy         November 1, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------    Company
              Harold J. Withrow

           /s/  JOHN R. ALDEN
- ---------------------------------------------
               *John R. Alden,
          Attorney-in-Fact pursuant
 to power of attorney contained in original
   filing of this Registration Statement.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>   104
 
                                EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      EXHIBIT
      NUMBER                                  DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
      -------                                 ----------------------                         
<C>                  <S>
       ++1           -- Form of Underwriting Agreement

       ++4           -- Indenture dated as of November   , 1996, between Swift Energy Company
                        and Bank One, Columbus, N.A.

        *5           -- Opinion of Jenkens & Gilchrist, A Professional Corporation, regarding
                        legality

        *8           -- Opinion of Jenkens & Gilchrist, A Professional Corporation, regarding
                        tax matters

      ++12           -- Statement of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

        23(a)        -- Consent of Jenkens & Gilchrist, a Professional Corporation (to be
                        contained in its opinion filed as Exhibits 5 and 8)

      ++23(b)        -- Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP

      **23(c)        -- Consent of H.J. Gruy and Associates, Inc.

      **24           -- Power of Attorney (a power of attorney pursuant to which amendments
                        to the Registration Statement may be filed is included on the
                        signature pages hereof)

      **25           -- Statement of Eligibility of Bank One, Columbus, N.A., as trustee

        99(a)        -- The summary report of H.J. Gruy and Associates, Inc. report dated
                        February 19, 1996 pertaining to the Company's proved oil and gas
                        reserves as of December 31, 1995 (incorporated by reference from
                        Exhibit 99(a) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                        year ended December 31, 1995)

        99(b)        -- Summary report of H.J. Gruy and Associates, Inc. dated February 17,
                        1995 pertaining to the Company's proved oil and gas reserves as of
                        December 31, 1994 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99(a) to
                        the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
                        31, 1994)

        99(c)        -- Summary report of Gruy Engineering Corporation dated February 14,
                        1994 pertaining to the Company's proved oil and gas reserves as of
                        December 31, 1993 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 28(a) to
                        the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
                        31, 1993)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
 
*  To be filed by amendment
++ Filed herewith
** Filed previously
 

<PAGE>   1
 

                              Swift Energy Company
                                  $100,000,000
                   __% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2006

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

New York, New York
                                                               November   , 1996
Salomon Brothers Inc
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.
Prudential Securities Incorporated
Southcoast Capital Corporation
  As Representatives of the several Underwriters,
c/o Salomon Brothers Inc
Seven World Trade Center
New York, New York 10048

Dear Sirs:

         Swift Energy Company, a Texas corporation (the "Company"), proposes to
sell to the underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters"), for
whom you (the "Representatives") are acting as representatives, $100,000,000
principal amount of its  % Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2006 (the "Notes")
of the Company, herein called the "Underwritten Securities," to be issued under
an indenture (the "Indenture") to be dated as of November   , 1996, between the
Company and Bank One, Columbus, N.A., as trustee (the "Trustee"). The Notes are
convertible, at any time after 90 days following the date of original issuance
thereof and prior to the close of business on the business day immediately
preceding the date of stated maturity of the principal of the Notes, into shares
of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company ("Common Stock"). The Company
also proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to
$15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of additional Notes (the "Option
Securities"); the Option Securities, together with the Underwritten Securities,
being hereinafter called the "Securities."

         1.  Representations and Warranties.  The Company represents and 
warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter as set forth below in this 
Section 1.  Certain terms used in this Section 1 are defined in paragraph 
(c) hereof.

         (a) The Company meets the requirements for use of Form S-3 under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") and has filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement (file number
333-14785) on such Form, including a related preliminary


                                       -1-

<PAGE>   2



prospectus, for the registration under the Act of the offering and sale of the
Securities. The Company may have filed one or more amendments thereto, including
the related preliminary prospectus, each of which has previously been furnished
to you. The Company will next file with the Commission either of the following:
(i) prior to effectiveness of such registration statement, a further amendment
to such registration statement, including the form of final prospectus or (ii)
after effectiveness of such registration statement, a final prospectus in
accordance with Rules 430A and 424(b)(1) or (4). In the case of clause (ii), the
Company has included in such registration statement, as amended at the Effective
Date, all information (other than Rule 430A Information) required by the Act and
the rules thereunder to be included in the Prospectus with respect to the
Securities and the offering thereof. As filed, such amendment and form of final
prospectus, or such final prospectus, shall contain all Rule 430A Information,
together with all other such required information, with respect to the
Securities and the offering thereof and, except to the extent the
Representatives shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in all
substantive respects in the form furnished to you prior to the Execution Time
or, to the extent not completed at the Execution Time, shall contain only such
specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the
latest Preliminary Prospectus) as the Company has advised you, prior to the
Execution Time, will be included or made therein.

         (b) On the Effective Date, the Registration Statement did or will, and
when the Prospectus is first filed (if required) in accordance with Rule 424(b)
and on the Closing Date, the Prospectus (and any supplements thereto) will,
comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act, the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939 (the "Trust Indenture Act") and the respective rules and regulations of
the Commission thereunder; on the Effective Date, the Registration Statement did
not or will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make
the statements therein not misleading; on the Effective Date and on the Closing
Date the Indenture did or will comply in all material respects with the
applicable requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and the rules thereunder;
and, on the Effective Date, the Prospectus, if not filed pursuant to Rule
424(b), did not or will not, and on the date of any filing pursuant to Rule
424(b) and on the Closing Date, the Prospectus (together with any supplement
thereto) will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided,
however, that the Company makes no representations or warranties as to (i) that
part of the Registration Statement which shall constitute the Statement of
Eligibility and Qualification (Form T-1) under the Trust Indenture Act of the
Trustee or (ii) the information contained in or omitted from the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in
conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf
of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto).

         (c) The terms which follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the
meanings indicated. The term "the Effective Date" shall mean each date that the
Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment or amendments thereto
became or become effective and each date


                                       -2-

<PAGE>   3



after the date hereof on which a document incorporated by reference in the
Registration Statement is filed. "Execution Time" shall mean the date and time
that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
"Preliminary Prospectus" shall mean any preliminary prospectus referred to in
paragraph (a) above and any preliminary prospectus included in the Registration
Statement at the Effective Date that omits Rule 430A Information. "Prospectus"
shall mean the prospectus relating to the Securities that is first filed
pursuant to Rule 424(b) after the Execution Time or, if no filing pursuant to
Rule 424(b) is required, shall mean the form of final prospectus relating to the
Securities included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Date.
"Registration Statement" shall mean the registration statement referred to in
paragraph (a) above, including incorporated documents, exhibits and financial
statements, as amended at the Execution Time (or, if not effective at the
Execution Time, in the form in which it shall become effective) and, in the
event any post-effective amendment thereto becomes effective prior to the
Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), shall also mean such registration
statement as so amended. Such term shall include any Rule 430A Information
deemed to be included therein at the Effective Date as provided by Rule 430A.
"Rule 424", "Rule 430A" and "Regulation S-K" refer to such rules or regulations
under the Act. "Rule 430A Information" means information with respect to the
Securities and the offering thereof permitted to be omitted from the
Registration Statement when it becomes effective pursuant to Rule 430A. Any
reference herein to the Registration Statement, a Preliminary Prospectus or the
Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include the documents incorporated by
reference therein pursuant to Item 12 of Form S-3 which were filed under the
Exchange Act on or before the Effective Date of the Registration Statement or
the issue date of such Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may
be; and any reference herein to the terms "amend", "amendment" or "supplement"
with respect to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the
Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include the filing of any document
under the Exchange Act after the Effective Date of the Registration Statement,
or the issue date of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case
may be, deemed to be incorporated therein by reference.

         2. Purchase and Sale. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions and in
reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company
agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and
not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of    % of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, on the Underwritten
Securities from            , 1996, to the Closing Date, the principal amount 
of the Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter's name in Schedule I 
hereto.

         (b) Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the
representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an
option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to
$15,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Option Securities at the purchase
price provided above. Said option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments
in the sale of the Underwritten Securities by the Underwriters. Said option may
be exercised in whole or in part at any time (but not more than once) on or
before the 30th day after the Execution Time upon written or telegraphic notice
by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of the Option
Securities as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the


                                       -3-

<PAGE>   4



option and the settlement date. Delivery of certificates for the Option
Securities, and payment therefor, shall be made as provided in Section 3 hereof.
The principal amount of Option Securities, and payment therefor, shall be made
as provided in Section 3 hereof. The principal amount of the Option Securities
to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the
aggregate principal amount of the Option Securities to be purchased by the
several Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Underwritten
Securities, subject to such adjustments as you in your absolute discretion shall
make.

         3. Delivery and Payment. Delivery of and payment for the Underwritten
Securities and the Option Securities (if the option provided for in Section 2(b)
hereof shall have been exercised on or before the first business day prior to
the Closing Date) shall be made at 10:00 AM, New York City time, on          ,
1996, or such later date as the Representatives shall designate, which date and
time may be postponed by agreement between the Representatives and the Company
or as provided in Section 9 hereof (such date and time of delivery and payment
for the Securities being herein called the "Closing Date"). Delivery of the
Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of
the several Underwriters against payment by the several Underwriters through the
Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the
Company by wire transfer in same-day funds. Delivery of the Securities shall be
made at such location as the Representatives shall reasonably designate at least
one business day in advance of the Closing Date and payment for the Securities
shall be made at the New York offices of Andrews & Kurth L.L.P., 425 Lexington
Avenue, New York, New York. The Securities shall be registered in such names and
in such denominations as the Representatives may request not less than one full
business day in advance of the Closing Date.

         The Company agrees to have the Securities available for inspection,
checking and packaging by the Representatives in New York, New York, not later
than 1:00 PM on the business day prior to the Closing Date.

         If the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof is exercised after
the first business day prior to the Closing Date, the Company will deliver (at
the expense of the Company) to the Representatives on the date specified by the
Representatives (which shall be within three business days after exercise of
said option), the Option Securities against payment of the purchase price
thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer in same-day funds.
If settlement for the Option Securities occurs after the Closing Date, the
Company will deliver to the Representatives on the settlement date for the
Option Securities, and the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase the Option
Securities shall be conditioned upon receipt of, supplemental options,
certificates and letters confirming as of such date the opinions, certificates
and letters delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

         4. Offering by Underwriters.  It is understood that the several 
Underwriters propose to offer the Securities for sale to the public as set 
forth in the Prospectus.



                                       -4-

<PAGE>   5



         5. Agreements.  The Company agrees with the several Underwriters that:

         (a) The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration
Statement, if not effective at the Execution Time, and any amendment thereof, to
become effective. Prior to the termination of the offering of the Securities,
the Company will not file any amendment of the Registration Statement or
supplement to the Prospectus unless the Company has furnished you a copy for
your review prior to filing and will not file any such proposed amendment or
supplement to which you reasonably object. Subject to the foregoing sentence, if
the Registration Statement has become or becomes effective pursuant to Rule
430A, or filing of the Prospectus is otherwise required under Rule 424(b), the
Company will cause the Prospectus, properly completed, and any supplement
thereto to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the applicable paragraph of
Rule 424(b) within the time period prescribed and will provide evidence
satisfactory to the Representatives of such timely filing. The Company will
promptly advise the Representatives (i) when the Registration Statement, if not
effective at the Execution Time, and any amendment thereto, shall have become
effective, (ii) when the Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, shall have been
filed (if required) with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), (iii) when,
prior to termination of the offering of the Securities, any amendment to the
Registration Statement shall have been filed or become effective, (iv) of any
request by the Commission for any amendment of the Registration Statement or
supplement to the Prospectus or for any additional information, (v) of the
issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for
that purpose and (vi) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with
respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any
jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such
purpose. The Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any
such stop order and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal
thereof.

         (b) If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is
required to be delivered under the Act, any event occurs as a result of which
the Prospectus as then supplemented would include any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the
statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made
not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to amend the Registration Statement
or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act or the Exchange Act or the
respective rules thereunder, the Company promptly will (i) prepare and file with
the Commission, subject to the second sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section
5, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or
affect such compliance and (ii) supply any supplemented Prospectus to you in
such quantities as you may reasonably request.

         (c) As soon as practicable, the Company will make generally available
to its security holders and to the Representatives an earnings statement or
statements of the Company and its subsidiaries which will satisfy the provisions
of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 under the Act.

         (d) The Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the
Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement
(including exhibits thereto) and to each


                                       -5-

<PAGE>   6



other Underwriter a copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits
thereto) and, so long as delivery of a prospectus by an Underwriter or dealer
may be required by the Act, as many copies of each Preliminary Prospectus and
the Prospectus and any supplement thereto as the Representatives may reasonably
request. The Company will pay the expenses of printing or other production of
all documents relating to the offering.

         (e) The Company, at its expense, will arrange for the qualification of
the Securities and the Common Stock for sale under the laws of such
jurisdictions as the Representatives may designate, will maintain such
qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the
Securities and the Common Stock, and will arrange for the determination of the
legality of the Securities and the Common Stock for purchase by institutional
investors and will pay the fee of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), in connection with its review of the offering.

         (f) The Company will not, for a period of 90 days following the
Execution Time, without the prior written consent of Salomon Brothers Inc,
offer, sell or contract to sell, grant any option for the sale (exercisable
before 90 days after the Execution Time), or otherwise dispose of, directly or
indirectly, or announce the offering of any other shares of Common Stock or any
securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of
Common Stock; provided, however, that the Company may issue and sell Common
Stock pursuant to any employee stock option plan or stock compensation plan of
the Company in effect at the Execution Time, and the Company may issue Common
Stock issuable upon the conversion of securities or the exercise of warrants
outstanding at the Execution Time.

         (g) The Company confirms as of the date hereof that it is in compliance
with all provisions of Section 1 of Laws of Florida, Chapter 92-198, An Act
Relating to Disclosure of Doing Business with Cuba, and the Company further
agrees that if it commences engaging in business with the government of Cuba or
with any person or affiliate located in Cuba after the date the Registration
Statement becomes or has become effective with the Commission or with the
Florida Department of Banking and Finance (the "Department"), whichever date is
later, or if the information reported in the Prospectus, if any, concerning the
Company's business with Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba
changes in any material way, the Company will provide the Department notice of
such business or change, as appropriate, in a form acceptable to the Department.

         (h) The Company, during the period when the Prospectus is required to
be delivered under the Act, will file promptly all documents required to be
filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act
subsequent to the time the Registration Statement becomes effective.

         6. Conditions to the Obligations of the Underwriters.  The obligations
of the Underwriters to purchase the Underwritten Securities and the Option
Securities, as the case may be, shall be subject to the accuracy of the
representations and warranties on the part of the Company contained herein as of
the Execution Time and the Closing Date, to the accuracy of the statements

                                       -6-

<PAGE>   7



of the Company made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to
the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following
additional conditions:

         (a) If the Registration Statement has not become effective prior to the
Execution Time, unless the Representatives agree in writing to a later time, the
Registration Statement will become effective not later than (i) 6:00 PM New York
City time, on the date of determination of the public offering price, if such
determination occurred at or prior to 3:00 PM New York City time on such date or
(ii) 12:00 Noon on the business day following the day on which the public
offering price was determined, if such determination occurred after 3:00 PM New
York City time on such date; if filing of the Prospectus, or any supplement
thereto, is required pursuant to Rule 424(b), the Prospectus, and any such
supplement, will be filed in the manner and within the time period required by
Rule 424(b); and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have
been instituted or threatened.

         (b) The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives the opinion
of Jenkins & Gilchrist, a professional corporation, counsel for the Company,
dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

                  (i) each of the Company and its subsidiaries as listed on
         Schedule II hereto (individually, a "Subsidiary" and collectively, the
         "Subsidiaries") has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a
         corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in
         which it is chartered or organized, with full corporate power and
         authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described
         in the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
         corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction
         which requires such qualification wherein it owns or leases material
         properties or conducts material business;

                  (ii) all the outstanding shares of capital stock of each
         Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are
         fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as otherwise set forth in the
         Prospectus, all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Subsidiaries
         are owned by the Company either directly or through wholly owned
         subsidiaries free and clear of any perfected security interest and, to
         the knowledge of such counsel, after due inquiry, any other security
         interests, claims, liens or encumbrances;

                  (iii) the Company's authorized equity capitalization is as set
         forth in the Prospectus; the Securities and the Common Stock conform to
         the descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus; the Securities
         and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the
         Securities have been duly authorized for listing, subject to official
         notice of issuance and, in the case of the Securities, evidence of
         satisfactory distribution, on the New York Stock Exchange; the holders
         of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are not
         entitled to any preemptive or other rights to subscribe for the
         Securities or the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion
         thereof; and the shares of Common Stock initially issuable upon
         conversion of the Securities have been duly and


                                       -7-

<PAGE>   8



         validly authorized and reserved for issuance upon such conversion and,
         when issued upon conversion, will be validly issued, fully paid and
         nonassessable;

                  (iv) the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and
         delivered, has been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, and
         constitutes a legal, valid and binding instrument enforceable against
         the Company in accordance with its terms (subject, as to enforcement of
         remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
         moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally and to
         equitable principles from time to time in effect); and the Securities
         have been duly authorized and, when executed and authenticated in
         accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and delivered to and
         paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, will
         constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company entitled
         to the benefits of the Indenture;

                  (v) to the best knowledge of such counsel, there is no pending
         or threatened action, suit or proceeding before any court or
         governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the
         Company or any of its Subsidiaries of a character required to be
         disclosed in the Registration Statement which is not adequately
         disclosed in the Prospectus, and there is no franchise, contract or
         other document of a character required to be described in the
         Registration Statement or Prospectus, or to be filed as an exhibit,
         which is not described or filed as required;

                  (vi) the Registration Statement has become effective under the
         Act; any required filing of the Prospectus, and any supplements
         thereto, pursuant to Rule 424(b) has been made in the manner and within
         the time period required by Rule 424(b); to the best knowledge of such
         counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
         Statement has been issued, no proceedings for that purpose have been
         instituted or threatened and the Registration Statement and the
         Prospectus (other than the financial statements and other financial and
         statistical information contained therein as to which such counsel need
         express no opinion) comply as to form in all material respects with the
         applicable requirements of the Act, the Exchange Act and the Trust
         Indenture Act and the respective rules thereunder; and such counsel has
         no reason to believe that at the Effective Date the Registration
         Statement contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted
         to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
         to make the statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectus
         includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a
         material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of
         the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

                  (vii) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and 
         delivered by the Company;

                  (viii) no consent, approval, authorization or order of any
         court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation
         of the transactions contemplated herein, except such as have been
         obtained under the Act and such as may be required under the Blue


                                       -8-

<PAGE>   9



         Sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and
         distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters and such other
         approvals (specified in such opinion) as have been obtained;

                  (ix) neither the execution and delivery of the Indenture, the
         issue and sale of the Securities, the issue of the Common Stock upon
         conversion of the Securities, the consummation of any other of the
         transactions herein contemplated nor the fulfillment of the terms
         hereof will conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or
         constitute a default under any law or the charter or by-laws of the
         Company or the terms of any indenture or other agreement or instrument
         known to such counsel and to which the Company or any of its
         Subsidiaries is a party or bound or any judgment, order or decree known
         to such counsel to be applicable to the Company or any of its
         Subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency,
         governmental body or arbitrator having jurisdiction over the Company or
         any of its Subsidiaries;

                  (x) no holders of securities of the Company have rights to
         the registration of such securities under the Registration Statement;

                  (xi) the Company or an applicable Subsidiary has all requisite
         corporate power and authority to own, lease or license the assets and
         properties owned, leased or licensed by it, and to conduct its business
         as now being conducted and as described in the Registration Statement
         and the Prospectus; and the Company has the requisite corporate power
         and authority and all necessary authorizations, approvals, consents,
         orders, licenses, certificates and permits to enter into, deliver and
         perform this Agreement and to issue and sell the Securities, other than
         those required under the Act, Blue Sky Laws, and by the NASD;

                  (xii) the agreement of the Company's directors and executive
         officers stating that for 90 days from the Execution Date they will
         not, without Salomon Brothers Inc's prior written consent, offer, sell
         or contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly,
         or announce an offering of, any shares of Common Stock (or any
         securities convertible into, exercisable for, or exchangeable for any
         shares of Common Stock) owned by them has been duly and validly
         delivered by such persons, other than securities disposed of as bona
         fide gifts. Such agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding
         obligation of each such person enforceable against each such person in
         accordance with its terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to
         applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other
         laws affecting creditors' rights generally and to equitable principles
         from time to time in effect);

                  (xiii) the statements in the Prospectus under the captions
         "Description of the Notes," "Business and Properties - Regulations,"
         "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
         Results of Operations" and "Certain United States Tax Considerations,"
         insofar as such statements constitute a summary of the documents
         referred to therein or matters of law, are fair summaries in all
         material respects and accurately present the information called for
         with respect to such documents and matters; and such counsel do


                                       -9-

<PAGE>   10



         not know of any statutes or legal or governmental proceedings required
         to be described in the Prospectus that are not described as required,
         or of any contracts or documents of a character required to be
         described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus (or required to
         be filed under the Exchange Act if upon such filing they would be
         incorporated by reference therein) or to be filed as exhibits to the
         Registration Statement that are not described and filed as required;
         and

                  (xiv) The opinion of Jenkins & Gilchrist, a professional
         corporation, that is filed as Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration Statement
         is confirmed and the Underwriter may rely upon such opinion as if it
         were addressed to them.

         In addition, such counsel shall state that, based upon conferences with
the Company's representatives and the Company's accountants concerning the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and such counsel's consideration of
the matters required to be stated therein and the statements contained therein
(although such counsel may state that it has not independently verified the
accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements, except for such
statements pertaining to such counsel's opinions in subsection (xiii), (relating
to statements under the heading "Capital Stock" in the Prospectus) hereof),
nothing has come to such counsel's attention that leads such counsel to believe
that at the Effective Date the Registration Statement contained any untrue
statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading
(other than the financial statements (including the notes thereto), supporting
schedules and other financial and statistical information contained therein, and
the Statement of Eligibility (Form T-1) included as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement, as to which such counsel need express no opinion) or
that the Prospectus includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (other than the
financial statements (including the notes thereto), supporting schedules and
other financial and statistical information contained therein, and the Statement
of Eligibility (Form T-1) included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement,
as to which such counsel need express no opinion).

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters involving the
application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Texas or the
United States, to the extent they deem proper and specified in such opinion,
upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing whom they believe to be
reliable and who are satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters and (B) as to
matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of responsible
officers of the Company and public officials. References to the Prospectus in
this paragraph (b) include any supplements thereto at the Closing Date.

         (c) The Representatives shall have received from Andrews & Kurth
L.L.P., counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated the
Closing Date, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the
Indenture, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (together with any
supplement thereto) and other related matters as the Representatives may
reasonably require, and


                                      -10-

<PAGE>   11



the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request
for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

         (d) The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a
certificate of the Company, signed by the Chairman of the Board or the President
and the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company, dated the
Closing Date, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully
examined the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any supplement to the
Prospectus and this Agreement and that:

                  (i) the representations and warranties of the Company in this
         Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of
         the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date
         and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all
         the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to
         the Closing Date;

                  (ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
         Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that
         purpose have been instituted or, to the Company's knowledge,
         threatened; and

                  (iii) since the date of the most recent financial statements
         included in the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there
         has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or
         other), earnings, business or properties of the Company and its
         Subsidiaries, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary
         course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the
         Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

         (e) At the Execution Time and at the Closing Date, Arthur Andersen LLP
shall have furnished to the Representatives a letter or letters, dated
respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing Date, in form and
substance satisfactory to the Representatives, confirming that they are
independent accountants within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act and
the respective applicable published rules and regulations thereunder and stating
in effect that:

                  (i) in their opinion the audited financial statements and
         financial statement schedules included or incorporated in the
         Registration Statement and the Prospectus and reported on by them
         comply in form in all material respects with the applicable accounting
         requirements of the Act and the Exchange Act and the related published
         rules and regulations;

                  (ii) on the basis of a reading of the latest unaudited
         financial statements made available by the Company and its
         Subsidiaries; carrying out certain specified procedures (but not an
         examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards)
         which would not necessarily reveal matters of significance with respect
         to the comments set forth in such letter; a reading of the minutes of
         the meetings of the stockholders, directors and the audit,


                                      -11-

<PAGE>   12



         nominating and compensation committees of the Company and the
         Subsidiaries; and inquiries of certain officials of the Company who
         have responsibility for financial and accounting matters of the Company
         and its Subsidiaries as to transactions and events subsequent to
         December 31, 1995, nothing came to their attention which caused them to
         believe that:

                           (1) any unaudited financial statements included or
                  incorporated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
                  do not comply in form in all material respects with applicable
                  accounting requirements and with the published rules and
                  regulations of the Commission with respect to financial
                  statements included or incorporated in quarterly reports on
                  Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act; and said unaudited financial
                  statements are not in conformity with generally accepted
                  accounting principles applied on a basis substantially
                  consistent with that of the audited financial statements
                  included or incorporated in the Registration Statement and the
                  Prospectus; or

                           (2) with respect to the period subsequent to
                  September 30, 1996, there were any changes, at a specified
                  date not more than five business days prior to the date of the
                  letter, in the long-term debt of the Company and its
                  Subsidiaries or capital stock of the Company or decreases in
                  the stockholders' equity of the Company or decreases in
                  working capital of the Company and its Subsidiaries as
                  compared with the amounts shown on the September 30, 1996
                  consolidated balance sheet included or incorporated in the
                  Registration Statement and the Prospectus, or for the period
                  from October 1, 1996 to such specified date there were any
                  decreases, as compared with the period from October 1, 1995 to
                  the corresponding period in the preceding year in net revenues
                  or income before income taxes or in total or per share amounts
                  of net income of the Company and its Subsidiaries, except in
                  all instances for changes or decreases set forth in such
                  letter, in which case the letter shall be accompanied by an
                  explanation by the Company as to the significance thereof
                  unless said explanation is not deemed necessary by the
                  Representatives;

                  (iii) they have performed certain other specified procedures
         as a result of which they determined that certain information of an
         accounting, financial or statistical nature (which is limited to
         accounting, financial or statistical information derived from the
         general accounting records of the Company and its Subsidiaries) set
         forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and in Exhibit
         12 to the Registration Statement, including the information set forth
         under the captions "Prospectus Summary," "Use of Proceeds,"
         "Capitalization," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's
         Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
         Operations" and "Business and Properties" in the Prospectus, the
         information included or incorporated in Items 1, 2, 6, 7, and 11 of the
         Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, incorporated in the Registration
         Statement and the Prospectus, and the information included in the
         "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
         Results of Operations" included or incorporated in the


                                      -12-

<PAGE>   13



         Company's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, incorporated in the
         Registration Statement and the Prospectus, agrees with the accounting
         records of the Company and its Subsidiaries, excluding any questions of
         legal interpretation.

         References to the Prospectus in this paragraph (e) include any
supplement thereto at the date of the letter.

         (f) Subsequent to the Execution Time or, if earlier, the dates as of
which information is given in the Registration Statement (exclusive of any
amendment thereof) and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto),
there shall not have been (i) any change or decrease specified in the letter or
letters referred to in paragraph (e) of this Section 6 or (ii) any change, or
any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the business or
properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries the effect of which, in any case
referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, is, in the judgment of the
Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or
inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as
contemplated by the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof)
and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).

         (g) At the Execution Time, the Company shall have furnished to the
Representatives a letter substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto from each
executive officer and director of the Company addressed to the Representatives,
in which each such person agrees not to offer, sell or contract to sell, or
otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or announce an offering of, any
shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such person or any securities
convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock for a period of 90
days following the Execution Time without the prior written consent of Salomon
Brothers Inc, other than securities disposed of as bona fide gifts.

         (h) Subsequent to the Execution Time, there shall not have been any
decrease in the rating of any of the Company's debt securities by any
"nationally recognized statistical rating organization" (as defined for purposes
of Rule 436(g) under the Act) or any notice given of any intended or potential
decrease in any such rating or of a possible change in any such rating that does
not indicate the direction of the possible change.

         (i) On each of the Execution Time and the Closing Date, H. J. Gruy and
Associates, Inc. ("Gruy") shall have furnished to you a letter, dated the
respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Representatives, confirming that they are independent petroleum engineers with
respect to the Company and stating certain conclusions and findings of such firm
with respect to the information and other matters covered by the summary report
of Gruy dated February 19, 1996, pertaining to the Company's oil and gas
reserves as of December 31, 1995, previously delivered to you.

         (j) Prior to the Closing Date the Securities and the Common Stock shall
have been duly authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange.

                                      -13-

<PAGE>   14



         (k) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the
Representatives such further information, certificates and documents as the
Representatives may reasonably request.

         If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have
been fulfilled in all material respects when and as provided in this Agreement,
or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this
Agreement shall not be in all material respects reasonably satisfactory in form
and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, this
Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be canceled at,
or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representatives. Notice of such
cancellation shall be given to the Company in writing or by telephone or
telecopy confirmed in writing.

         The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 shall be
delivered at the New York offices of Andrews & Kurth L.L.P., counsel for the
Underwriters, at 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York, on the Closing Date.

         7. Reimbursement of Underwriters' Expenses. If the sale of the
Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the
obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied,
because of any termination pursuant to Section 10 hereof or because of any
refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any
agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a
default by any of the Underwriters, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters
severally upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees
and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been incurred by them in
connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Securities.

         8. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees
and agents of each Underwriter and each person who controls any Underwriter
within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all
losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any
of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or
state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out
of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in the registration statement for the registration of
the Securities as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any
Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or
supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and agrees to reimburse
each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any
such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the
Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss,
claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made
therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to
the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the


                                      -14-

<PAGE>   15



Representatives specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement
will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

         (b) Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signs the
Registration Statement, and each person who controls the Company within the
meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the
foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Underwriter, but only with
reference to written information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the
Company by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representatives
specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing
indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which
any Underwriter may otherwise have. The Company acknowledges that the statements
set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page and under the heading
"Underwriting" in any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus constitute the
only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the several
Underwriters for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, and
you, as the Representatives, confirm that such statements are correct.

         (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8
of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this
Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof;
but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from
liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not
otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the
indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any
event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified
party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b)
above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the
indemnifying party's choice at the indemnifying party's expense to represent the
indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which
case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and
expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties
except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be
satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party's
election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the
indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including
local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs
and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the
indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel
with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or
targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the
indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded
that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified
parties which are different from or additional to those available to the
indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel
satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within
a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the
indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate
counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will
not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or
compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending
or threatened claim,


                                      -15-

<PAGE>   16



action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution
may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or
potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or
consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all
liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

         (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of
this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified
party for any reason, the Company and the Underwriters agree to contribute to
the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other
expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same)
(collectively "Losses") to which the Company and one or more of the Underwriters
may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by the Company and by the Underwriters from the offering of
the Securities; provided, however, that in no case shall any Underwriter (except
as may be provided in any agreement among underwriters relating to the offering
of the Securities) be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting
discount or commission applicable to the Securities purchased by such
Underwriter hereunder. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding
sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company and the Underwriters shall
contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such
relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and of the
Underwriters in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in
such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits
received by the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds
from the offering (before deducting expenses), and benefits received by the
Underwriters shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and
commissions, in each case as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus.
Relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether any alleged untrue
statement or omission relates to information provided by the Company or the
Underwriters. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just
and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any
other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable
considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any
person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of
this Section 8, each person who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of
either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and
agent of an Underwriter shall have the same rights to contribution as such
Underwriter and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of
either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company who shall have
signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have
the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the
applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).

         9. Default by an Underwriter. If any one or more Underwriters shall
fail to purchase and pay for any of the Securities agreed to be purchased by
such Underwriter or Underwriters hereunder and such failure to purchase shall
constitute a default in the performance of its or their obligations under this
Agreement, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated severally to take up
and pay for (in the respective proportions which the principal amount of
Securities set forth opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears to the
aggregate principal amount of Securities set

                                      -16-

<PAGE>   17



forth opposite the names of all the remaining Underwriters) the Securities which
the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase;
provided, however, that in the event that the aggregate principal amount of
Securities which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to
purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Securities set
forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right to
purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the
Securities, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not purchase all the
Securities, this Agreement will terminate without liability to any nondefaulting
Underwriter or the Company. In the event of a default by any Underwriter as set
forth in this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period,
not exceeding seven days, as the Representatives shall determine in order that
the required changes in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any
other documents or arrangements may be effected. Nothing contained in this
Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to
the Company and any nondefaulting Underwriter for damages occasioned by its
default hereunder.

         10. Termination. This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the
absolute discretion of the Representative's, by notice given to the Company
prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities, if prior to such time (i)
trading in the Company's Common Stock shall have been suspended by the
Commission or the New York or Pacific Stock Exchanges or trading in securities
generally on the New York or Pacific Stock Exchanges shall have been suspended
or limited or minimum prices shall have been established on either of such
Exchanges, (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared either by Federal
or New York State authorities or (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or
escalation of hostilities, declaration by the United States of a national
emergency or war or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial
markets is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives,
impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the
Securities as contemplated by the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement
thereto).

         11. Representations and Indemnities to Survive. The respective
agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the
Company or its officers and of the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to
this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any
investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Company or any of
the officers, directors or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof,
and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities. The provisions of
Sections 7 and 8 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this
Agreement.

         12. Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing and
effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be mailed,
delivered or telecopied and confirmed to them, care of Salomon Brothers Inc, at
Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York, 10048; or, if sent to the Company,
will be mailed, delivered or telecopied and confirmed to it at 16825 Northchase
Drive, Suite 400, Houston, Texas, 77060-9968, attention of the Secretary.



                                      -17-

<PAGE>   18



         13. Successors.  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be 
binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the 
officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof,
and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

         14.  APPLICABLE LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,
WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


                                      -18-

<PAGE>   19



         If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon
this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the
Company and the several Underwriters.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                                          Swift Energy Company



                                       By:
                                          ------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first
above written.

Salomon Brothers Inc
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.
Prudential Securities Incorporated
Southcoast Capital Corporation

By:      Salomon Brothers, Inc



By:
    --------------------------------------
Name:
Title:

For themselves and the other several Underwriters named in Schedule I to the
foregoing Agreement.




                                      -19-

<PAGE>   20



                                   SCHEDULE I


                                                            
Principal Amount
                                                            of Securities to
            Underwriters                                       be Purchased
            ------------                                    ----------------   
Salomon Brothers Inc........................................$
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc......................................
Prudential Securities Incorporated..........................
Southcoast Capital Corporation..............................




















                                                           -----------------
        Total..............................................$
                                                           ================= 




<PAGE>   21



                                   SCHEDULE II

                      Subsidiaries of Swift Energy Company


GASRS, Inc.

Swenco-Western, Inc.

Swift Energy Marketing Co.

Swift Depositary Company

Swift Energy International, Inc.

Swift Energy de Venezuela, C.A.



<PAGE>   22


                                                                  EXHIBIT A
                 [Letterhead of executive officer or director of
                              Swift Energy Company]

                              Swift Energy Company
        Public Offering of % Convertible Subordinated Securities Due 2006


Salomon Brothers Inc
Oppenheimer & Co., Inc.
Prudential Securities Incorporated
Southcoast Capital Corporation
  As Representatives of the several Underwriters,
c/o Salomon Brothers Inc
Seven World Trade Center
New York, New York 10048

Dear Sirs:

         This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed
Underwriting Agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement"), between Swift Energy
Company, a Texas corporation (the "Company"), and each of you as representatives
of a group of Underwriters named therein, relating to an underwritten public
offering of the Company's % Convertible Subordinated Securities Due 2006, which
are convertible into Common Stock, $0.01 par value (the "Common Stock"), of the
Company.

         In order to induce you and the other Underwriters to enter into the
Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned agrees not to offer, sell or contract to
sell, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or announce an offering
of, any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the undersigned or any
securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock for a
period of 90 days following the day on which the Underwriting Agreement is
executed without your prior written consent, other than shares of Common Stock
disposed of as bona fide gifts.

         If for any reason the Underwriting Agreement shall be terminated prior
to the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), the agreement
set forth above shall likewise be terminated.

                              Yours very truly,

                              [Signature of executive officer or director]
                              ame and address of executive officer or director]




<PAGE>   1
                              SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY
                                   as Company




                  --------------------------------------------




                   __% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due 2006



                  --------------------------------------------




                                    INDENTURE

                         Dated as of November ___, 1996



                  --------------------------------------------




                            BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, N.A.
                                   as Trustee

 
                                                     

<PAGE>   2




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
ARTICLE I 

   Definitions and Incorporation by Reference...............................1
   SECTION 1.01.   Definitions..............................................1
   SECTION 1.02.   Other Definitions........................................6
   SECTION 1.03.   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act........7
   SECTION 1.04.   Rules of Construction....................................7

ARTICLE II

   The Securities...........................................................8
   SECTION 2.01.   Form and Dating..........................................8
   SECTION 2.02.   Execution and Authentication.............................9
   SECTION 2.03.   Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent.............9
   SECTION 2.04.   Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.....................10
   SECTION 2.05.   Noteholder Lists........................................10
   SECTION 2.06.   Transfer and Exchange...................................10
   SECTION 2.07.   Replacement Securities..................................11
   SECTION 2.08.   Outstanding Securities..................................11
   SECTION 2.09.   Treasury Securities.....................................11
   SECTION 2.10.   Temporary Securities....................................11
   SECTION 2.11.   Cancellation............................................12
   SECTION 2.12.   Defaulted Interest......................................12

ARTICLE III

   Redemption..............................................................13
   SECTION 3.01.   Notices to Trustee......................................13
   SECTION 3.02.   Selection of Securities to be Redeemed..................13
   SECTION 3.03.   Notice of Redemption....................................13
   SECTION 3.04.   Effect of Notice of Redemption..........................14
   SECTION 3.05.   Deposit and Payment of Redemption Price.................14
   SECTION 3.06.   Securities Redeemed in Part.............................15
   SECTION 3.07.   Optional Redemption.....................................15
   SECTION 3.08.   Designated Event........................................15
   SECTION 3.09.   Designated Event Repurchase.............................15

                                      -ii-

<PAGE>   3



ARTICLE IV

   Covenants...............................................................17
   SECTION 4.01.   Payment of Securities...................................17
   SECTION 4.02.   SEC Reports.............................................18
   SECTION 4.03.   Compliance Certificate..................................18
   SECTION 4.04.   Stay, Extension and Usury Laws..........................18
   SECTION 4.05.   Corporate Existence.....................................19
   SECTION 4.06.   Taxes...................................................19

ARTICLE V

   Conversion..............................................................19
   SECTION 5.01.   Conversion Privilege....................................19
   SECTION 5.02.   Conversion Procedure....................................20
   SECTION 5.03.   Fractional Shares.......................................20
   SECTION 5.04.   Taxes on Conversion.....................................20
   SECTION 5.05.   Company to Provide Stock................................21
   SECTION 5.06.   Adjustment of Conversion Price..........................21
   SECTION 5.07.   No Adjustment...........................................24
   SECTION 5.08.   Other Adjustments.......................................25
   SECTION 5.09.   Adjustments for Tax Purposes............................25
   SECTION 5.10.   Adjustments by the Company..............................25
   SECTION 5.11.   Notice of Adjustment....................................25
   SECTION 5.12.   Notice of Certain Transactions..........................25
   SECTION 5.13.   Effect of Reclassifications, Consolidations, Mergers 
                   or Sales on Conversion Privilege........................26
   SECTION 5.14.   Trustee's Disclaimer....................................27

ARTICLE VI

   Subordination...........................................................27
   SECTION 6.01.   Agreement to Subordinate................................27
   SECTION 6.02.   No Payment on Securities if Senior Debt in Default......27
   SECTION 6.03.   Distribution on Acceleration of Securities; 
                   Dissolution and Reorganization; Subrogation of 
                   Securities..............................................28
   SECTION 6.04.   Reliance by Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions.....31
   SECTION 6.05.   No Waiver of Subordination Provisions...................32
   SECTION 6.06.   Trustee's Relation to Senior Debt.......................32
   SECTION 6.07.   Other Provisions Subject Hereto.........................33



                                     -iii-

<PAGE>   4



ARTICLE VII

   Successors..............................................................33
   SECTION 7.01.   Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.................33
   SECTION 7.02.   Successor Corporation Substituted.......................34

ARTICLE VIII

   Defaults and Remedies...................................................34
   SECTION 8.01.   Events of Default.......................................34
   SECTION 8.02.   Acceleration............................................36
   SECTION 8.03.   Other Remedies..........................................36
   SECTION 8.04.   Waiver of Past Defaults.................................36
   SECTION 8.05.   Control by Majority.....................................36
   SECTION 8.06.   Limitation on Suits.....................................36
   SECTION 8.07.   Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment................37
   SECTION 8.08.   Collection Suit by Trustee..............................37
   SECTION 8.09.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim........................37
   SECTION 8.10.   Priorities..............................................37
   SECTION 8.11.   Undertaking for Costs...................................38

ARTICLE IX

   Trustee.................................................................38
   SECTION 9.01.   Duties of Trustee.......................................38
   SECTION 9.02.   Rights of Trustee.......................................39
   SECTION 9.03.   Individual Rights of Trustee............................39
   SECTION 9.04.   Trustee's Disclaimer....................................40
   SECTION 9.05.   Notice of Defaults......................................40
   SECTION 9.06.   Reports by Trustee to Noteholders.......................40
   SECTION 9.07.   Compensation and Indemnity..............................40
   SECTION 9.08.   Replacement of Trustee..................................41
   SECTION 9.09.   Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc........................42
   SECTION 9.10.   Eligibility; Disqualification...........................42
   SECTION 9.11.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.......42
   SECTION 9.12.   Sections Applicable to Registrar, Paying Agent and 
                   Conversion Agent........................................42

ARTICLE X

   Discharge of Indenture..................................................42
   SECTION 10.01.   Termination of Company's Obligations...................42
   SECTION 10.02.   Repayment to Company...................................43




                                      -iv-

<PAGE>   5




ARTICLE XI

   Amendments, Supplements and Waivers.....................................43
   SECTION 11.01.   Without Consent of Noteholders.........................43
   SECTION 11.02.   With Consent of Noteholders............................44
   SECTION 11.03.   Compliance with Trust Indenture Act....................45
   SECTION 11.04.   Revocation and Effect of Consents......................45
   SECTION 11.05.   Notation on or Exchange of Securities..................46
   SECTION 11.06.   Trustee Protected......................................46

ARTICLE XII

   Miscellaneous...........................................................46
   SECTION 12.01.   Trust Indenture Act Controls...........................46
   SECTION 12.02.   Notices................................................46
   SECTION 12.03.   Communication by Noteholders with Other Noteholders....47
   SECTION 12.04.   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.....47
   SECTION 12.05.   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion..........47
   SECTION 12.06.   Rules by Trustee and Agents............................47
   SECTION 12.07.   Legal Holidays.........................................48
   SECTION 12.08.   No Recourse Against Others.............................48
   SECTION 12.09.   Counterparts...........................................48
   SECTION 12.10.   Variable Provisions....................................48
   SECTION 12.11.   GOVERNING LAW..........................................49
   SECTION 12.12.   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements..........49
   SECTION 12.13.   Successors.............................................49
   SECTION 12.14.   Severability...........................................49
   SECTION 12.15.   Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.......................49

   SIGNATURES..............................................................

   EXHIBIT A         FORM OF CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTE



 
                                      -v-

<PAGE>   6



                             CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

         TRUST INDENTURE                             INDENTURE
           ACT SECTION                                SECTION

         310(a)(1)........................................7.10
         (a)(2)...........................................7.10
         (a)(3)...........................................N.A.
         (a)(4)...........................................N.A.
         (b)........................................7.08, 7.10
         (c)..............................................N.A.
         311(a)...........................................7.11
         (b)..............................................7.11
         (c)..............................................N.A.
         312(a)...........................................2.05
         (b).............................................10.03
         (c).............................................10.03
         313(a)...........................................7.06
         (b)(1)...........................................N.A.
         (b)(2)...........................................7.06
         (c)..............................................7.06
         (d)..............................................7.06
         314(a).....................................4.02, 4.03
         (b)................................................NA
         (c)(1)..........................................10.04
         (c)(2)..........................................10.04
         (c)(3)...........................................N.A.
         (d)..............................................N.A.
         (e)..............................................N.A.
         (f)..............................................N.A.
         315(a)........................................7.01(b)
         (b)..............................................7.05
         (c)...........................................7.01(a)
         (d)...........................................7.01(c)
         (e)..............................................6.11
         316(a) (last sentence)...........................2.09
         (a)(1)(A)........................................6.05
         (a)(1)(B)........................................6.04
         (a)(2)...........................................N.A.
         (b)..............................................6.07
         (c)..............................................9.04
         317(a)(1)........................................6.08
         (a)(2)...........................................6.09
         (b)..............................................2.04
         318(a)...........................................N.A.

                           N.A. means not applicable.
        ---------------
        *This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 
                                      -vi-

<PAGE>   7



                  INDENTURE dated as of November ___, 1996 between Swift Energy
Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Bank One, Columbus, N.A., a
national banking association, as trustee (the "Trustee").

                  Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other
party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Noteholders of the Company's
__% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the "Securities"):


                                    ARTICLE I

                   Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

                  SECTION 1.01. Definitions. "Affiliate" of any specified person
means any other person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or
under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For the
purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings,
the terms "controlling", "controlled by, and "under common control with"), as
used with respect to any person, shall mean the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or
policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or
by agreement or otherwise; provided, however, that beneficial ownership of 10%
or more of the voting securities of a person shall be deemed to be control.

                  "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent 
or co-registrar.

                  "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the 
Company or any authorized committee of the Board.

                  "Board Resolution" means a duly authorized resolution of the
Board of Directors.

                  "Business Day" means any day that is not a Legal Holiday.

                  "Capital Stock" means any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of equity
interests in any entity, including, without limitation, corporate stock and
partnership interests.

                  "Change of Control" means any event where: (i) any "person" or
"group" (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act)
is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under
the Exchange Act) of shares representing more than 50% of the combined voting
power of the then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in elections
of directors of the Company ("Voting Stock"), (ii) the Company consolidates with
or merges into any other corporation, or any other corporation merges into the
Company, and, in the case of any such transaction, the outstanding Common Stock
of the Company is reclassified into or exchanged for any other property or
security, unless the stockholders of the Company immediately before such
transaction own, directly or indirectly immediately following such transaction,
at least a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting
securities of the corporation

 
                                       -1-

<PAGE>   8



resulting from such transaction in substantially the same proportion as their
ownership of the Voting Stock immediately before such transaction, (iii) the
Company conveys, transfers or leases more than 66 2/3% of its assets (other than
to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) or (iv) any time the Continuing
Directors do not constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company
(or, if applicable, a successor corporation to the Company); provided, that a
Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred if either (i) the last
sale price of the Common Stock for any five trading days during the ten trading
days immediately preceding the Change of Control is at least equal to 110% of
the Conversion Price in effect on the date of such Change of Control or (ii) at
least 90% of the consideration (excluding cash payments for fractional shares)
in the transaction or transactions constituting the Change of Control consists
of shares of common stock that are, or upon issuance will be, traded on a United
States national securities exchange or approved for trading on an established
automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States.

                  "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company as the
same exists at the date of the execution of this indenture or as such stock may
be constituted from time to time.

                  "Company" means the party named as such above until a
successor replaces it in accordance with Article VII and thereafter means the
successor.

                  "Continuing Directors" means as of any date of determination,
any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was a member of such
Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture or (ii) was nominated for
election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority
of the Continuing Directors who were members of such board at the time of such
nomination or election.

                  "Daily Market Price" means the price of a share of Common
Stock on the relevant date, determined (a) on the basis of the last reported
sale price regular way or, if no sale price is reported, the average of the
average bid and average asked prices on such day of the Common Stock on the New
York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or, in the event shares of Common Stock are
not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, on the principal natural securities
exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if not
listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, on the Nasdaq
Stock Market or by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated. In the absence of
such quotations, the Board of Directors shall be entitled to determine the Daily
Market Price on the basis of such quotations as it considers appropriate.

                  "Default" means any event that is, or with the passage of time
or the giving of notice or both, would be an Event of Default.

                  "Depositary" means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees
and their respective successors.

                  "Designated Event" means the occurrence of a Change of 
Control or a Termination of Trading.

 
                                       -2-

<PAGE>   9



                  "Designated Senior Debt" means any Senior Debt which, at the
date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or
commitments to lend up to, at least $25 million and is specifically designated
by the Company in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Debt as
"Designated Senior Debt" for purposes of this Indenture (provided, that such
instrument may place limitations and conditions on the right of such Senior Debt
to exercise the rights of Designated Senior Debt).

                  "Excess Payment" means the excess of (a) the aggregate of the
cash and fair market value of other consideration paid by the Company or any of
its subsidiaries with respect to the shares acquired in a tender offer or other
negotiated transaction over (b) the Daily Market Price of such acquired shares
on the Trading Day immediately after giving effect to the completion of such
tender offer or other negotiated transaction.

                  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended.

                  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set
forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the
accounting profession, which are in effect as of the date of preparation of a
financial statement or the date that a particular action is taken or an event
occurs, as applicable.

                  "Guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of
negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business),
direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of
credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of
any Indebtedness. "Guaranteed" has a correlative meaning to "Guarantee".

                  "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any person, all
obligations, whether or not contingent, of such person (i) (a) for borrowed
money (including, but not limited to, any indebtedness secured by a security
interest, mortgage or other lien on the assets of such person which is (1) given
to secure all or part of the purchase price of property subject thereto, whether
given to the vendor of such property or to another, or (2) existing on property
at the time of acquisition thereof), (b) evidenced by a note, debenture, bond or
other written instrument, (c) under a lease required to be capitalized on the
balance sheet of the lessee under GAAP or under any lease or related document
(including a purchase agreement) which provides that such person is
contractually obligated to purchase or to cause a third party to purchase such
leased property, (d) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or
bankers' acceptances, (e) with respect to indebtedness secured by a mortgage,
pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge or adverse claim affecting title or resulting
in an encumbrance to which the property or assets of such person are subject,
whether or not the obligation secured thereby shall have been assumed or
Guaranteed by or shall otherwise be such person's legal liability, (f) in
respect of the balance of deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property or
assets, and (g) under interest rate or currency swap agreements, cap, floor and
collar agreements, spot and forward contracts and similar agreements and
arrangements; (ii) with respect to any obligation of

 
                                       -3-

<PAGE>   10



others of the type described in the preceding clause (i) or under clause (iii)
below, assumed by or Guaranteed in any manner by such person or in effect
guaranteed by such person through an agreement to purchase (including, without
limitation, "take or pay" and similar arrangements), contingent or otherwise
(and the obligations of such person under any such assumptions, Guarantees or
other such arrangements); and (iii) any and all deferrals, renewals, extensions,
refinancings and refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to,
any of the foregoing.

                  "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended from time to 
time.

                  "Issuance Date" means the date on which the Securities are 
first authenticated and issued.

                  "Material Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company
which is a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X
under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (as such Regulation is in effect
on the date hereof).

                  "Noteholder" or "holder" means a person in whose name a 
Security is registered.

                  "Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

                  "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two
Officers, one of whom must be the Chairman of the Board, the President, the
Treasurer or a Vice President of the Company.

                  "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal
counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or
counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

                  "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock Company, trust, unincorporated organization or
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

                  "Principal" of a debt security means the principal of the
security plus the premium, if any, on the security.

                  "Representative" means the trustee, agent or representative 
(if any) for an issue of Senior Debt.

                  "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                  "Securities" means the Securities described above issued,
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.


 
                                       -4-

<PAGE>   11



                  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                  "Senior Debt" means the principal of, interest on and other
amounts due on Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the date of
the Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or Guaranteed by the
Company; unless, in the instrument creating or evidencing or pursuant to which
Indebtedness is outstanding, it is expressly provided that such Indebtedness is
not senior in right of payment to the Securities. Senior Debt includes, with
respect to the obligations described above, interest accruing, pursuant to the
terms of such Senior Debt, on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy
or for reorganization relating to the Company, whether or not post- filing
interest is allowed in such proceeding, at the rate specified in the instrument
governing the relevant obligation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
the foregoing, Senior Debt shall not include: (a) Indebtedness of or amounts
owed by the Company for compensation to employees, or for goods, services or
materials purchased in the ordinary course of business; (b) Indebtedness of the
Company to a Subsidiary of the Company; or (c) any liability for Federal, state,
local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company.

                  "Subsidiary" means any corporation, association or other
business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of
Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to
vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time
owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person or one or more of the
other Subsidiaries of that person or a combination thereof.

                  "Termination of Trading" means an event where the Common Stock
(or other common stock into which the Securities are then convertible) is not
listed for trading on a United States national securities exchange or an
established automated over-the-counter trading market in the United States.

                  "Trading Day" shall mean (A) if the applicable security is
listed or admitted for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or another
national securities exchange, a day on which the New York Stock Exchange or
another national securities exchange is open for business, (B) if the applicable
security is quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market, a day on which trades may be made
thereon or (c) if the applicable security is not so listed, admitted for trading
or quoted, any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banking
institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or
executive order to close.

                  "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
(15 U.S. Code ss.ss.77aaa- 77bbbb) as in effect on the date of execution of this
Indenture; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
is amended after such date, "Trust Indenture Act" means, to the extent required
by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

                  "Trustee" means the party named as such above until a
successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this
Indenture and thereafter means the successor.


 
                                       -5-

<PAGE>   12



                  "Trust Officer", when used with respect to the Trustee, means
the chairman or any vice chairman of the board of directors, the chairman or any
vice chairman of the executive committee of the board of directors, the chairman
of the trust committee, the president, any senior vice president, any vice
president, any assistant vice president, the secretary, the treasurer, any
assistant treasurer, the cashier, any assistant cashier, any senior trust
officer, any trust officer, the controller, any assistant controller, or any
other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those
performed by the persons who at the time are such officers, respectively, and
also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any officer to
whom such corporate trust matter is referred because of his knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject.

                  SECTION 1.02.   Other Definitions.

                                                         Defined in
         Term                                              Section
         ----                                            ----------
         "Agent Members".....................................2.01
         "Bankruptcy Law"....................................8.01
         "Commencement Date".................................3.09
         "Conversion  Agent".................................2.03
         "Conversion  Date"..................................5.02
         "Conversion  Price".................................5.01
         "Conversion  Shares"................................5.06
         "Current Market Price" .............................5.06
         "Custodian".........................................8.01
         "Designated Event Payment"..........................3.08
         "Designated Event Payment Date".....................3.09
         "Designated Event Repurchase".......................3.08
         "Distribution Date".................................5.06
         "Distribution Record Date"..........................5.06
         "Euroclear".........................................2.01
         "Event of Default"..................................8.01
         "Global Security"...................................2.01
         "Legal Holiday"....................................12.07
         "Non-Global Purchasers".............................2.01
         "Officer"..........................................12.10
         "Paying Agent".....................................21.03
         "Payment Blockage Notice"...........................6.02
         "Payment Blockage Period"...........................6.02
         "Payment Default"...................................8.01
         "Purchase Date".....................................5.06
         "Redemption Price"..................................3.04
         "Registrar".........................................2.03

 
                                       -6-

<PAGE>   13



         "Repurchase Amount" ................................3.09
         "Rights"............................................5.06
         "Tender Period".....................................3.09

                  SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture
Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act,
the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

                  The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture
have the following meanings:

                  "indenture securities" means the Securities;

                  "indenture security holder" means a Noteholder;

                  "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

                  "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the 
                   Trustee; and

                  "obligor" on the Securities means the Company or any other 
                   obligor on the Securities.

                  All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute
or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so
assigned to them.

                  SECTION 1.04.   Rules of Construction.  Unless the context 
otherwise requires:

                  (a)      a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                  (b)      an accounting term not otherwise defined has the 
         meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

                  (c)      references to "GAAP" shall mean GAAP in effect as 
         of the time when and for the period as to which such accounting 
         principles are to be applied;

                  (d)      "or" is not exclusive;

                  (e)      words in the singular include the plural, and words
         in the plural include the singular; and

                  (f)      provisions apply to successive events and 
         transactions.
 


 
                                       -7-

<PAGE>   14
 


                                   ARTICLE II

                                 The Securities

                  SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating. The Securities and the
Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this
Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required
by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any,
or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form
acceptable to the Company). The Company shall furnish any such legend not
contained in Exhibit A to the Trustee in writing. Each, Security shall be dated
the date of its authentication. The terms and provisions of the Securities set
forth in Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Indenture and to the extent
applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this
Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

                  (a) Global Securities. Securities shall be issued in the form
of one or more, permanent global Securities in definitive, fully registered form
without interest coupons with the Global Securities Legend set forth in Exhibit
A hereto (each, a "Global Security"), which shall be deposited on behalf of the
purchasers of the Securities represented thereby with the Trustee, at its New
York office, as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the
Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and
authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal
amount of the Global Security may from time to time be increased or decreased by
adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee
as hereinafter provided.

                  (b)      Book-Entry Provisions.  This Section 2.01(b) shall 
apply only to a Global Security deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

                  The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance
with this Section 2-01(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global
Securities that (a), shall be registered in the name of Cede & Co. or other
nominee of such Depositary and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such
Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary's instructions or held by the Trustee
as custodian for the Depositary pursuant to a FAST Balance Certificate Agreement
between the Depositary and the Trustee.

                  Members of, or participants in, the Depositary ("Agent
Members") shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global
Security held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as the
custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Security, and the Depositary
may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the
Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global security for all purposes
whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the
Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving
effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by
the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the
operation of

 
                                       -8-

<PAGE>   15



customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a
holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Security.

                  (c)      Certificated Securities.  Except as provided in 
Section 2.10, owners of beneficial interests in Global Securities will not be 
entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Securities.

                  SECTION 2.02.   Execution and Authentication.  Two Officers 
shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.  
The Company's seal shall be reproduced on the Securities.

                  If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds
that office at the time the Security is authenticated, the Security shall
nevertheless be valid.

                  A Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the
manual signature of an authorized officer of the Trustee. The signature shall be
conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this
indenture.

                  Upon a written order of the Company signed by two officers,
the Trustee shall authenticate the Securities for original issue up to an
aggregate principal amount of $115,000,000. The aggregate principal amount of
Securities outstanding at any time shall not exceed such amount except as
provided in Section 2.07.

                  The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to
the Company to authenticate Securities. An authenticating agent may authenticate
Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to
authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An
authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or
an Affiliate.

                  SECTION 2.03. Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent.
The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State
of New York (i) an office or agency where Securities may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar"), (ii) an office or agency
where Securities may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent") and (iii) an
office or agency where Securities may be presented for conversion ("Conversion
Agent"). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their
transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint the Registrar, the Paying Agent
and the Conversion Agent and may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more
additional paying agents and one or more additional conversion agents in such
other locations as it shall determine. The term "Paying Agent" includes any
additional paying agent and the term "Conversion Agent" includes any additional
conversion agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar,
co-registrar or Conversion Agent without prior notice to any Noteholder. The
Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any Agent not a
party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another
entity as

 
                                       -9-

<PAGE>   16



Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The
Company or any of its Affiliates may act as Paying Agent, Registrar,
co-registrar or Conversion Agent.

                  SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Company
shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that
the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the
Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal or
interest on the Securities, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the
Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the
Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.
The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it
to the Trustee and to account for any money disbursed by it. Upon payment over
to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or an Affiliate of
the Company) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or an
Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a
separate trust fund for the benefit of the Noteholders all money held by it as
Paying Agent.

                  SECTION 2.05. Noteholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in
as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to
it of the names and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the
Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee on or before each interest
payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a
list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of
the names and addresses of Noteholders.

                  SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. Where Securities are
presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a
transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of
other denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the
exchange if its requirements for such transactions are met. To permit
registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall issue and the
Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar's request. No service
charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange (except as
otherwise expressly permitted herein), but the Company may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable
in connection therewith (other than any such transfer tax or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.01, 2.10, 3.06
or 11.05 hereof) .

                  The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the
transfer of, or exchange Securities during a period beginning at the opening of
business 15 days before the day of any selection of Securities for redemption
under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of
selection, or (ii) to exchange or register the transfer of any Security so
selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of
any Security being redeemed in part.

                  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, so long
as a Global Security remains outstanding and is held by or on behalf of the
Depositary, transfers of a Global Security, in

 
                                      -10-

<PAGE>   17



whole or in part, or of any beneficial interest therein, shall only be made in
accordance with Section 2-01(b).

                  SECTION 2.07. Replacement Securities. If the holder of a
Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken
or if such Security is mutilated and is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company
shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the
Trustee's and the Company's requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or
the Company, an indemnity bond must be sufficient in the judgment of both to
protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent or any authenticating agent from any
loss which any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Company may
charge for its expenses in replacing a Security.

                  In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security
has become or is about to become due and payable, or is about to be purchased by
the Company pursuant to Article III hereof, the Company in its discretion may,
instead of issuing a new Security, pay or purchase such Security, as the case
may be.

                  Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the
Company.

                  SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Securities. The Securities
outstanding at any time are all the Securities authenticated by the Trustee
except for those canceled by those delivered to it for cancellation, and those
described in this Section as not outstanding.

                  If a Security is replaced, paid or purchased pursuant to
Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives
proof satisfactory to it that the replaced, paid or purchased Security is held
by a bona fide purchaser.

                  If Securities are considered paid under section 4.01 hereof,
they cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

                  A Security does not cease to be outstanding because the
Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security.

                  SECTION 2.09. Treasury Securities. In determining whether the
Noteholders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any
direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company or an Affiliate of
the Company shall be considered as though they are not outstanding, except that
for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in
relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which a Trust
Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

                  SECTION 2.10.   Temporary Securities. (a) Until definitive 
Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall
authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially
in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company
considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable
 
                                      -11-

<PAGE>   18



delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive
Securities in exchange for temporary Securities.

                  (b) A Global Security deposited with the Depositary or with
the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary pursuant to Section 2.01 shall be
transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of certificated
Securities only if such transfer complies with Section 2.06 and (i) the
Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as
Depositary for such Global Security or if at any time such Depositary ceases to
be a "clearing agency" registered under the Exchange Act and a successor
depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, or
(ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

                  (c) Any Global Security that is transferable to the beneficial
owners thereof in the form of certificated Securities pursuant to this Section
2.10 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee located in The City
of New York, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part,
without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such
transfer of each portion of such Global Security, an equal aggregate principal
amount at maturity of Securities of authorized denominations in the form of
certificated Securities. Any portion of a Global Security transferred pursuant
to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in
denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof and registered in such
names as the Depositary shall direct.

                  (d) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10(c), the
registered holder of a Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize
any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through
Agent Members, to take any action which a holder is entitled to take under this
Indenture or the Securities.

                  (e) In the event of the occurrence of either of the events
specified in Section 2.10(b), the Company will promptly make available to the
Trustee a reasonable supply of certificated Securities in definitive, fully
registered form without interest coupons.

                  SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Company at any time may
deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, Paying Agent
and Conversion Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to
them for registration of transfer, redemption, conversion, exchange or payment.
The Trustee shall promptly cancel all Securities surrendered for registration of
transfer, redemption, conversion, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation
and shall dispose of canceled Securities as the Company directs. The Company may
not issue new Securities to replace Securities that it has paid or that have
been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or that any holder has converted.

                  SECTION 2.12.   Defaulted Interest.  If the Company fails to 
make a payment of interest on the Securities, it shall pay such defaulted
interest, plus any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in any lawful
manner. It may pay such defaulted interest, plus any such interest payable on
it, to the persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date. The
 
                                      -12-

<PAGE>   19



Company shall fix any such record date and payment date. At least 15 days before
any such record date, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice that states
the record date, payment date, and amount of such interest to be paid.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                   Redemption

                  SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to
redeem Securities pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, it shall notify the Trustee
of the redemption date and the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed.
The Company shall give each notice provided for in this Section 3.01 at least 20
days before the redemption date (unless a shorter notice period shalt be
satisfactory to the Trustee).

                  SECTION 3.02. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed. If less
than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the
Securities to be redeemed in compliance with the requirements of the principal
national securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed, or, if
the Securities are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method
as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate. The Trustee shall make the
selection not more than 60 days and not less than 15 days before the redemption
date from Securities outstanding not previously called for redemption. The
Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Securities that
have denominations larger than $1,000. Securities and portions of them it
selects shall be in amounts cf $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000.
Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption also
apply to portions of securities called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify
the Company promptly of the Securities or portions of Securities to be called
for redemption.

                  If any Security selected for partial redemption is converted
in part after such selection, the converted portion of such Security shall be
deemed (so far as may be) to be the portion to be selected for redemption. The
Securities (or portions thereof) so selected shall be deemed duly selected for
redemption for all purposes hereof, notwithstanding that any such Security is
converted in whole in part before the mailing of the notice of redemption. Upon
any redemption of less than all the Securities, the Company and the Trustee may
treat as outstanding any securities surrendered for conversion during the period
15 days next preceding the mailing of a notice of redemption and need not treat
as outstanding any Security authenticated and delivered during such period in
exchange for the unconverted portion of any Security converted in part during
such period.

                  SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. At least 15 days but not
more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail a notice of
redemption to each holder whose Securities are to be redeemed at such holder's
registered address.

                  The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and
shall state:

 
                                      -13-

<PAGE>   20



                  (a)      the redemption date;

                  (b)      the Redemption Price;

                  (c) if any Security is being redeemed in part, the portion of
         the principal amount of such Security to be redeemed and that, after
         the redemption date, upon cancellation of such Security, a new Security
         or Securities in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will
         be issued in the name of the holder thereof;

                  (d)      the name and address of the Paying Agent;

                  (e)      that Securities called for redemption must be 
         surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price plus
         accrued interest;

                  (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making payment of the
         Redemption Price or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such
         payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Securities
         called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption
         date; and

                  (g)      the paragraph of the Securities pursuant to which 
         the Securities called for redemption are being redeemed.

                  Such notice shall also state the current Conversion Price and
the date on which the right to convert such Securities or portions thereof into
Common Stock of the Company will expire.

                  At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give notice of
redemptions in the Company's name and at its expense.

                  SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of
redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on
the redemption date at the price (the "Redemption Price") set forth in the
Security.

                  SECTION 3.05. Deposit and Payment of Redemption Price. (a) On
or before the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or
with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds an amount sufficient to pay
the Redemption Price of and accrued interest up to but not including the
redemption date on all Securities to be redeemed on that date (subject to the
right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due
on an interest payment date) unless theretofore converted into Common Stock
pursuant to the provisions hereof. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall return
to the Company any money not required for that purpose.

                  (b) Upon surrender of any Security selected for redemption in
accordance with the notice of redemption, the Paying Agent shall mail or deliver
to the holder thereof on the redemption

 
                                      -14-

<PAGE>   21



date the Redemption Price, together with accrued and unpaid interest as provided
in this Section 3.05.

                  SECTION 3.06. Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon cancellation
of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and the Trustee
shall authenticate for the holder at the expense of the Company a new Security
equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

                  SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption. The Company may redeem all
or any portion of the Securities, upon the terms and at the redemption prices
set forth in each of the Securities. Any redemption pursuant to this Section
3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06
hereof.

                  SECTION 3.08. Designated Event. (a) Upon the occurrence of a
Designated Event, each holder of Securities shall have the right, in accordance
with this Section 3.08 and Section 3.09 hereof, to require the Company to
repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of
such holder's Securities pursuant to the terms of Section 3.09 (the "Designated
Event Repurchase") at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Designated Event
Payment Date (the "Designated Event Payment").

                  (b) Within 30 days following any Designated Event, the Company
shall mail to each holder the notice provided by Section 3.09(e).

                  SECTION 3.09.   Designated Event Repurchase.  (a)  In the
event that, pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof, the Company shall commence a
Designated Event Repurchase, the Company shall follow the procedures in this
Section 3.09.

                  (b) The Designated Event Repurchase shall be made pursuant to
an offer that remains open for a period specified by the Company which shall be
no less than 30 calendar days and no more than 40 calendar days following its
commencement on the date of the mailing of notice in accordance with Section
3.08(b) hereof (the "Commencement Date"), except to the extent that a longer
period is required by applicable law (the "Tender Period"). Upon the expiration
of the Tender Period (the "Designated Event Payment Date"), the Company shall
purchase the principal amount of Securities required to be purchased pursuant to
Section 3.08 hereof (the "Repurchase Amount").

                  (c) If the Designated Event Payment Date is on or after an
interest payment record date and on or before the related interest payment date,
any accrued interest will be paid to the person in whose name a Security is
registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional
interest will be payable to Noteholders who tender Securities pursuant to the
Designated Event Repurchase.

                  (d) The Company shall provide the Trustee with notice of the
Designated Event Repurchase at least ten Business Days before the Commencement
Date.

 
                                      -15-

<PAGE>   22



                  (e) On or before the Commencement Date, the Company or the
Trustee (at the expense of the Company) shall send, by first class mail, a
notice to each of the Noteholders, which shall govern the terms of the
Designated Event Repurchase and shall state:

                  (i) that the Designated Event Repurchase is being made
         pursuant to this Section 3.08 and Section 3.08 hereof and that all
         Securities tendered will be accepted for payment;

                  (ii) the Repurchase Amount, the Designated Event Payment, the
         Tender Period (specifying particularly the last day on which Securities
         may be tendered for purchase) and the Designated Event Payment Date;

                  (iii)    that any Security or portion thereof not tendered or
         accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

                  (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the
         Designated Event Payment, any Security or portion thereof accepted for
         payment pursuant to the Designated Event Repurchase shall cease to
         accrue interest after the Designated Event Payment Date;

                  (v) that Noteholders electing to have a Security or portion
         thereof purchased pursuant to any Designated Event Repurchase will be
         required to surrender the Security, with the form entitled "Option of
         Noteholder To Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Security completed,
         to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the
         close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Designated
         Event Payment Date;

                  (vi) that Noteholders will be entitled to withdraw their
         election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of
         business on the second Business Day preceding the Designated Event
         Payment Date, or such longer period as may be required by law, a letter
         or a telegram, telex or facsimile transmission (receipt of which is
         confirmed and promptly followed by a letter) setting forth the name of
         the Noteholder, the principal amount of the Security or portion thereof
         the Noteholder delivered for purchase and a statement that such
         Noteholder is withdrawing his election to have the Security or portion
         thereof purchased;

                  (vii) that Noteholders whose Securities are being purchased
         only in part will be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to
         the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered, which
         unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an
         integral multiple thereof; and

                  (viii) any other procedures that Noteholders must follow in
         order to have their Notes repurchased.


 
                                      -16-

<PAGE>   23



                  In addition, the notice shall contain all instructions and
materials that the Company shall reasonably deem necessary to enable such
Noteholders to tender Securities pursuant to the Designated Event Repurchase.

                  (f) At least one Business Day prior to the Designated Event
Payment Date, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or a Paying
Agent in immediately available funds an amount equal to the Repurchase Amount to
be held for payment in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. On the
Designated Event Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (i)
accept for payment the Securities or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the
Designated Event Repurchase, (ii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Trustee Securities so accepted and (iii) deliver to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate stating such Securities or portions thereof have been accepted for
payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The
Paying Agent shall promptly (but in any case not later than ten (10) calendar
days after the Designated Event Payment Date) mail or deliver to each tendering
Noteholder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Securities tendered by
such Noteholder, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail or deliver
to such Noteholders a new Security equal in principal amount to any unpurchased
portion of the Security surrendered, if any; provided, that each new Security
shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. Any
Securities not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by or on behalf
of the Company to the holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the
results of the Designated Event Repurchase on, or as soon as practicable after,
the Designated Event Payment Date.

                  (g) The Designated Event Repurchase shall be made by the
Company in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Exchange Act, and
all applicable tender offer rules promulgated thereunder, and shall include all
instructions and materials that the Company shall reasonably deem necessary to
enable such Noteholders to tender their Securities.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    Covenants

                  SECTION 4.01. Payment of Securities. The Company shall pay the
principal of and interest on the Securities on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Securities. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on
the date due if the Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company) holds on that date money designated for and sufficient to pay all
principal and interest then due and such Paying Agent is not prohibited from
paying such money to the Noteholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture. To the extent lawful, the Company shall pay interest (including
postpetition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue
installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the
rate borne by the Securities, compounded semiannually.


 
                                      -17-

<PAGE>   24



                  SECTION 4.02. SEC Reports. Whether or not required by the
rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Securities are outstanding, the
Company will file with the SEC and, if requested, furnish to the Trustee and to
the holders of Securities all quarterly and annual financial information
required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K,
including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and, with respect to annual information only, a report
thereon by the Company's certified independent accountants.

                  SECTION 4.03. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall
deliver to the Trustee, within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of
the Company, an Officers' Certificate stating that a review of the activities of
the Company and its subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made
under the supervision of the signing officers with a view to determining whether
the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under,
and complied with the covenants and conditions contained in, this Indenture, and
further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the
best of his knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled
each and every covenant, and complied with the covenants and conditions
contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or
observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof (or, if a
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or
Events of Default of which he may have knowledge) and that to the best of his
knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which
payments on account of the principal or of interest, if any, on the Securities
are prohibited.

                  One of the Officers signing such Officers' Certificate shall
be either the Company's principal executive officer, principal financial officer
or principal accounting officer.

                  The Company will, so long as any of the Securities are
outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon becoming aware of:

                  (a)      any Default, Event of Default or default in the 
         performance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in 
         this Indenture; or

                  (b)      any event of default under any other mortgage, 
         indenture or instrument as that term is used in Section 8.01(e),

an Officers' Certificate specifying such Default, Event of Default or default.

                  SECTION 4.04. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Company
covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any
time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit
or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at
any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance
of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it
will not, by resort to any such law,

 
                                      -18-

<PAGE>   25



hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though
no such law has been enacted.

                  SECTION 4.05. Corporate Existence. Subject to Article VII
hereof, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve
and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate,
partnership or other existence of each subsidiary of the Company in accordance
with the respective organizational documents of each subsidiary and the rights
(charter and statutory) , licenses and franchises of the Company and its
subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to
preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or
other existence of any subsidiary, if the Board of Directors shall determine
that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the
business of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole and that the loss
thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Noteholders.

                  SECTION 4.06. Taxes. The Company shall, and shall cause each
of its subsidiaries to, pay prior to delinquency all taxes, assessments and
governmental levies, except as contested in good faith and by appropriate
proceedings.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                   Conversion

                  SECTION 5.01. Conversion Privilege. A holder of a Security may
convert the principal amount thereof (or any portion thereof that is an integral
multiple of $1,000) into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock of
the Company at any time after 90 days following the date of original issuance
thereof and prior to the close of business (New York time) on the date of the
Security's maturity at the Conversion Price then in effect, except that, with
respect to any Security called for redemption, such conversion right shall
terminate at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the
redemption date (unless the Company shall default in making the redemption
payment when it becomes due, in which case the conversion right shall terminate
on the date such default is cured). The number of shares of Common Stock
issuable upon conversion of a Security is determined by dividing the principal
amount of the Security converted by the conversion price in effect on the
Conversion Date (the "Conversion Price").

                  The initial Conversion Price is stated in paragraph 10 of the
Securities and is subject to adjustment as provided in this Article V.

                  Provisions of this Indenture that apply to conversion of all
of a Security also apply to conversion of a portion of it. A holder of
Securities is not entitled to any rights of a holder of Common Stock until such
holder of securities has converted such Securities into Common Stock, and only
to the extent that such Securities are deemed to have been converted into Common
Stock under this Article 5.


 
                                      -19-

<PAGE>   26



                  SECTION 5.02. Conversion Procedure. To convert a Security, a
holder must satisfy the requirements in paragraph 10 of the Securities. The date
on which the holder satisfies all of those requirements is the conversion date
(the "Conversion Date"). As soon as practicable after the Conversion Date, the
Company shall deliver to the holder through the Conversion Agent a certificate
for the number of whole shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion and
a check for any fractional share determined pursuant to Section 5.03. The person
in whose name the certificate is registered shall become the stockholder of
record on the Conversion Date and, as of such date, such person's rights as a
Noteholder shall cease; provided, however, that no surrender of a Security on
any date when the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed shall be
effective to constitute the person entitled to receive the shares of Common
Stock upon such conversion as the stockholder of record of such shares of Common
Stock on such date, but such surrender shall be effective to constitute the
person entitled to receive such shares of Common Stock as the stockholder of
record thereof for all purposes at the close of business on the next succeeding
day on which such stock transfer books are open; provided further, however, that
such conversion shall be at the Conversion Price in effect on the date that such
Security shall have been surrendered for conversion, as if the stock transfer
books of the Company had not been closed.

                  No payment or adjustment will be made for accrued and unpaid
interest on a converted Security or for dividends or distributions on shares of
Common Stock issued upon conversion of a Security, but if any holder surrenders
a Security for conversion after the close of business on the record date for the
payment of an installment of interest and prior to the opening of business on
the next interest payment date, then, notwithstanding such conversion, the
interest payable on such interest payment date shall be paid to the holder of
such Security on such record date. In such event, such Security, when
surrendered for conversion, must be accompanied by payment in funds acceptable
to the Company of an amount equal to the interest payable on such interest
payment date on the portion so converted.

                  If a holder converts more than one Security at the same time,
the number of whole shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion shall be
based on the total principal amount of Securities converted.

                  Upon surrender of a Security that is converted in part, the
Trustee shall authenticate for the holder a new Security equal in principal
amount to the unconverted portion of the Security surrendered.

                  SECTION 5.03. Fractional Shares. The Company will not issue
fractional shares of Common Stock upon conversion of a Security. In lieu
thereof, the Company will pay an amount in cash based upon the Daily Market
Price of the Common Stock on the trading day prior to the Conversion Date.

                  SECTION 5.04.   Taxes on Conversion.  The issuance of 
certificates for shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of any Security
shall be made without charge to the converting Noteholder for such certificates
or for any tax in respect of the issuance of such certificates, and such
 
                                      -20-

<PAGE>   27



certificates shall be issued in the respective names of, or in such names as may
be directed by, the holder or holders of the converted Security; provided,
however, that in the event that certificates for shares of Common Stock are to
be issued in a name other than the name of the holder of the Security converted,
such Security, when surrendered for conversion, shall be accompanied by an
instrument of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by
the registered holder thereof or his duly authorized attorney; and provided
further, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which
may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery
of any such certificates in a name other than that of the holder of the
converted Security, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver
such certificates unless or until the person or persons requesting the issuance
thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have
established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid or is
not applicable.

                  SECTION 5.05. Company to Provide Stock. The Company shall at
all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its
authorized but unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon
conversion of Securities as herein provided, a sufficient number of shares of
Common Stock to permit the conversion of all outstanding Securities for shares
of Common Stock.

                  All shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon conversion
of the Securities shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable when so issued.

                  SECTION 5.06.   Adjustment of Conversion Price.  The 
Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

                  (a) In case the Company shall (i) pay a dividend in shares of
Common Stock to holders of Common Stock, (ii) make a distribution in shares of
Common Stock to holders of Common Stock, (iii) subdivide or reclassify its
outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common
Stock or (iv) combine or reclassify its outstanding shares of Common Stock into
a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price in effect
immediately prior to such action shall be adjusted so that the holder of any
Security thereafter surrendered for conversion shall be entitled to receive the
number of shares of Common Stock which he would have owned immediately following
such action had such Securities been converted immediately prior thereto. Any
adjustment made pursuant to this subsection (a) shall become effective
immediately after the record date in the case of a dividend or distribution and
shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a
subdivision or combination.

                  (b) In case the Company shall issue rights or warrants to
substantially all holders of Common Stock entitling them (for a period
commencing no earlier than the record date for the determination of holders of
Common Stock entitled to receive such rights or warrants and expiring not more
than 45 days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase shares of
Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock)
at a price per share less than the Current Market Price on such record date, the
Conversion Price shall be adjusted so that the same

 
                                      -21-

<PAGE>   28



shall equal the price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect
immediately prior to such record date by a fraction of which (i) the numerator
shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such record date
plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate offering price of
the offered shares of Common stock (or the aggregate conversion price of the
convertible securities so offered) would purchase at such Current Market Price,
and (ii) the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional shares of Common
Stock offered (or into which the convertible securities so offered are
convertible). Such adjustments shall become effective immediately after such
record date.

                  (c) In case the Company shall distribute to all holders of
Common Stock shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Company other than
Common Stock, evidences of indebtedness or other assets (other than cash
dividends), or shall distribute to substantially all holders of Common Stock
rights or warrants to subscribe for securities (other than those securities
referred to in subsection (b) above), then in each such case the Conversion
Price shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the price determined by
multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the date of such
distribution by a fraction of which (i) the numerator shall be the Current
Market Price on the record date mentioned below less the then fair market value
(as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be
conclusive evidence of such fair market value and described in a Board
Resolution) of the portion of the assets so distributed or of such subscription
rights or warrants applicable to one share of Common Stock, and (ii) the
denominator shall be such Current Market Price. Such adjustment shall become
effective immediately after the record date for the determination of the holders
of Common Stock entitled to receive such distribution. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the event that the Company shall distribute rights or warrants to
subscribe for securities (other than the rights or warrants referred to in
subsection (b) above) ("Rights") pro rata to holders of Common Stock, the
Company may, in lieu of making any adjustment pursuant to this Section 5.06,
make proper provision so that each holder of a Security who converts such
Security (or any portion thereof) after the record date for such distribution
and prior to the expiration or redemption of the Rights shall be entitled to
receive upon such conversion, in addition to the shares of Common Stock issuable
upon such conversion (the "Conversion Shares"), a number of Rights to be
determined as follows: (i) if such conversion occurs on or prior to the date for
the distribution to the holders of Rights of separate certificates evidencing
such Rights (the "Distribution Date"), the same number of Rights to which a
holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Conversion
Shares is entitled at the time of such conversion in accordance with the terms
and provisions of and applicable to the Rights; and (ii) if such conversion
occurs after the Distribution Date, the same number of Rights to which a holder
of the number of shares of Common Stock into which the principal amount of the
Security so converted was convertible immediately prior to the Distribution Date
would have been entitled on the Distribution Date in accordance with the terms
and provisions of and applicable to the Rights.

                  (d) In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, at
any time distribute to all holders of its Common Stock cash (excluding any cash
that is distributed as part of a distribution requiring a Conversion Price
adjustment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section) in an

 
                                      -22-

<PAGE>   29



aggregate amount that, together with the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of any
other distributions to all holders of its Common Stock made in cash plus (y) all
Excess Payments, in each case made within the 12 months preceding the date fixed
for determining the stockholders entitled to such distribution (the
"Distribution Record Date") and in respect of which no Conversion Price
adjustment pursuant to paragraphs (c) or (e) of this Section or this paragraph
(d) has been made, exceeds 5% of the product of the Current Market Price on the
Distribution Record Date times the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
on the Distribution Record Date (excluding shares held in the treasury of the
Company), the Conversion Price shall be reduced so that the same shall equal the
price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price in effect immediately
prior to the effectiveness of the Conversion Price reduction contemplated by
this paragraph (d) by a fraction of which (i) the numerator shall be the Current
Market Price on the Distribution Record Date less the amount of such cash and
other consideration (including any Excess Payments) so distributed applicable to
one share (based on the pro rata portion of the aggregate amount of such cash
and other consideration (including any Excess Payments), divided by the shares
of Common Stock outstanding on the Distribution Record Date of Common Stock and
(ii) the denominator shall be such Current Market Price on the Distribution
Record Date, such reduction to become Effective immediately prior to the opening
of business on the day following the Distribution Record Date.

                  (e) In case a tender offer or other negotiated transaction
made by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for all or any portion of
the Common Stock shall be consummated, if an Excess Payment is made in respect
of such tender offer or other negotiated transaction and the amount of such
Excess Payment, together with the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of all Excess
Payments plus (y) the aggregate amount of all distributions to all holders of
the Common Stock made in cash, in each case made within the 12 months preceding
the date of payment of such current negotiated transaction consideration or
expiration of such current tender offer, as the case may be (the "Purchase
Date"), and as to which no adjustment pursuant to paragraph (c) or paragraph (d)
of this Section or this paragraph (e) has been made, exceeds 5% of the product
of the Current Market Price on the Purchase Date times the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding (including any tendered shares but excluding any shares
held in the treasury of the Company) on the Purchase Date, the Conversion Price
shall be reduced so that the same shall equal the price determined by
multiplying such Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the
effectiveness of the Conversion Price reduction contemplated by this paragraph
(e) by a fraction of which (i) the numerator shall be the Current Market Price
on the Purchase Date less the amount of such Excess Payments and such cash
distributions, if any, applicable to one share (based on the pro rata portion of
the aggregate amount of such Excess Payments and such cash distributions,
divided by the shares of Common Stock outstanding on the Purchase Date) of
Common Stock and (ii) the denominator shall be the Current Market Price on the
Purchase Date, such reduction to become effective immediately prior to the
opening of business on the day following the Purchase Date.

                  (f) In case the Company shall issue Common Stock or securities
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Common Stock at a price per share (or
having a conversion or exchange price per share) that is less than the Current
Market Price (but excluding, among other things, issuances: (1) pursuant to any
bona fide plan for the benefit of employees, directors or consultants of the

 
                                      -23-

<PAGE>   30



Company now or hereafter in effect; (2) to acquire all or any portion of a
business in an arm's-length transaction between the Company and an unaffiliated
third party including, if applicable, issuances upon exercise of options or
warrants assumed in connection with such transaction; (3) in a bona fide public
offering pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting or sales at the market
pursuant to a continuous offering stock program; (4) pursuant to the exercise of
warrants, rights (including, without limitation, earnout rights) or options, or
upon the conversion of convertible securities, which are issued and outstanding
on the date hereof, or which may be issued in the future for fair value and with
an exercise price or conversion price at least equal to the Current Market Price
at the time of such issuance), then in each such case the Conversion Price shall
be adjusted so that the same shall equal the price determined by multiplying the
Conversion Price by a fraction of which (i) the numerator shall be (A) the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date or issuance
date, as applicable, plus a number determined by (B) multiplying the number of
additional shares of Common Stock offered or issuable upon conversion or
exchange times the offering, conversion or exchange price per share of
additional shares and dividing the product thereof by the Current Market Price
on the record date or issuance date, as applicable, and (ii) the denominator
shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date or
issuance date, as applicable, plus the number of additional shares of Common
Stock offered or issuable upon conversion or exchange. Such adjustment shall be
made whenever any such securities are issued and shall become effective on the
date of such issuance.

                  (g) The Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on any
date (the "Current Market Price") shall be deemed to be the average of the Daily
Market Prices for the shorter of (i) 30 consecutive Business Days ending on the
last full trading day on the exchange or market referred to in determining such
Daily Market Prices prior to the time of determination or (ii) the period
commencing on the date next succeeding the first public announcement of the
issuance of such rights or such warrants or such other distribution or such
negotiated transaction through such last full trading day on the exchange or
market referred to in determining such Daily Market Prices prior to the time of
determination.

                  (h) In any case in which this Section 5.06 shall require that
an adjustment be made immediately following a record date for an event, the
Company may elect to defer, until such event, issuing to the holder of any
Security converted after such record date the shares of Common Stock and other
Capital Stock of the Company issuable upon such conversion over and above the
shares of Common Stock and other Capital Stock of the Company issuable upon such
conversion only on the basis of the Conversion Price prior to adjustment; and,
in lieu of the shares the issuance of which is so deferred, the Company shall
issue or cause its transfer agents to issue due bills or other appropriate
evidence of the right to receive such shares.

                  SECTION 5.07. No Adjustment. No adjustment in the Conversion
Price shall be required until cumulative adjustments amount to 1% or more of the
Conversion Price as last adjusted; provided, however, that any adjustments which
by reason of this Section 5.07 are not required to be made shall be carried
forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations
under this Article V shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest
one-hundredth

 
                                      -24-

<PAGE>   31



of a share, as the case may be. No adjustment need be made for rights to
purchase Common Stock pursuant to a Company plan for reinvestment of dividends
or interest. No adjustment need be made for a change in the par value or no par
value of the Common Stock.

                  SECTION 5.08. Other Adjustments. (a) In the event that, as a
result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 5.06 above, the holder of any
Security thereafter surrendered for conversion shall become entitled to receive
any shares of Capital Stock of the Company other than shares of its Common
Stock, thereafter the Conversion Price of such other shares so receivable upon
conversion of any Securities shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in
a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with
respect to Common Stock contained in this Article V.

                  (b) In the event that shares of Common Stock are not delivered
after the expiration of any of the rights or warrants referred to in Section
5.06(b) and Section 5.06(c) hereof, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to
the Conversion Price which would otherwise be in effect had the adjustment made
upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made on the basis of delivery
of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered.

                  SECTION 5.09. Adjustments for Tax Purposes. The Company may,
at its option, make such reductions in the Conversion Price, in addition to
those required by Section 5.06 above, as it determines to be advisable in order
that any stock dividend, subdivision of shares, distribution of rights to
purchase stock or securities or distribution of securities convertible into or
exchangeable for stock made by the Company to its stockholders will not be
taxable to the recipients thereof.

                  SECTION 5.10. Adjustments by the Company. The Company from
time to time may, to the extent permitted by law, reduce the Conversion Price by
any amount for any period of at least 20 days, in which case the Company shall
give at least 15 days' notice of such reduction in accordance with Section 5.11,
if the Board of Directors has made a determination that such reduction would be
in the best interests of the Company, which determination shall be conclusive.

                  SECTION 5.11. Notice of Adjustment. Whenever the Conversion
Price is adjusted, the Company shall promptly mail to Noteholders at the
addresses appearing on the Registrar's books a notice of the adjustment and file
with the Trustee an Officers' Certificate briefly stating the facts requiring
the adjustment and the manner of computing it. The certificate shall be
conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment.

                  SECTION 5.12.   Notice of Certain Transactions.  In the
event that:

                  (1) the Company takes any action which would require an 
adjustment in theConversion Price;

                  (2) the Company takes any action that would require a 
supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 5.13; or

 
                                      -25-

<PAGE>   32



                  (3) there is a dissolution or liquidation of the Company;

a holder of a Security may wish to convert such Security into shares of Common
Stock prior to the record date for or the effective date of the transaction so
that he may receive the rights, warrants, securities or assets which a holder of
shares of Common Stock on that date may receive. Therefore, the Company shall
mail to Noteholders at the addresses appearing on the Registrar's books and to
the Trustee a notice stating the proposed record or effective date, as the case
may be. The Company shall mail the notice at least 15 days before such date;
however, failure to mail such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the
validity of any transaction referred to in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this
Section 5.12.

                  SECTION 5.13. Effect of Reclassifications, Consolidations,
Mergers or Sales on Conversion Privilege. If any of the following shall occur,
namely: (i) any reclassification or change of outstanding shares of Common Stock
issuable upon conversion of Securities (other than a change in par value, or
from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a
result of a subdivision or combination), (ii) any consolidation or merger to
which the Company is a party other than a merger in which the Company is the
continuing corporation and which does not result in any reclassification of, or
change (other than a change in name, or par value, or from par value to no par
value, or from no par value to par value or as a result of a subdivision or
combination) in, outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) any sale or
conveyance of all or substantially all of the property or business of the
Company as an entirety, then the Company, or such successor or purchasing
corporation, as the case may be, shall, as a condition precedent to such
reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, execute and
deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the
Trustee providing that the holder of each Security then outstanding shall have
the right to convert such Security into the kind and amount of shares of stock
and other securities and property (including cash) receivable upon such
reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a holder
of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such
Security immediately prior to such reclassification, change, consolidation,
merger, sale or conveyance. Such supplemental indenture shall provide for
adjustments of the Conversion Price which shall be as nearly equivalent as may
be practicable to the adjustments of the Conversion Price provided for in this
Article V. The foregoing, however, shall not in any way affect the right a
holder of a Security may otherwise have, pursuant to clause (ii) of the last
sentence of subsection (c) of Section 5.06, to receive Rights upon conversion of
a Security. If, in the case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or
conveyance, the stock or other securities and property (including cash)
receivable thereupon by a holder of Common Stock includes shares of stock or
other securities and property of a corporation other than the successor or
purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in such consolidation, merger, sale
or conveyance, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such
other corporation and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the
interests of the holders of the Securities as the Board of Directors of the
Company shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing. The
provision of this Section 5.13 shall similarly apply to successive
consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances.


 
                                      -26-

<PAGE>   33



                  In the event the Company shall execute a supplemental
indenture pursuant to this Section 5.13, the Company shall promptly file with
the Trustee an Officers' Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the
kind or amount of shares of stock or securities or property (including cash)
receivable by holders of the Securities upon the conversion of their Securities
after any such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, sale or
conveyance and any adjustment to be made with respect thereto.

                  SECTION 5.14. Trustee's Disclaimer. The Trustee has no duty to
determine when an adjustment under this Article V should be made, how it should
be made or what such adjustment should be, but may accept as conclusive evidence
of the correctness of any such adjustment, and shall be protected in relying
upon the Officers' Certificate with respect thereto which the Company is
obligated to file with the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.11. The Trustee makes
no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued
upon conversion of Securities, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for the
Company's failure to comply with any provisions of this Article V.

                  The Trustee shall not be under any responsibility to determine
the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture
executed pursuant to Section 5.13, but may accept as conclusive evidence of the
correctness thereof, and shall be protected in relying upon, the Officers'
Certificate with respect thereto which the Company is obligated to file with the
Trustee pursuant to Section 5.13.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  Subordination

                  SECTION 6.01. Agreement to Subordinate. The Company, for
itself and its successors, and each Noteholder, by his acceptance of Securities,
agree that the payment of the principal of or interest on or any other amounts
due on the Securities is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in
the manner stated in this Article VI, to the prior payment in full of all
existing and future Senior Debt.

                  SECTION 6.02. No Payment on Securities if Senior Debt in
Default. Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, no payment
on account of principal of or redemption of, interest on or other amounts due on
the Securities (including the making of a deposit pursuant to Section 8.01), and
no redemption, purchase, or other acquisition of the Securities, shall be made
by or on behalf of the Company (i) unless full payment of amounts then due for
principal and interest and of all other amounts then due on all Senior Debt has
been made or duly provided for pursuant to the terms of the instrument governing
such Senior Debt, (ii) if, at the time of such payment, redemption, purchase or
other acquisition, or immediately after giving effect thereto, there shall exist
under any Senior Debt, or any agreement pursuant to which any Senior Debt is
issued, any default, which default shall not have been cured or waived and which
default shall have resulted in the full

 
                                      -27-

<PAGE>   34



amount of such Senior Debt being declared due and payable or (iii) if, at the
time of such payment, redemption, purchase or other acquisition, the Company and
the Trustee shall have received written notice (a "Payment Blockage Notice")
from an authorized representative of the holders of Designated Senior Debt that
there exists under such Designated Senior Debt, or any agreement pursuant to
which such Designated Senior Debt is issued, any default, which default shall
not have been cured or waived, permitting the holders thereof to declare any
amounts of such Designated Senior Debt due and payable, but only for the period
(the "Payment Blockage Period") commencing on the date of receipt of the Payment
Blockage Notice by each of the Company and the Trustee and ending (unless
earlier terminated by notice given to the Company and the Trustee by an
authorized representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Debt) on the
earlier of (a) the date on which such event of default shall have been cured or
waived or (b) 90 days from the receipt of the Payment Blockage Notice by each of
the Company and the Trustee. Notwithstanding the provisions described in the
immediately preceding sentence (other than in clauses (i) and (ii)), unless the
holders of such Designated Senior Debt or the authorized representative of such
holders shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt, the
Company may resume payments on the Securities after the end of such Payment
Blockage Period. Not more than one Payment Blockage Notice in any consecutive
360-day period will be effective for purposes of clause (iii) of the second
preceding sentence, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to
Senior Debt during such period.

                  In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions of this
Section 6.02, payments are made by or on behalf of the Company in contravention
of the provisions of this Section 6.02, such payments shall be held by the
Trustee, any Paying Agent or the holders, as applicable, in trust for the
benefit of, and shall be paid over to and delivered to, the Representative of
the holders of Senior Debt or the trustee under the indenture or other agreement
(if any), pursuant to which any instruments evidencing any Senior Debt may have
been issued for application to the payment of all Senior Debt ratably according
to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all
Senior Debt in full in accordance with the terms of such Senior Debt, after
giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of
Senior Debt.

                  The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee
and any Paying Agent of any default or event of default under any Senior Debt or
under any agreement pursuant to which any Senior Debt may have been issued.

                  SECTION 6.03. Distribution on Acceleration of Securities;
Dissolution and Reorganization; Subrogation of Securities. (a) If the Securities
are declared due and payable because of the occurrence of an Event of Default,
the Company shall give prompt written notice to the holders of all Senior Debt
or to the trustee(s) for such Senior Debt of such acceleration. The Company may
not pay the principal of or interest on or any other amounts due on the
Securities until five days after such holders or trustee(s) of Senior Debt
receive such notice and, thereafter, the Company may pay the principal of or
interest on or any other amounts due on the Securities only if the provisions of
this Article VI permit such payment.


 
                                      -28-

<PAGE>   35



                  (b) Upon (i) any acceleration of the principal amount due on
the Securities because of an Event of Default or (ii) any distribution of assets
of the Company upon any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization
of the Company (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings or
upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other dissolution,
winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company):

                  (1) the holders of all Senior Debt shall first be entitled to
receive payment in full of the principal thereof, the interest thereon and any
other amounts due thereon before the holders are entitled to receive payment on
account of the principal of or interest on or any other amounts due on the
Securities;

                  (2) any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of
any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (other than
securities of the Company as reorganized or readjusted or securities of the
Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or
readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at least to the extent
provided in this Article with respect to the Securities, to the payment in full
without diminution or modification by such plan of all Senior Debt), to which
the holders or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this
Article, shall be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other person
making such a payment or distribution, directly to the holders of Senior Debt
(or their representatives(s) or trustee(s) acting on their behalf), ratably
according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal
of or interest on and other amounts due on the Senior Debt held or represented
by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all Senior Debt
remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution
to the holders of such Senior Debt; and

                  (3) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any
payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character,
whether in cash, property or securities (other than securities of the Company as
reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation
provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is
subordinate, at least to the extent provided in this Article with respect to the
Securities, to the payment in full without diminution or modification by such
plan of Senior Debt), shall be received by the Trustee or the holders before all
Senior Debt is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust
for the benefit of, and be paid over to upon request by a holder of the Senior
Debt, the holders of the Senior Debt remaining unpaid (or their representatives)
or trustee(s) acting on their behalf, ratably as aforesaid, for application to
the payment of such senior Debt until all such Senior Debt shall have been said
in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the
holders of such Senior Debt.

                  Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Debt, the holders
shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Debt: to receive
payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company
applicable to the Senior Debt until the principal of and interest on the
Securities shall be paid in full and, for purposes of such subrogation, no such
payments or distributions to the holders of Senior Debt of cash, property or
securities which otherwise would

 
                                      -29-

<PAGE>   36



have been payable or distributable to holders shall, as between the Company, its
creditors other than the holders of Senior Debt, and the holders, be deemed to
be a payment by the Company to or on account of the Senior Debt, it being
understood that the provisions of this Article are and are intended solely for
the purpose of defining the relative rights of the holders, on the one hand, and
the holders of Senior Debt, on the other hand.

                  Nothing contained in this Article VI or elsewhere in this
Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall (i) impair, as between
the Company and its creditors other than the holders of Senior Debt, the
obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the
holders the principal of and interest on the Securities as and when the same
shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of the Securities,
(ii) affect the relative rights of the holders and creditors of the Company
other than holders of Senior Debt or, as between the Company and the Trustee,
the obligations of the Company to the Trustee, or (iii) prevent the Trustee or
the holders from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law
upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this
Article VI of the holders of Senior Debt in respect of cash, property and
securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

                  Upon distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this
Article VI, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 9.01 hereof, and
the holders shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate of the liquidating
trustee or agent or other person making any distribution to the Trustee or to
the holders for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate
in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of
the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid
or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article
VI. The Trustee, however, shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the
holders of Senior Debt. Nothing contained in this Article VI or elsewhere in
this Indenture, or in any of the Securities, shall prevent the good faith
application by the Trustee of any moneys which were deposited with it hereunder,
prior to its receipt of written notice of facts which would prohibit such
application, for the purpose of the payment of or on account of the principal of
or interest on, the Securities unless, prior to the date on which such
application is made by the Trustee, the Trustee shall be charged with actual
notice under Section 6.03(d) hereof of the facts which would prohibit the making
of such application.

                  (c) The provisions of this Article VI shall not be applicable
to any cash, properties or securities received by the Trustee or by any holder
when received as a holder of Senior Debt and nothing in Section 9.11 hereof or
elsewhere in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee or such holder of any of
its rights as such holder.

                  (d) The Company shall give prompt written notice to the
Trustee of any fact known to the Company which would prohibit the making of any
payment of money to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities pursuant to
the provisions of this Article VI. The Trustee, subject to the provisions of
Section 9.01 hereof, shall be entitled to assume that no such fact exists unless
the Company or any holder of Senior Debt or any trustee therefor has given
notice thereof to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VI
or any other provisions of this Indenture,

 
                                      -30-

<PAGE>   37



the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any fact
which would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee in
respect of the Securities pursuant to the provisions in this Article VI, unless,
and until three Business Days after the Trustee shall have received written
notice thereof from the Company or any holder or holders of Senior Debt or from
any trustee therefor; and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the
Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 9.01 hereof, shall be entitled in
all respects conclusively to assume that no such facts exist; provided that if
on a date not less than three Business Days immediately preceding the date upon
which, by the terms hereof, any such moneys may become payable for any purpose
(including, without limitation, the principal of or interest on any Security),
the Trustee shall not have received with respect to such moneys the notice
provided for in this Section 6.03(d), then anything herein contained to the
contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to
receive such moneys and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were
received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be
received by it on or after such prior date.

                  The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the
delivery to it of a written notice by a person representing himself to be a
holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee on behalf of such holder) to establish that
such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee on behalf of
any such holder or holders). In the event that the Trustee determines in good
faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any person
as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution
pursuant to this Article VI, the Trustee may request such person to furnish
evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of
Senior Debt held by such person, the extent to which such person is entitled to
participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the
rights of such person under this Article VI , and, if such evidence is not
furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such person pending judicial
determination as to the right of such person to receive such payment; nor shall
the Trustee be charged with knowledge of the curing or waiving of any default of
the character specified in Section 6.02 hereof or that any event or any
condition preventing any payment in respect of the Securities shall have ceased
to exist, unless and until the Trustee shall have received written notice to
such effect.

                  (e) The provisions of this Section 6.03 applicable to the
Trustee shall (unless the context requires otherwise) also apply to any Paying
Agent for the Company.

                  SECTION 6.04. Reliance by Senior Debt on Subordination
Provisions. Each holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof acknowledges
and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to
be, an inducement and a consideration for each holder of any Senior Debt,
whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of
the Securities, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such
Senior Debt, and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have
relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or
in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt. Notice of any default in the payment of
any Senior Debt, except as expressly stated in this Article VI, and notice of
acceptance of the provisions hereof are hereby expressly waived. Except as
otherwise expressly provided herein, no waiver, forbearance or release by any
holder of Senior Debt under such Senior

 
                                      -31-

<PAGE>   38



Debt or under this Article VI shall constitute a release of any of the
obligations or liabilities of the Trustee or holders of the Securities provided
in this Article VI.

         SECTION 6.05. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions. Except as
otherwise expressly provided herein, no right of any present or future holder of
any Senior Debt to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in
any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of
the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder,
or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants
of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof any such holder may have
or be otherwise charged with.

                  Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing
paragraph, the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from time to time,
without the consent of, or notice to, the Trustee or the holders of the
Securities, without incurring responsibility to the holders of the Securities
and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article VI
or the obligations hereunder of the holders of the Securities to the holders of
Senior Debt, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place
or terms of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt, or otherwise amend or
supplement in any manner Senior Debt or any instrument evidencing the same or
any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange,
release or otherwise dispose of any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise
securing Senior Debt; (iii) release any person liable in any manner for the
collection of Senior Debt; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any
rights against the Company or any other person.

                  SECTION 6.06. Trustee's Relation to Senior Debt. The Trustee
in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this
Article VI in respect of any Senior Debt at any time held by it, to the same
extent as any holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in Section 9.11 hereof or
elsewhere in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as
such holder.

                  With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee
undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations,
as are specifically set forth in this Article VI, and no implied covenants or
obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this
Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not owe any fiduciary duty to
the holders of Senior Debt but shall have only such obligations to such holders
as are expressly set forth in this Article VI.

                  Each holder of a Security by his acceptance thereof authorizes
and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or
appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this Article VI and
appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes,
including, in the event of any dissolution, winding up or liquidation or
reorganization under any applicable bankruptcy law of the Company (whether in
bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings or otherwise), the timely
filing of a claim for the unpaid balance of such holder's Securities in the form
required in such proceedings and the causing of such claim to be approved. If
the Trustee does not file a claim or proof of debt in the form required in such
proceedings prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such
claims or proofs, then any holder or holders of Senior Debt or their
representative or representatives shall have the right to

 
                                      -32-

<PAGE>   39



demand, sue for, collect, receive and receipt for the payments and distributions
in respect of the Securities which are required to be paid or delivered to the
holders of Senior Debt as provided in this Article VI and to file and prove all
claims therefor and to take all such other action in the name of the holders or
otherwise, as such holders of Senior Debt or representative thereof may
determine to be necessary or appropriate for the enforcement of the provisions
of this Article VI.

                  SECTION 6.07. Other Provisions Subject Hereto. Expect as
expressly stated in this Article VI, notwithstanding anything contained in this
Indenture to the contrary, all the provisions of this Indenture and the
Securities are subject to the provisions of this Article VI. However, nothing in
this Article VI shall apply to or adversely affect the claims of, or payment to,
the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.07. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure
to make a payment on account of principal of or interest on the Securities by
reason of any provision of this Article VI shall not be construed as preventing
the occurrence of an Event cf Default under Section 8.01.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                   Successors

                  SECTION 7.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. The
Company may not consolidate or merge with or into any Person (whether or not the
Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey
or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, or
permit any Person to consolidate with or merge into the Company or sell, convey,
transfer or lease all or substantially all of its properties and assets to the
Company, unless:

                  (a) the Company is the surviving corporation or the entity or
         the person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if
         other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
         lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a
         corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States,
         any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

                  (b) the entity or person formed by or surviving any such
         consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) assumes all the
         Obligations of the Company, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a
         form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Securities and
         the Indenture;

                  (c) such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
         other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's
         properties or assets shall be as an entirety or virtually as an
         entirety to one Person and such Person shall have assumed all the
         Obligations of the Company, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a
         form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Securities and
         the Indenture;

                  (d) immediately after giving effect to such transaction 
         (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the 
         Company as a result of such transaction

 
                                      -33-

<PAGE>   40



         as having been incurred by the Company at the time of such 
         transaction) no Default or Event of Default exists; and

                  (e) the Company or such person shall have delivered to the
         Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
         stating that such transaction and the supplemental indenture comply
         with the Indenture and that all conditions precedent in the Indenture
         relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

                  SECTION 7.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. Upon any
consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in
accordance with Section 7.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such
consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall
succeed to, and be substituted for and may exercise every right and power of,
the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor
person has been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the
predecessor Company in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
conveyance or other disposition shall not be released from the obligation to pay
the principal of and interest on the Securities.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                              Defaults and Remedies

                  SECTION 8.01. Events of Default. An "Event of Default" 
occurs if:

                  (a) the Company defaults in the payment of interest on any
         Security when the same becomes due and payable, whether or not such
         payments shall be prohibited by Article VI, and the Default continues
         for a period of 30 days after the date due and payable;

                  (b) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of
         any Security when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon
         redemption or otherwise, whether or not such payment shall be
         prohibited by Article VI;

                  (c) failure to deposit the Redemption Price as provided in 
         Section 3.05 or the Repurchase Amount as provided in Section 3.09;

                  (d) failure to pay when and as due the Redemption Price as 
         provided in Section 3.05 or the Repurchase Amount as provided in 
         Section 3.09;

                  (e) the Company fails to observe or perform any other covenant
         or agreement contained in this Indenture or the Securities, required by
         it to be performed and the Default continues for a period of 60 days
         after the receipt of written notice from the Trustee to the

 
                                      -34-

<PAGE>   41



         Company or from the holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
         then outstanding Securities to the Company and the Trustee stating that
         such notice is a "Notice of Default";

                  (f) there is a default under any mortgage, indenture or
         instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be
         secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company
         or any Subsidiary of the Company (or the payment of which is Guaranteed
         by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company), whether such
         Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is created after the Issuance
         Date, which default (i) is caused by a failure to pay when due
         principal of or interest on such Indebtedness within the grace period
         provided for in such Indebtedness (which failure continues beyond any
         applicable grace period) (a "Payment Default") or (ii) results in the
         acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in
         each case, the principal amount of any such indebtedness, together with
         the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there
         is a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated,
         aggregates $25 million or more;

                  (g) a final, non-appealable judgment or final, non-appealable
         judgments (other than any judgment as to which a reputable insurance
         Company has accepted full liability) for the payment of money are
         entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the
         Company or any Material Subsidiary of the Company and remain
         undischarged for a period (during which execution shall not be
         effectively stayed) of 60 days, provided that the aggregate of all such
         judgments exceeds $25 million;

                  (h) the Company or any Material Subsidiary pursuant to or
         within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (i) commences a voluntary
         case, (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in
         an involuntary case in which it is the debtor, (iii) consents to the
         appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its
         property, (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
         creditors, or (v) makes the admission in writing that it generally is
         unable to pay its debts as the same become due; or

                  (i) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or
         decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: (i) is for relief against the
         Company or any Material Subsidiary of the Company in an involuntary
         case, (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Material
         Subsidiary of the Company or for all or substantially all of its
         property, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60
         days, or (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Material
         Subsidiary of the Company, and the order or decree remains unstayed and
         in effect for 60 days.

                  The term "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any
similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term "Custodian"
means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any
Bankruptcy Law.


 
                                      -35-

<PAGE>   42



                  SECTION 8.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than
an Event of Default specified in clauses (h) and (i) of Section 8.01 hereof)
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the
Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding
Securities by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare all the
Securities to be due and payable. Upon such declaration, the principal of,
premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Securities shall be due
and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or (i)
of Section 8.01 hereof occurs, such an amount shall ipso facto become and be
immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of
the Trustee or any Noteholder. The Noteholders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee may
rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not
conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have
been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become
due solely because of the acceleration.

                  SECTION 8.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the
payment of principal or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance
of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

                  The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not
possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.
A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or
remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

                  SECTION 8.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Noteholders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Securities by
notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of
the Redemption Price or the Designated Event Payment or the principal of, or
interest on, any Security. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is
cured and ceases; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

                  SECTION 8.05. Control by Majority. The holders of a majority
in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may direct the time,
method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee
may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, is
unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Noteholders, or would involve the
Trustee in personal liability.

                  SECTION 8.06.   Limitation on Suits.  A Noteholder may 
individually pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the 
Securities only if:

                  (a) the Noteholder gives to the Trustee notice of a 
         continuing Event of Default;


 
                                      -36-

<PAGE>   43



                  (b) the Noteholders of at least 25%r in principal amount 
         of the then outstanding Securities make a request to the Trustee to 
         pursue the remedy;

                  (c) such Noteholder or Noteholders offer to the Trustee 
         indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability
         or expense;

                  (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 
         60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and

                  (e) during such 60-day period the Noteholders of a majority in
         principal amount of the then outstanding Securities do not give the
         Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

                  A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the
rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another
Noteholder.

                  SECTION 8.07. Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any holder
of a Security to receive payment of principal and interest on the Security, on
or after the respective due dates expressed in the Security, or to bring suit
for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall
not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Noteholder made pursuant
to this Section.

                  SECTION 8.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of
Default specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust
against the Company for the whole amount of principal and interest remaining
unpaid on the Securities and interest on overdue principal and interest and such
further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and, to the extent
lawful, expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

                  SECTION 8.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee
may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary
or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Noteholders
allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its creditors or
its property. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee
to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any
plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the
Securities or the rights of any Noteholder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee
to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding.

                  SECTION 8.10.   Priorities.  If  the Trustee collects any 
money pursuant to this Article VIII, it shall pay out the money in the 
following order:

                  First:  to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 
          9.07 hereof;

 
                                      -37-

<PAGE>   44



                  Second:  to the holders of Senior Debt to the extent required
         by Article VI;

                  Third:  to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the 
         Securities for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or 
         priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on 
         the Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

                  Fourth:  to the Company.

                  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.12 hereof, the
Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders
made pursuant to this Section.

                  SECTION 8.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the
enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against
the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its
discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an
undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may
assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys, fees, against any party
litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the
claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a
suit by the Trustee, a suit by a holder pursuant to Section 8.07 hereof, or a
suit by holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding
Securities.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                     Trustee

                  SECTION 9.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights
and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and
skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

                  (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: (i)
the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in
this Indenture and no others and (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part,
the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions
furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.
However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine
whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

                  (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own wilful
misconduct, except that: (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of
paragraph (b) of this Section 9.01; (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any
error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved
that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts and (iii) the
Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action

 
                                      -38-

<PAGE>   45



it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received
by it pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof.

                  (d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates
to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 9.01.
No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its
own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any
of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if
it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or
adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to
it.

                  (e) The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any
right or power unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense.

                  (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.
Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law.

                  SECTION 9.02.   Rights of Trustee.  (a) The Trustee may rely
on any document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been 
signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate
any fact or matter stated in the document.

                  (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it
(unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may require an
Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both. The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on
such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

                  (c) The Trustee may act through agents and nominees and shall
not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with
due care.

                  (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action that it
takes or omits to take in good faith, without negligence or wilful misconduct,
and that it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.

                  (e) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any
Event of Default under subsection(e), (f) or (g) of Section 8.01 or of the
identity of any Material Subsidiary unless either (1) a Trust Officer assigned
to its [DESCRIBE DEPARTMENT OF TRUSTEE ADMINISTERING INDENTURE] shall have
actual knowledge thereof, or (2) the Trustee shall have received notice thereof
in accordance with Section 12.02 hereof from the Company or any holder.

                  SECTION 9.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities
and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights.
However, the Trustee is subject to Sections 9.10 and 9.11 hereof.

 
                                      -39-

<PAGE>   46



                  SECTION 9.04. Trustee's Disclaimer. The Trustee makes no
representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the
Securities; it shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds
from any Securities authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in conformity
with the provisions of this Indenture; and it shall not be responsible for any
statement of the Company in the Indenture or any statement in the Securities
other than its authentication.

                  SECTION 9.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of
Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the
Trustee shall mail to Noteholders a notice of the Default or Event of Default
within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of
Default in payment on any Security, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and
so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that
withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

                  SECTION 9.06. Reports by Trustee to Noteholders. Within 60
days after the reporting date stated in Section 12.10, the Trustee shall mail to
Noteholders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with
Trust Indenture Act ss. 313(a) if and to the extent required by such ss.313(a).
The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act ss. 313(b)(2) and shall
transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act ss. 313(c).

                  A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to
Noteholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the
Securities are listed. The Company shall notify the Trustee when the Securities
are listed on any stock exchange.

                  SECTION 9.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall
pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services
hereunder. The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on
compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the
Trustee upon request for all reasonable and duly documented disbursements,
expenses and advances incurred or made by it. Such disbursements and expenses
may include the reasonable and duly documented disbursements, compensation and
expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel.

                  The Company shall indemnify the Trustee and its officers,
directors, employees and all other agents against any loss or liability incurred
by it except as set forth in the next paragraph. The Trustee shall notify the
Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. The Company shall
defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may
have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable and duly
documented fees, disbursements and expenses of such counsel. The Company need
not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

                  The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify
against any loss or liability incurred by the Trustee through negligence, wilful
misconduct or bad faith.


 
                                      -40-

<PAGE>   47



                  To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section,
the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property
held or collected by the Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay
principal and interest on particular Securities, any Redemption Price or the
Offer Amount.

                  When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an
Event of Default specified in Section 8.01(h) or (i) occurs, the expenses and
the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

                  The provisions of this Section 9.07 shall survive the
termination of this Indenture, as provided by Section 10.01 hereof.

                  SECTION 9.08. Replacement of Trustee. A resignation or removal
of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective
only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of appointment as provided in this
Section.

         The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company. The holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may remove the
Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company. The Company may remove the
Trustee if:

                  (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 9.10 hereof,
         unless the Trustee's duty to resign is stayed as provided in Trust
         Indenture Act ss. 310(b);

                  (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent
         or an order for relief is
         entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

                  (c) a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the 
         Trustee or its property; or

                  (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

                  If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in
the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the
holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities may
appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company.

                  If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days
after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the
Company or the holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee.

                  If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 9.10 hereof,
unless the Trustee's duty to resign is stayed as provided in Trust Indenture Act
ss. 310(b), any Noteholder who has been a bona

 
                                      -41-

<PAGE>   48



fide holder of a Security for at least six months may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a
successor Trustee.

                  A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, the
Company shall promptly pay all amounts due and payable to the retiring Trustee
pursuant to Section 9.07 hereof and the successor Trustee shall have all the
rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor
Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders. The retiring
Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the
successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 9.07 hereof.
Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 9.08, the
Company's obligations under Section 9.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit
of the retiring trustee with respect to expenses and liabilities incurred by it
prior to such replacement.

                  SECTION 9.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. If the Trustee
consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of
its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation
without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

                  SECTION 9.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Indenture
shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture
Act ss. 310(a)(1) and (5). The Trustee shall always have a combined capital and
surplus as stated in Section 12.10 hereof. The Trustee is subject to Trust
Indenture Act ss. 310(b).

                  SECTION 9.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against
Company. The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act ss. 311(a), excluding any
creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act ss. 311(b). A Trustee who
has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act ss. 311(a)
to the extent indicated therein.

                  SECTION 9.12. Sections Applicable to Registrar, Paying Agent
and Conversion Agent. The term "Trustee" as used in Sections 9.01, 9.02, 9.03,
9.04 and 9.07 hereof shall (unless the context requires otherwise) be construed
as extending to and including the Trustee acting in its capacity, if any, as
Registrar, Paying Agent and Conversion Agent.


                                    ARTICLE X

                             Discharge of Indenture

                  SECTION 10.01. Termination of Company's Obligations. This
Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except that the Company's
obligations under Sections 9.07 and 10.02 hereof shall survive) when all
outstanding Securities theretofore authenticated and issued have been delivered
to the Trustee for cancellation and the Company has paid all sums payable
hereunder.


 
                                      -42-

<PAGE>   49



                  Thereupon, the Trustee upon request of the Company, shall
acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company's obligations under this
Indenture, except for those surviving obligations specified above.

                  SECTION 10.02. Repayment to Company. The Trustee and the
Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon request any excess money or
securities held by them at any time.

                  The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon
request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that
remains unclaimed for two years after the date upon which such payment shall
have become due; provided, however, that the Company shall have first caused
notice of such payment to the Company to be mailed to each Noteholder entitled
thereto no less than 30 days prior to such payment. After payment to the
Company, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall have no further liability with
respect to such money and Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the
Company for payment as general creditors unless any applicable abandoned
property law designates another person.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                       Amendments, Supplements and Waivers

                  SECTION 11.01.   Without Consent of Noteholders.  The Company
and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities 
without the consent of any Noteholder:

                  (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

                  (b) to comply with Sections 5.13 and 7.01 hereof;

                  (c) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to 
         certificated Securities;

                  (d) to make any change that does not adversely affect the 
         legal rights hereunder of any Noteholder;

                  (e) to qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act or
         to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to maintain the
         qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; or

                  (f) to make any change that provides any additional rights 
         or benefits to the holders of Securities.

                  An amendment under this Section may not make any change that
adversely affects the rights under Article VI of any holder of Senior Debt then
outstanding unless the holders of such

 
                                      -43-

<PAGE>   50



Senior Debt (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a
consent) consent to such change.

                  SECTION 11.02. With Consent of Noteholders. Subject to Section
8.07 hereof, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture
or the Securities with the written consent (including consents obtained in
connection with any tender offer or exchange offer for Securities) of the
Noteholders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Securities. Subject to Sections 8.04 and 8.07 hereof, the
Noteholders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then
outstanding may also by their written consent (including consents obtained in
connection with any tender offer or exchange offer for Securities) waive any
existing Default as provided in Section 8.04 or waive compliance in a particular
instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities.
However, without the consent of each Noteholder affected, an amendment,
supplement or waiver under this Section may not (with respect to any Securities
held by a nonconsenting Noteholder):

                  (a) reduce the amount of Securities whose holders must 
         consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver of any provision of 
         this Indenture;

                  (b) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of 
         interest on any Security;

                  (c) reduce the principal of or change the stated maturity of 
         any Security or alter the redemption provisions with respect thereto;

                  (d) make any Security payable in money other than that stated
         in the Security;

                  (e) make any change in Section 2.03, 8.04, 8.07 or 11.02 
         hereof (this sentence);

                  (f) waive a default in the payment of the Designated Event 
         Payment or the principal of, or interest on, any Security (other than
         as provided in Section 8.04);

                  (g) waive a redemption payment payable on any Security or a 
         default is the payment thereof;

                  (h) make any change that adversely affects the right of 
         Noteholders to require the Company to repurchase Securities upon the 
         occurrence of a Designated Event;

                  (i) make any change in Articles V or VI hereof that adversely
         affects the interests of the Noteholders; or

                  (j) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement
         of any payment on or with respect to the Securities.


 
                                      -44-

<PAGE>   51



                  To secure a consent of the Noteholders under this Section
11.02, it shall not be necessary for the Noteholders to approve the particular
form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient
if such consent approves the substance thereof.

                  An amendment under this Section 11.02 may not make any change
that adversely affects the rights under Article VI of any holder of Senior Debt
then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Debt (or any group or
representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.

                  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall,
directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by
way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any holder of Securities or as an
inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions
of this Indenture or the Securities unless such consideration is offered to be
paid or agreed to be paid to all holders of the Securities that consent, waive
or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

                  After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section
11.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly
describing the amendment or waiver.

                  SECTION 11.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every
amendment to this Indenture or the Securities shall be set forth in a
supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in
effect.


                  SECTION 11.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an
amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a holder
of a Security is a continuing consent by the Noteholder and every subsequent
holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as
the consenting holder's Security, even if notation of the consent is not made on
any Security. However, any such Noteholder or subsequent Noteholder may revoke
the consent as to such holder's Security or portion of a Security if the Trustee
receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives
an Officers' Certificate certifying that the holders of the requisite principal
amount of Securities have consented to the amendment, supplement or waiver.

                  The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record
date for the purpose of determining the Noteholders entitled to consent to any
amendment, supplement or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding
the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph, those persons who were
Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only
those persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement or
waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such persons
continue to be Noteholders after such record date. No consent shall be valid or
effective for more than 90 days after such record date unless consents from
holders of the principal amount of Securities required hereunder for such

 
                                      -45-

<PAGE>   52



amendment or waiver to be effective shall have also been given and not revoked
within such 90-day period.

                  After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective it
shall bind every Noteholder, unless it is of the type described in any of
clauses (a) through (i) of Section 11.02 hereof. In such case, the amendment or
waiver shall bind each Noteholder who has consented to it and every subsequent
Noteholder that evidences the same debt as the consenting holder's Security.

                  SECTION 11.05. Notation on or Exchange of Securities. The
Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment or waiver on any
Security thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Securities
may issue, and the Trustee shall authenticate, new Securities that reflect the
amendment or waiver.

                  SECTION 11.06. Trustee Protected. The Trustee shall sign all
supplemental indentures, except that the Trustee may, but need not, sign any
supplemental indenture that adversely affects its rights.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  Miscellaneous

                  SECTION 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision
of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which
is automatically deemed to be incorporated in this Indenture by the Trust
Indenture Act, the incorporated provision shall control.

                  SECTION 12.02. Notices. Any notice or communication by the
Company or the Trustee to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in
person or mailed by first-class mail or sent by facsimile (in the case of the
Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or the Conversion Agent)
to the other's address stated in Section 12.10 hereof. The Company, the Trustee,
the Paying Agent, the Registrar or the Conversion Agent by notice to the other
may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications.

                  Any notice or communication to a Noteholder shall be mailed by
first-class mail to his address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it
shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders.

                  If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided
above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it.

                  If the Company mails a notice or communication to Noteholders,
it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

                  All other notices or communications shall be in writing.

 
                                      -46-

<PAGE>   53



                  In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service,
or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as
required by the Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made
with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such
notice.

                  SECTION 12.03. Communication by Noteholders with Other
Noteholders. Noteholders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act ss.
312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture
or the Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall
have the protection of Trust Indenture Act ss. 312(c).

                  SECTION 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions
Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

                  (a) an Officers' Certificate stating that, in the opinion of
         the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this
         Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

                  (b) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such
         counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

                  SECTION 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.03)
shall include:

                  (a)      a statement that the person signing such certificate
         or rendering such opinion has read such covenant or condition;

                  (b)      a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
         examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions 
         contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

                  (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, such
         person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
         enable such person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not
         such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

                  (d)      a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of
         such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

                  SECTION 12.06.   Rules by Trustee and Agents.  The Trustee 
may make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Noteholders. The
Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable
requirements for its functions.

 
                                      -47-

<PAGE>   54



                  SECTION 12.07. Legal Holidays. A "Legal Holiday" is a
Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New
York are not required to be open. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a
place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day
that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening
period. If any other operative date for purposes of this Indenture shall occur
on a Legal Holiday then for all purposes the next succeeding day that is not a
Legal Holiday shall be such operative date.

                  SECTION 12.08. No Recourse Against Others. A director,
officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any
liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. Each Noteholder by accepting a Security waives
and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issue of the Securities.

                  SECTION 12.09. Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in
any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of
which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

                  SECTION 12.10.   Variable Provisions.  "Officer" means the 
Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the 
Secretary, any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary of the Company.

                  The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent,
Registrar, Conversion Agent and authenticating agent and the Trustee hereby
accepts such appointments.

                  The first certificate pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof shall be
for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 1996.

                  The reporting date for Section 9.06 hereof is March 15 of 
each year.  The first reporting date is March 15, 1997.

                  The Trustee shall always have a combined capital and surplus
of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report
of condition.

The Company's address is:           Swift Energy Company
                                    10825 Northchase Drive, Suite 400
                                    Houston, Texas 77060
                                    Telephone Number: (713) 874-2700
                                    Facsimile Number: (713) __________

The Trustee's address is:  Bank One, Columbus, N.A.
                                    100 East Broad Street
                                    Columbus, Ohio 43271-0181

 
                                      -48-

<PAGE>   55



                                    Attention: ______________
                                    Telephone Number:  ____________
                                    Facsimile Number:  ______________

                  SECTION 12.11. GOVERNING LAW.  THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE
OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES, WITHOUT
REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS THEREOF.

                  SECTION 12.12. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt
agreement of the Company or an Affiliate. Any such indenture, loan or debt
agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

                  SECTION 12.13.   Successors.  All agreements of the Company 
in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successor.  All agreements
of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

                  SECTION 12.14. Severability. In case any provision in this
Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby.

                  SECTION 12.15. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. The Table of
Contents, Cross- Reference Table, and headings of the Articles and Sections of
this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to
be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the
terms or provisions hereof.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

                                   SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY,
                                   as Company,


                                   By: _____________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, N.A., as Trustee,


                                   By: ____________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


 
                                      -49-

<PAGE>   56




                                                                   EXHIBIT A

                             [FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

                           [Global Securities Legend]

                  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"),
NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER
USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS
THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

                  TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO
TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR
THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL
SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS
SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.



 
                                       A-1

<PAGE>   57



No.

                                                   Cusip No. ___________


                              SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY
                       ___% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTE
                                    DUE 2006

                              SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY


        Swift Energy Company, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") promises to
pay to or registered __________________________________________________________
assigns, the principal sum [indicated on Schedule A hereof]* [of Dollars]** on
_________________ November ___, 2006.
 

Interest Payment Dates:    April 15 and October 15,
                               commencing April 15, 1997


Record Dates:                  March 31 and September 30

                  Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this
Convertible Note set forth on the reverse hereof which further provisions shall
for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.




- ---------------------------
*    Applicable to Global Securities only.
**   Applicable to certificated Securities only.


 
                                       A-2

<PAGE>   58



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Swift Energy Company has caused this Convertible
Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer and a
facsimile of its corporate seal to be affixed hereto or imprinted hereon.

Dated:_________________

                                            SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY


                                            By:______________________________



[Seal]

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION


This is one of the ___% 
Convertible Subordinated Notes
due 2006 described in the
within-mentioned Indenture.



BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, N.A., as Trustee,

By:____________________________________
                  Authorized officer





 
                                       A-3

<PAGE>   59



                            [FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

                              SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY

                   ___% Convertible Subordinated Note Due 2006


         1. Interest. Swift Energy Company, a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), is the issuer of this ___% Convertible Subordinated Note due 2006
(the "Convertible Note"). The Company promises to pay interest on the
Convertible Notes in cash semiannually on each April 15 and October 15,
commencing on April 15, 1997, to holders of record on the immediately preceding
March 31 and September 30.

                  Interest on the Convertible Notes will accrue from the most
recent date to which interest has been paid, or if no interest has been paid,
from __________, 1996. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
of twelve 30-day months. To the extent lawful, the Company shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period)
at the rate borne by the Convertible Notes, compounded annually.

         2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Convertible
Notes (except defaulted interest) to the persons who are registered holders of
the Convertible Notes at the close of business on the record date for the next
interest payment date even though Convertible Notes are cancelled after the
record date and on or before the interest payment date. The Noteholder hereof
must surrender Convertible Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal
payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United
States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and
private debts. However, the Company may pay principal and interest by check
payable in such money. It may mail an interest check to a holder's registered
address.

         3. Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Trustee will act as Paying Agent,
Registrar and Conversion Agent.  The Company may change any Paying Agent, 
Registrar, co-registrar or Conversion Agent without prior notice.  The Company
or any of its Affiliates may act in any such capacity.

         4. Indenture. The Company issued the Convertible Notes under an
indenture, dated as of November ___, 1996 (the "Indenture"), between the Company
and Bank One, Columbus, N.A., as Trustee. The terms of the Convertible Notes
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code ss.ss. 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect
on the date of the Indenture. The Convertible Notes are subject to, and
qualified by, all such terms, certain of which are summarized hereon, and
Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such
terms. The Convertible Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company limited to
(except as otherwise provided in the Indenture) up to an aggregate principal
amount of $115,000,000, and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing
and future Senior Debt of the Company as provided in the Indenture. Any holder
of this Convertible Note shall be deemed to have

 
                                       A-4

<PAGE>   60



agreed to and be bound by all the terms and conditions contained in the
Indenture applicable to a holder of a Convertible Note.

         5. Optional Redemption. The Convertible Notes are not subject to
redemption at the Company's option prior to November ___, 1999. On such date and
thereafter, the Convertible Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of
the Company, in whole or in part (in any integral multiple of $1,000), upon not
less than 15 nor more than 60 days prior notice by mail at the following
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount set forth
below), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning October 15 of the years
indicated:



Year                                                 Redemption
- ----                                                    Price
                                                     ----------
1999..............................................
2000..............................................
2001..............................................
2002..............................................
2003..............................................
2004..............................................
2005..............................................
2006..............................................


, in each case together with accrued interest up to but not including the
redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date) . On or after
the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the Convertible Notes, or
portion thereof, called for redemption.

         6. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least
15 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of
the Convertible Notes to be redeemed at his address of record. The Convertible
Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in
integral multiples of $1,000. in the event of a redemption of less than all of
the Convertible Notes, the Convertible Notes will be chosen for redemption by
the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture. Unless the Company defaults in
making such redemption payment, or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making
such payment pursuant to the Indenture, interest ceases to accrue on the
Convertible Notes or portions of them called for redemption on and after the
redemption date.

                  If this Convertible Note is redeemed subsequent to a record
date with respect to any interest payment date specified above and on or prior
to such interest payment date, then any accrued interest will be paid to the
person in whose name this Convertible Note is registered at the close of
business on such record date.

 
                                       A-5

<PAGE>   61



         7. Mandatory Redemption.  The Company will not be required to make 
mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Convertible Notes.  There 
are no sinking fund payments with respect to the Convertible Notes.

         8. Repurchase at Option of Holder. If there is a Designated Event, the
Company shall be required to offer to purchase on the Designated Event Payment
Date all outstanding Convertible Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the Designated Event Payment Date. Holders of Convertible Notes that
are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a Designated Event Offer from
the Company prior to any related Designated Event Payment Date and may elect to
have such Convertible Notes or portions thereof in authorized denominations
purchased by completing the form entitled "Option of Noteholder To Elect
Purchase" appearing below. Noteholders have the right to withdraw their election
by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture.

         9. Subordination. The payment of the principal of, interest on or any
other amounts due on the Convertible Notes is subordinated in right of payment
to all existing and future Senior Debt of the Company, as described in the
Indenture. Each Noteholder, by accepting a Convertible Note, agrees to such
subordination and authorizes and directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such
action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination so
provided and appoints the Trustee as its attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

         10. Conversion. The holder of any Convertible Note has the right,
exercisable at any time after 90 days following the date of original issuance
thereof and prior to the close of business (New York time) on the date of the
Convertible Note's maturity, to convert the principal amount thereof (or any
portion thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000) into shares of Common
Stock at the initial Conversion Price of $_____ per share, subject to adjustment
under certain circumstances, except that if a Convertible Note is called for
redemption, the conversion right will terminate at the close of business on the
Business Day immediately preceding the date fixed for redemption.

                  To convert a Convertible Note, a holder must (1) complete and
sign a notice of election to convert substantially in the form set forth below,
(2) surrender the Convertible Note to a Conversion Agent, (3) furnish
appropriate endorsements or transfer documents if required by the Registrar or
Conversion Agent and (4) pay any transfer or similar tax, if required. Upon
conversion, no adjustment or payment will be made for interest or dividends, but
if any Noteholder surrenders a Convertible Note for conversion after the close
of business on the record date for the payment of an installment of interest and
prior to the opening of business on the next interest payment date, then,
notwithstanding such conversion, the interest payable on such interest payment
date will be paid to the registered holder of such Convertible Note on such
record date. In such event, such Convertible Note, when surrendered for
conversion, must be accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company of
an amount equal to the interest payable on such interest payment date on the
portion so converted. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
conversion of a Convertible Note is determined by dividing the principal amount
of the Convertible Note converted by the

 
                                       A-6

<PAGE>   62



Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date. No fractional shares will be
issued upon conversion but a cash adjustment will be made for any fractional
interest.

                  A Note in respect of which a holder has delivered an "Option
of Noteholder to Elect Purchase" form appearing below, exercising the option of
such holder to require the Company to purchase such Note, may be converted only
if the notice of exercise is withdrawn as provided above and in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture. The above description of conversion of the
Convertible Notes is qualified by reference to, and is subject in its entirety
by, the more complete description thereof contained in the indenture.

         11. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Convertible Notes are in
registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Convertible Notes may be registered, and
Convertible Notes may be exchanged, as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar
may require a Noteholder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by
law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not exchange or register
the transfer of any Convertible Note or portion of a Convertible Note selected
for redemption (except the unredeemed portion of any Convertible Note being
redeemed in part). Also, it need not exchange or register the transfer of any
Convertible Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Convertible Notes
to be redeemed.

         12. Persons Deemed Owners.  Except as provided in paragraph 2 of this
Convertible Note, the registered Noteholder of a Convertible Note may be 
treated as its owner for all purposes.

         13. Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or interest
remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay the
money back to the Company at its request. After that, Noteholders of Convertible
Notes entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment, unless an
abandoned property law designates another person, and all liability of the
Trustee and the Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

         14. Defaults and Remedies. The Convertible Notes shall have the Events
of Default as set forth in Section 8.01 of the Indenture. Subject to certain
limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee by notice to the Company or the Noteholders of at least 25% in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Convertible Notes by notice
to the Company and the Trustee may declare all the Convertible Notes to be due
and payable immediately, except that in the case of an Event of Default arising
from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all unpaid principal and
interest accrued on the Convertible Notes shall become due and payable
immediately without further action or notice. Upon acceleration as described in
either of the preceding sentences, the subordination provisions of the Indenture
preclude any payment being made to Noteholders for at least 5 days except as
otherwise provided in the Indenture.

                  The Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the
Convertible Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may rescind
an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with
any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or
waived except nonpayment of a redemption payment or the Offer-Amount principal
or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration. Noteholders
may not enforce the

 
                                       A-7

<PAGE>   63



Indenture or the Convertible Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject
to certain limitations, Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Convertible Notes issued under the Indenture may direct the
Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Company must furnish
compliance certificates to the Trustee annually. The above description of Events
of Default and remedies is qualified by reference to, and subject in its
entirety by, the more complete description thereof contained in the Indenture.

         15. Amendments, Supplements and Waivers. Subject to certain exceptions,
the Indenture or the Convertible Notes may be amended or supplemented with the
consent of the Noteholders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Convertible Notes (including consents obtained in connection
with a tender offer or exchange offer for Convertible Notes), and any existing
default may be waived with the consent of the Noteholders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Convertible Notes including consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Convertible
Notes. Without the consent of any Noteholder, the Indenture or the Convertible
Notes may be amended, among other things, to cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency, to provide for assumption of the Company's obligations to
Noteholders, to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
Noteholder and to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to maintain
the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

         16. Trustee Dealings with the Company. The Trustee, in its individual
or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Convertible Notes and
may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee, subject to certain limitations provided for
in the Indenture and in the Trust Indenture Act. Any Agent may do the same with
like rights.

         17. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee or
stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any
obligations of the Company under the Convertible Notes or the Indenture or for
any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their
creation. Each Noteholder, by accepting a Convertible Note, waives and releases
all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the
issue of the Convertible Notes.

         18. Governing Law.  THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
SHALL GOVERN THE INDENTURE AND THE CONVERTIBLE NOTES, WITHOUT
REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

         19. Authentication.  The Convertible Notes shall not be valid until 
authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized officer of the Trustee
or an authenticating agent.

         20. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a
Noteholder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (for tenants in common), TEN ENT
(for tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (for joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (for Custodian), and U/G/M/A
(for Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).


 
                                       A-8

<PAGE>   64



         21. Definitions.  Capitalized terms not defined in this Convertible 
Note have the meaning given to them in the Indenture.

                  The Company will furnish to any Noteholder of the Convertible
Notes upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Request
may be made to:

         Swift Energy Company
         16825 Northchase Drive, Suite 400
         Houston, Texas 77060

         Attention of: ______________________





 
                                       A-9

<PAGE>   65



                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

                  To assign this Convertible Note, fill in the form below:

         (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Convertible Note to

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         (Insert assignee's social security or tax I.D. no.)

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint________________________________________________________

agent to transfer this Convertible Note on the books of the Company.  The 
agent may substitute another to act for him.

         Your Signature:______________________________________________________
                         (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side 
                          of this Convertible Note)

         Date:_____________________


         Signature Guarantee:  *** ___________________________________________










***Signature must be Guaranteed by a commercial bank, trust Company or member
firm of the New York Stock Exchange.


 
                                      A-10


<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                      EXHIBIT 12
 
                              SWIFT ENERGY COMPANY
                       RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        ACTUAL                                                                                       9 MOS.         9 MOS.
         DATA              1995           1994           1993           1992           1991           1996           1995
        ------          -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Gross G& A............   16,603,884     16,773,066     15,655,093     13,838,302     14,747,482     12,990,424     12,705,639
Net G&A...............    5,526,184      5,197,899      5,065,323      4,977,440      4,655,996      4,600,875      3,969,942
Interest Expense......    1,115,361(1)   1,795,133        597,465         76,477             --        293,907(2)   1,283,485
Rent Expense..........      869,191        965,389        961,280        922,001        884,397        728,540        656,560
N.I. Before Taxes.....    6,894,537      4,837,829      6,628,608      4,687,519      3,748,741     17,221,040      3,379,645
Capitalized
  Interest............    1,442,022        766,572        389,352        466,460        280,907        606,199      1,027,270
Depl. Capitalized
  Interest............       95,496         87,588         64,454         38,054         19,571        121,056         67,182
 
<CAPTION>
   CALCULATED DATA
   ---------------
<S>                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Unallocated G&A (%)...        31.66%         30.99%         32.36%         35.97%         31.57%         35.42%         31.25%
Non-Capitalized Rent
  Expense.............      275,154        299,170        311,029        331,631        279,217        258,030        205,146
 1/3 Non-Capitalized
  Rent Expense........       91,718         99,723        103,676        110,544         93,072         86,010         68,382
Fixed Charges.........    2,649,101(1)   2,661,428      1,090,493        653,481        373,979        986,116(2)   2,379,137
Earnings..............    8,197,112(1)   6,820,273      7,394,203      4,912,594      3,861,384     17,722,013(2)   4,798,694
Ratio of Earnings to
  Fixed Costs.........         3.09           2.56           6.78           7.52          10.33          17.97           2.02
                         ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) In the pro forma calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges for 1995,
    interest expense, fixed charges, and earnings were increased to $3,453,322,
    $4,987,062, and $10,535,073, respectively.
 
(2) In the pro forma calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges for the
    nine months ended 1996, interest expense, fixed charges, and earnings were
    increased to $3,010,108, $3,702,317, and $20,438,214, respectively.

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23(B)
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
     As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
reports and all references to our Firm included in or made a part of this
registration statement.
 
                                            ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
   
November 1, 1996
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission